sign in sign up
<<
Home , Bucket seat, Chevrolet Suburban, Chevrolet Tahoe, OnStar

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

2013 Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Trademarks and License Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Agreements ...... 7-55 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2 Features ...... 1-20 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Performance and Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Maintenance ...... 1-26 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Air Vents ...... 8-12 Controls ...... 5-2 Keys, Doors, and Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Windows ...... 2-1 Indicators ...... 5-10 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Keys and Locks ...... 2-1 Information Displays ...... 5-26 Starting and Operating ...... 9-19 Doors ...... 2-9 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Exhaust ...... 9-27 Vehicle Security...... 2-12 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-44 Automatic ...... 9-28 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-15 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-52 Drive Systems ...... 9-33 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-19 ...... 9-40 Windows ...... 2-20 Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-42 Roof ...... 2-22 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 ...... 9-46 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-48 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Fuel ...... 9-55 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Towing...... 9-61 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-78 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Introduction ...... 7-1 Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Radio ...... 7-10 System ...... 3-26 Audio Players ...... 7-16 Child Restraints ...... 3-41 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-36 Phone ...... 7-48 /Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

2013 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual M

Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-3 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Aiming ...... 10-30 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Electrical System ...... 10-32 Customer Information ...... 13-2 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-40 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Vehicle Data Recording and Towing...... 10-82 Privacy...... 13-19 Appearance Care ...... 10-87 OnStar ...... 14-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 General Information ...... 11-1 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 OnStar Additional Special Application Information ...... 14-5 Services ...... 11-8 Index ...... i-1 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 11-8 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-12 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language copy of this For first sold in Canada, manual can be obtained from your substitute the name “General dealer or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, hybrid supplement for more the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, information. Helm, Incorporated SUBURBAN, and Z71 are Attention: Customer Service Keep this manual in the vehicle for 47911 Halyard Drive trademarks and/or service marks of quick reference. LLC, its Plymouth, MI 48170 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Using this Manual This manual describes features that may or may not be on your specific To quickly locate information about vehicle either because they are the vehicle, use the Index in the options that you did not purchase or back of the manual. It is an due to changes subsequent to the alphabetical list of what is in the printing of this owner manual. manual and the page number where it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 20955527 B Second Printing © 2012 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

iv Introduction

Danger, Warnings, and Vehicle Symbol Chart Cautions Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index. reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a 0 : Adjustable Pedals Danger indicates a hazard with a safety symbol which means “Do high level of risk which will result in Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light serious injury or death. this happen.” # : Air Conditioning Warning or Caution indicates a ! : Antilock System (ABS) hazard that could result in injury or Symbols % : Audio Wheel Controls death. The vehicle has components and ® labels that use symbols instead of or OnStar { WARNING text. Symbols are shown along with $ : Brake System Warning Light the text describing the operation or " : Charging System These mean there is something information relating to a specific that could hurt you or other component, control, message, I : Cruise Control people. gauge, or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature M : This symbol is shown when O : Exterior Lamps Notice: This means there is you need to see your owner manual # : Fog Lamps something that could result in for additional instructions or property or vehicle damage. This information. . : would not be covered by the * : This symbol is shown when + : Fuses vehicle's warranty. you need to see a service manual 3 for additional instructions or : Headlamp High/Low-Beam information. Changer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

( : Heated j : LATCH System Child Restraints * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure g : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors O : Power / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ : Tow/Haul Mode d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® M : Windshield Washer Fluid Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

In Brief Safety Belts ...... 1-11 Navigation System ...... 1-23 Passenger Sensing Side Blind Zone System ...... 1-11 Alert (SBZA) ...... 1-24 Instrument Panel Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-12 Rear Vision Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-2 Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-24 Adjustment ...... 1-14 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-24 Initial Drive Information and Brake Pedal Power Outlets ...... 1-24 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Adjustment ...... 1-14 Universal Remote System . . . 1-25 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Lighting ...... 1-14 Sunroof ...... 1-25 System ...... 1-4 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-15 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Performance and Maintenance Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-16 ® Door Locks ...... 1-5 Climate Controls ...... 1-17 StabiliTrak System ...... 1-26 Liftgate ...... 1-6 Transmission ...... 1-18 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-26 Windows ...... 1-7 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-19 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-27 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Fuel (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-27 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Second Row Seats ...... 1-10 Radio(s) ...... 1-20 Economy ...... 1-27 Third Row Seats ...... 1-10 Radio ...... 1-22 Roadside Assistance Heated and Ventilated Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-22 Program ...... 1-28 Seats ...... 1-10 ® ...... 1-22 OnStar® ...... 1-28 Head Restraint Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-22 Adjustment ...... 1-10 Cruise Control ...... 1-23 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview

English Version Shown; Metric Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑12. J. Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. Q. Horn on page 5‑4. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. Instrument Panel Illumination R. Steering Wheel Controls on See Turn and Lane-Change Control on page 6‑7. page 5‑2. Signals on page 6 5. ‑ Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 S. Climate Control Systems on Windshield Wiper/Washer on (If Equipped). page 8‑1 (If Equipped). page 5‑4. K. Hood Release. See Hood on Dual Automatic Climate Control Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 10‑4. System on page 8‑3 page 5‑5. L. Integrated Trailer Brake (If Equipped). C. Instrument Cluster on Controller (If Equipped). See T. Power Outlets on page 5‑8. page 5‑11. Towing Equipment on U. StabiliTrak® System on page 9 69. D. Hazard Warning Flashers on ‑ page 9‑42 (If Equipped). page 6‑5 (Out of View). M. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out Pedal Adjust Button (If E. Shift Lever. See Automatic of View). See Malfunction Equipped). See Adjustable Indicator Lamp on page 5 19. Transmission on page 9‑28. ‑ Throttle and Brake Pedal on N. Automatic Transfer Case page 9 20. F. Manual Mode on page 9‑31 ‑ (If Equipped). Control (If Equipped). See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Four-Wheel Drive (Single page 9‑48 (If Equipped). Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑32 Speed Automatic Transfer (If Equipped). Case) on page 9‑38 or Power Assist Steps on G. Driver Information Center (DIC) Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed page 2‑12 (If Equipped). Buttons. See Driver Information Automatic Transfer Case) on Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. page 9‑33. H. Infotainment on page 7‑1. O. Cruise Control on page 9‑46. I. Exterior Lamp Controls on P. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 6‑1. page 5‑2. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive L : Press and release to locate Information the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than This section provides a brief two seconds to sound the panic overview about some of the alarm. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. Press L again to cancel the panic For more detailed information, refer alarm. to each of the features which can be See Keys on page 2‑1 and Remote found later in this owner manual. Keyless Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote (RKE) System Start and Power Liftgate/Liftglass Remote Vehicle Start The RKE transmitter is used to K : Press to unlock the driver door. With this feature the engine can be remotely lock and unlock the doors Press K again within three seconds started from outside of the vehicle. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from to unlock all remaining doors. Starting the Vehicle the vehicle. Q : Press to lock all doors. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Lock and unlock feedback can be vehicle. personalized. See Vehicle 2. Press and release . Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Q on page 5‑44. 3. Immediately after completing m : Press and hold to unlock the Step 2, press and hold / for at liftglass. least two seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash. 8 : Press and hold to open or close the power liftgate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

When the vehicle starts, the parking Door Locks lamps will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running. The There are several ways to lock and doors will be locked and the climate unlock the vehicle. control system may come on. From outside, use the Remote The engine will continue to run for Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a the key in the driver door. 10-minute time extension. Remote From inside, use the power door start can be extended only once. locks or the manual door locks. To Canceling a Remote Start lock or unlock the door with the manual locks, push down or pull up To cancel a remote start, do one of on the manual lock knob. the following: Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Other Models Similar . Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press and hold / Press Q or K on the RKE Q : Press to lock the doors. until the parking lamps turn off. transmitter. See Remote Keyless K : Press to unlock the doors. Entry (RKE) System Operation on . Turn on the hazard warning page 2‑2. See Door Locks on page 2‑6. flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then back off. See Remote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Liftgate Manual Liftgate Operation There are several ways to open and close the power liftgate: To unlock the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press . Press and hold 8 on the RKE K on the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter until the liftgate starts (RKE) transmitter twice. See moving. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) . Press 8 on the overhead System Operation on page 2‑2. console. Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle (B) . Press l on the bottom of the and lift up. liftgate next to the latch to close. Use the pull cup to lower and close Pressing a second time while the the liftgate. Do not press the touch liftgate is moving reverses the pad while closing the liftgate. This direction. A. License Plate Applique will cause the liftgate to be To disable the power liftgate B. Liftgate Handle unlatched. function, press OFF on the liftgate switch. See Liftgate on page 2 9. The liftglass or liftgate cannot be Power Liftgate Operation ‑ opened if the rear wiper is in motion. On vehicles with a power liftgate, Liftglass Attempting to open the liftglass or the switch is on the overhead If equipped, there are two ways to liftgate while the rear wiper is in console. open the liftglass: motion will cause the release of the liftglass or liftgate to delay until the The vehicle must be in P (Park) to . Press the button on the wipers are parked off the liftglass. use the power feature. The taillamps underside of the license plate will flash and a chime will sound applique (A). when the power liftgate moves. . Press m on the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Windows Press the switch to lower the 3. Try to move the seat back and window. Pull the switch up to raise forth to be sure the seat is it. See Windows on page 2‑20 and locked in place. Power Windows on page 2 20. ‑ See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Seat Adjustment Power Seats Manual Seats

Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Other Models Similar The driver door has switches that control all windows. Each passenger door switch only controls that window. The power windows To adjust a power seat, if equipped: work when the ignition is in ON/ . RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in To adjust the seat: Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control Retained Accessory Power (RAP). 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. See Retained Accessory Power forward or rearward. (RAP) on page 9‑24. 2. Slide the seat to the desired . If available, raise or lower the position and release the bar. front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or rear of the control up or down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

. If available, raise or lower the Power Lumbar . On vehicles with four-way entire seat by moving the entire lumbar, press and hold the front control up or down. or rear of the control to increase See Power Seat Adjustment on or decrease lumbar support. To raise or lower the height of the page 3‑3. support, press and hold the top Lumbar Adjustment or bottom of the control. Manual Lumbar See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑4. Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: . On vehicles with two-way lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. If equipped, increase or decrease manual lumbar support by turning the knob forward or rearward. See Lumbar Adjustment on To recline a manual seatback: page 3‑4. 1. Lift the lever. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

2. Move the seatback to the Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To adjust a power seatback, if equipped: If available, the controls on the See Reclining Seatbacks on driver door are used to program and . Tilt the top of the control page 3‑4. recall memory settings for the driver rearward to recline. seat, outside mirrors, and the . Tilt the top of the control forward adjustable throttle and brake pedals, to raise. if equipped. See Reclining Seatbacks on See Memory Seats on page 3‑6 and page 3‑4. Vehicle Personalization (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Second Row Seats Heated and Ventilated J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. On vehicles with a 60/40 split-bench Seats or buckets seats, the seatbacks can Press the button once for the be folded for additional cargo space, highest setting. With each press of or the seats can be folded and the button, the seat will change to tumbled for easy entry/exit to the the next lower setting, and then to third row seats, if equipped. On the off setting. The lights indicate vehicles with bucket seats, the three for the highest setting and one seatbacks also recline. for the lowest. See Second Row Seats on See Heated and Ventilated Front page 3‑9. Seats on page 3‑8. Third Row Seats Head Restraint On vehicles with third row seats, the Adjustment Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons seatbacks can be folded, and the Do not drive until the head restraints entire seat can be tumbled or Shown, Heated Seat Buttons Similar for all occupants are installed and removed from the vehicle. adjusted properly. If available, the buttons are on the For detailed instructions, see Third To achieve a comfortable seating front doors. To operate, the ignition Row Seats on page 3‑13. position, change the seatback must be in ON/RUN. recline angle as little as necessary H : If available, press to cool while keeping the seat and the head the seat. restraint height in the proper I : Press to heat the position. seatback only. See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing System The passenger sensing system, if equipped, turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. If the vehicle has one of the indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position. Canada and Refer to the following sections for The passenger airbag status important information on how to use indicator, if equipped, will be visible See Passenger Sensing System on safety belts properly. on the overhead console when the page 3‑34 for important information. vehicle is started. . Safety Belts on page 3‑16. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑18. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑19. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑48. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Mirror Adjustment 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the Exterior Mirrors area behind are seen. 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. To power fold the mirrors: 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out to the driving position. 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to the folded position. With Manual Folding Mirrors To adjust the mirrors:

With Power Folding Mirrors 1. Move the selector switch located above the four-way control pad To adjust the mirrors: to the left or right to choose 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the either the driver side or driver or passenger side mirror. passenger side mirror. 2. Press one of the four arrows 2. Press one of the four arrows located on the control pad to located on the control pad to adjust the mirror. move the mirror in the desired direction. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the area behind are seen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. the vehicle is shifted out of Manual Rearview Mirror Keep the selector switch in the R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned For vehicles with a manual rearview center position when not adjusting off or to OFF/LOCK. mirror, push the tab forward for either outside mirror. This feature can be programed daytime use and pull it for nighttime To manual fold the mirrors: through the Driver Information use to avoid glare from the Center (DIC). See Vehicle from behind. See Fold the mirrors inward to prevent Personalization (With DIC Buttons) Manual Rearview Mirror on damage when going through an on page 5‑44. page 2‑19. automatic wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the Trailer-Tow Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview mirror outward, to return to its For vehicle with towing mirrors, they Mirror original position. can be extended for a clearer view For vehicles with an automatic Heated Mirrors of the objects behind the vehicle. dimming rearview mirror. The mirror Manually pull out the mirror head to will automatically reduce the glare Press 1 to heat the mirrors. extend it for better visibility when from the headlamps from behind. towing a trailer. See Trailer-Tow The dimming feature comes on and See Rear Window Defogger under “ ” Mirrors on page 2‑16. the indicator light illuminates each Dual Automatic Climate Control time the ignition is turned to start. System on page 8‑3 or Climate Interior Mirror See Automatic Dimming Rearview Control Systems on page 8‑1. Adjustment Mirror on page 2‑19. Park Tilt Mirrors Hold the rearview mirror in the If the vehicle has the memory center and move it to view the area package, the exterior mirrors tilt to a behind the vehicle. preselected position when the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This feature lets the driver view the curb when parallel parking. The mirrors return to the original position when Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal Interior Lighting Adjustment Adjustment Dome Lamps On vehicles with this feature, you The dome lamps are located in the can change the position of the overhead console. throttle and brake pedals. They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, clockwise to the farthest position to The control used to adjust the manually turn on the dome lamps. pedals is located on the instrument The dome lamps remain on until the panel below the climate control knob is turned counterclockwise. To adjust the steering wheel: system. Dome Lamp Override 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull Press the bottom of the control to The dome lamp override button is the lever. move the pedals closer to your located next to the exterior lamps 2. Move the steering wheel up body. Press the top of the control to control. or down. move the pedals away. 3. Release the lever to lock the See Adjustable Throttle and Brake wheel in place. Pedal on page 9‑20. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

For more information about interior There are four positions. lamps, see: O : Turns off the automatic . Dome Lamps on page 6‑7. headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp . Reading Lamps on page 6‑8. control to the off position again to . Instrument Panel Illumination turn the automatic headlamps or Control on page 6‑7. DRL back on. For vehicles first sold in Canada, Exterior Lighting the off position will only work when k : Press the button in and the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). dome lamps remain off when a door AUTO: Automatically turns on the is opened. Press the button again to headlamps, parking lamps, return it to the extended position so taillamps, instrument panel lights, that the dome lamps come on when roof marker lamps (if equipped), and a door is opened. license plate lamps. Reading Lamps ; : Turns on the parking lamps, For vehicles with reading lamps in taillamps, instrument panel lights, the overhead console, press the roof marker lamps (if equipped), and button located next to the lamp to The exterior lamp control is on the license plate lamps. turn it on or off. instrument panel to the left of the 5 : Turns on the headlamps, steering wheel. The vehicle may also have reading parking lamps, taillamps, instrument lamps in other locations. The lamps panel lights, roof marker lamps (if are fixed and cannot be adjusted. equipped), and license plate lamps. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

See: 6 : Turn the band up for more . Exterior Lamp Controls on frequent wipes or down for less page 6‑1 frequent wipes. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) w : Slow wipes. on page 6‑3 1 : Fast wipes. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 L : Push this paddle to spray washer fluid on the windshield. Windshield Wiper/Washer Rear Wiper Window Wiper/Washer To turn the rear wiper on, slide the lever to a wiper position. 9 : Turns the wiper off. 5 : Turns on the rear wiper delay. Z : Turns on the rear wiper. The front wiper control is located on = : Press the button on the end of the turn and lane-change lever. Turn the lever to spray washer fluid on the band with the wiper symbol to the rear window. control the windshield wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8 , page 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/ then release. For several wipes, Washer on page 5‑5. hold the band on 8 longer. 9 : Turns the windshield wipers off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with these systems. If this vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information.

Climate Control System

A. Fan Control F. Driver and Passenger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Controls C. Recirculation G. Rear Window Defogger D. Air Delivery Mode Control See Climate Control Systems on page 8‑1. E. Air Conditioning Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Transmission Range Selection Mode

Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) The Range Selection Mode switch Dual Automatic Climate Control System is located on the shift lever. 1. To enable the Range Selection A. Fan Control K. Air Conditioning feature, move the column shift lever to the M (Manual) position. B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) L. PASS The current range will appear C. Defrost M. Passenger Temperature Control next to the M. This is the highest D. Recirculation See Dual Automatic Climate Control attainable range with all lower gears accessible. As an E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) System on page 8‑3 (If Equipped). For vehicles with rear heating and example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is F. Air Delivery Mode Control air conditioning controls, see Rear selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are available. G. Driver Temperature Control Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) on page 8‑9 H. Display or Rear Climate Control System I. Power Button (with Rear Seat Audio) on page 8‑10. J. Rear Window Defogger Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Automatic Transfer Case The transfer case knob is located to located on the steering column the left of the instrument panel shift lever, to select the desired cluster. Use this knob to shift into range of gears for current driving and out of the different Four-Wheel conditions. See Manual Mode on Drive modes. page 9‑31. 2 m : This setting is used for driving While using Range Selection Mode, in most street and highway cruise control and the Tow/Haul situations. mode can be used. AUTO: This setting is ideal for use Grade Braking is not available when when road surface traction Range Selection Mode is active. conditions are variable. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑32. 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel-Drive Four-Wheel Drive Two Speed Transfer Case High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, roads or in most off-road situations. you can send the engine's driving power to all four wheels for extra 4 n : Vehicles with a two speed traction. transfer case have a Four-Wheel-Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.

Single Speed Transfer Case Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

N (Neutral): Vehicles with a two Vehicle Features speed transfer case have a N (Neutral) position. Shift the Radio(s) transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑82 or Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑82. See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case) on page 9‑33.

Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)

O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped. decrease the volume. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

f : Turn to manually select radio For vehicles with a Rear Seat Setting the Clock Entertainment System (RSE) and stations or press to set the bass or To set the time and date: treble. Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ SEEK or SEEK: Seek or scan © ¨ System on page 7‑36 and Rear ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then stations. Seat Audio (RSA) System on press O , to turn the radio on. 4 : Press to switch the display page 7‑46 for more information. between the radio station frequency 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, and the time. While the ignition is Storing Radio Stations MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, off, press this button to display the A maximum of 36 stations can be minute, month, day, and year). time. Press to display additional text stored as favorites using the six 3. Press the softkey located under information related to the current softkeys located below the radio any one of the labels to be FM-RDS or SiriusXM station; or CD, station frequency tabs and by using changed. MP3, or WMA song. If information is the radio FAV button. Press FAV to available during SiriusXM, CD, MP3, go through up to six pages of 4. To increase or decrease the time or WMA playback, the song title favorites, each having six favorite or date, turn f clockwise or information displays on the top line stations available per page. Each counter-clockwise. of the display and artist information page of favorites can contain any For detailed instructions on setting displays on the bottom line. When combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM the clock for the vehicle's specific information is not available, NO stations. “ audio system, see Clock on INFO” displays. For more information, see “Storing page 5‑7. For more information about these Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on and other radio features, see page 7‑10. Operation on page 7‑6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

Satellite Radio storage device, etc. can be Steering Wheel Controls ® connected to the auxiliary port using SiriusXM is a satellite radio service a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the based in the 48 contiguous United USB port depending on the audio States and 10 Canadian provinces. system. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑31 commercial-free music, coast to for further information. coast, and in digital-quality sound. Bluetooth® A fee is required to receive the SiriusXM service. For vehicles with a Bluetooth system, it allows users with a For more information, refer to: Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to . www.siriusxm.com or call make and receive hands-free calls 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) using the vehicle’s audio system If equipped, some audio controls . www.xmradio.ca or call and controls. can be adjusted at the steering 1-877-209-0079 (Canada) The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone wheel. must be paired with the Bluetooth See Satellite Radio on page 7‑11. system before it can be used in the w : Press to go to the next favorite vehicle. Not all phones will support radio station, track on a CD, ® Portable Audio Devices all functions. For more information, or folder on an iPod or USB This vehicle has an auxiliary input, see www.gm.com/bluetooth and device. located on the audio faceplate, and Bluetooth on page 7‑48. c / x : Press to go to the a USB port located on the previous favorite radio station, track instrument panel or in the center on a CD, or folder on an iPod® or console. External devices such as ® USB device. Press to reject an iPod , laptop computers, incoming call, or to end a call. MP3 players, CD changers, USB Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

b / g : Press to silence the vehicle Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise speakers only. Press again to turn control without erasing the set the sound on. Press and hold longer speed from memory. than two seconds to interact with See Cruise Control on page 9‑46. OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. Navigation System e + : Press to increase volume. If the vehicle has a navigation − e : Press to decrease volume. system, there is a separate navigation manual that includes SRCE: Press to switch between information on the radio, audio the radio and CD, and for equipped players, and navigation system. vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. The navigation system provides detailed maps of most major ¨ : Press to seek the next radio freeways and roads. After a station, the next track or chapter T : Press to turn the system on destination has been set, the while sourced to the CD or DVD or off. The indicator light is on when system provides turn-by-turn slot, or to select tracks and folders cruise control is on and turns off instructions for reaching the on an iPod or USB device. when cruise control is off. destination. In addition, the system For more information, see Steering + RES: Press briefly to make the can help locate a variety of points of Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. vehicle resume to a previously set interest (POIs), such as banks, speed, or press and hold to airports, restaurants, and more. accelerate. See the navigation manual for more SET −: Press to set the speed and information. activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

Side Blind Zone Rear Vision See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Alert (SBZA) Camera (RVC) page 9‑48. If available, this feature will alert you If available, the RVC displays a view Power Outlets to vehicles located in the vehicle's of the area behind the vehicle when side blind zone. When the system the vehicle is shifted into The accessory power outlets can be detects a vehicle in the side blind R (Reverse). The display will appear used to plug in electrical equipment, zone, the SBZA display will light up on either the inside rearview mirror such as a cell phone or MP3 player. in the corresponding outside side or navigation screen, if equipped. There are two under the climate mirror. To clean the camera lens, located controls, one inside the center floor The system can be disabled through above the license plate, rinse it with console, one on the rear of the the Driver Information Center (DIC). water and wipe it with a soft cloth. center floor console and one accessory power outlet in the rear If the message SIDE BLIND ZONE See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on cargo area on the passenger side. SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE appears page 9‑52. on the DIC, the system has been The accessory power outlets are disabled because the sensor is Ultrasonic Parking Assist powered, even with the ignition off. blocked and cannot detect vehicles Continuing to use accessory power in the blind zone. The sensor may If available, this system uses outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ be blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, sensors on the rear bumper to OFF may cause the vehicle's slush, or even heavy rainstorms. assist with parking and avoiding battery to run down. objects while in R (Reverse). This message may also activate See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. during heavy rain or due to road It operates at speeds less than spray. The vehicle does not need 8 km/h (5 mph). URPA uses audible service. beeps to provide distance and system information. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Keep the sensors on the vehicle's on page 9‑49 for more information. rear bumper clean to ensure proper operation. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

In Brief 1-25

Universal Remote System Sunroof Vent: From the closed position, press the rear of switch (B) to vent the sunroof. Open/Close: To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (A) to close it. Vehicles with the Universal Remote Express-Open/Express-Close: To System will have these buttons express-open the sunroof, fully located in the headliner. press and release the rear of switch (A) until the sunroof reaches This system provides a way to the desired position. To replace up to three remote control express-close the sunroof, fully transmitters used to activate A. Open or Close press and release the front of devices such as garage door switch (A). Press the switch again to openers, security systems, and B. Vent stop it. home automation devices. On vehicles with a sunroof, the Read the instructions completely sunroof only operates when the before attempting to program the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or transmitter. Because of the steps ON/RUN, or when Retained involved, it may be helpful to have Accessory Power (RAP) is active. another person assist with See Retained Accessory Power programming the transmitter. (RAP) on page 9‑24. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑52. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

1-26 In Brief

When the sunroof is opened, an air Performance and . Press and release g again to deflector will automatically raise. turn on both systems. The air deflector will retract when Maintenance For more information, see the sunroof is closed. ® ® StabiliTrak System on page 9‑42. The sunroof also has a sunshade StabiliTrak System which can be pulled forward to block If equipped, the vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor sun rays. The sunshade must be traction control system that limits opened and closed manually. This vehicle may have a Tire wheel spin and the StabiliTrak Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). If an object is in the path of the system that assists with directional sunroof while it is closing, the control of the vehicle in difficult anti-pinch feature will detect the driving conditions. Both systems object and stop the sunroof. turn on automatically every time the vehicle is started. See Sunroof on page 2‑22. . To turn off traction control, press and release g on the instrument panel. The appropriate DIC The low tire pressure warning light message displays. See Ride alerts to a significant loss in Control System Messages on pressure of one of the vehicle's page 5‑40. tires. If the warning light comes on, . To turn off both traction control stop as soon as possible and inflate and StabiliTrak, press and hold the tires to the recommended g until g illuminates and the pressure shown on the Tire and appropriate DIC message Loading Information label. See displays. See Ride Control Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15. The warning light will remain on until System Messages on page 5‑40. the tire pressure is corrected. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

In Brief 1-27

The low tire pressure warning light Resetting the Oil Life System See Engine Oil Life System on may come on in cool weather when To reset the Engine Oil Life System page 10‑9. the vehicle is first started, and then on most vehicles: turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) may be an early indicator that the 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING tire pressures are getting low and on the DIC. If the vehicle does Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap the tires need to be inflated to the not have DIC buttons, the can use either unleaded or proper pressure. vehicle must be in P (Park) to containing up to 85% access this display. ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% The TPMS does not replace normal Ethanol) on page 9‑58. For all other monthly tire maintenance. Maintain 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET vehicles, use only the unleaded the correct tire pressures. button on the DIC, or the trip gasoline described under reset stem if the Recommended Fuel on page 9‑56. See Tire Pressure Monitor System vehicle does not have DIC on page 10‑50. buttons, for more than five seconds. The oil life will Driving for Better Fuel Engine Oil Life System change to 100%. Economy The engine oil life system calculates On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Driving habits can affect fuel engine oil life based on vehicle use System can be reset as follows: mileage. Here are some driving tips and, on most vehicles, displays a to get the best fuel economy 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with DIC message when it is necessary possible. to change the engine oil and filter. the engine off. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate The oil life system should be reset 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal smoothly. to 100% only following an oil slowly three times within change. five seconds. . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the display shows . Avoid idling the engine for long 100%, the system is reset. periods of time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

1-28 In Brief

. When road and weather As the owner of a new Chevrolet, conditions are appropriate, use you are automatically enrolled in the cruise control. Roadside Assistance program. . Always follow posted speed See Roadside Assistance Program limits or drive more slowly when (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside conditions require. Assistance Program (U.S. and . Keep vehicle tires properly Canada) on page 13‑11. inflated. Roadside Assistance and OnStar . Combine several trips into a (U.S. and Canada) single trip. If the vehicle has an active OnStar . Replace the vehicle's tires with subscription, contact OnStar and the the same TPC Spec number vehicle’s current GPS location will molded into the tire's sidewall be sent to an OnStar advisor to near the size. assess the situation, contact Roadside Assistance, and relay the . Follow recommended scheduled exact location to send help. maintenance. ® Roadside Assistance OnStar Program If equipped, this vehicle has a comprehensive, in-vehicle system U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 that can connect to a live Advisor TTY Users (U.S. Only): for Emergency, Security, Navigation, 1-888-889-2438 Connection, and Diagnostic Services. See OnStar Overview on Canada: 1-800-268-6800 page 14‑1. Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 2-16 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-16 Keys Power Mirrors ...... 2-16 Keys and Locks Folding Mirrors ...... 2-17 { WARNING Keys ...... 2-1 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-18 Leaving children in a vehicle with System ...... 2-2 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-18 the ignition key is dangerous and children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors System Operation ...... 2-2 seriously injured or killed. They Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-19 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 could operate the power windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Door Locks ...... 2-6 or other controls or make the Mirror ...... 2-19 Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 vehicle move. The windows will Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Windows function with the keys in the Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Windows ...... 2-20 ignition, and children or others Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Power Windows ...... 2-20 could be caught in the path of a Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the Doors Roof ignition key. Liftgate ...... 2-9 Sunroof ...... 2-22 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 2-12 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-14 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription, . If the transmitter is still not an OnStar Advisor may remotely working correctly, see your unlock the vehicle. See OnStar dealer or a qualified technician Overview on page 14‑1. for service. Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System (RKE) System Operation See Radio Frequency Statement on The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) page 13‑20 for information transmitter functions work up to regarding Part 15 of the Federal 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Communications Commission (FCC) There are other conditions which rules and Industry Canada can affect the performance of the The key is used for the ignition and Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. all door locks. transmitter. See Remote Keyless If there is a decrease in the RKE Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. The key has a bar-coded key tag operating range: that the dealer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys. Store . Check the distance. The this information in a safe place, not transmitter may be too far from in the vehicle. the vehicle. See your dealer if a replacement . Check the location. Other key or additional key is needed. vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. If the vehicle has an ignition and it becomes difficult to turn the key, . Check the transmitter's battery. inspect the key blade for debris. See “Battery Replacement” later Periodically clean with a brush in this section. or pick. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

The following functions may be K (Unlock): Press once to unlock available if your vehicle has the only the driver door. If K is pressed RKE system: again within three seconds, all / (Remote Vehicle Start): If remaining doors unlock. The interior available, press to start the engine lamps may come on and stay on for from outside the vehicle using the 20 seconds or until the ignition is RKE transmitter. See Remote turned on. Vehicle Start on page 2 5 for ‑ If enabled through the DIC, the turn additional information. signal lamps flash twice to indicate Q (Lock): Press to lock all the unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle doors. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) With Remote Start and Liftglass If enabled through the Driver on page 5‑44. If enabled through Information Center (DIC), the turn the DIC, the exterior lights turn on signal lamps flash once to indicate briefly if it is dark enough outside. locking has occurred. If enabled See “Approach Lighting” under through the DIC, the horn chirps Vehicle Personalization (With DIC when the lock button is pressed Buttons) on page 5‑44. again within three seconds. See Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Vehicle Personalization (With DIC disarms the content theft-deterrent Buttons) on page 5‑44 for additional system. See Vehicle Alarm System information. on page 2‑12. Pressing Q arms the content m (Liftglass): Press and hold to theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle unlock the liftglass. Alarm System on page 2‑12. With Remote Start and Power Liftgate and Liftglass Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

8 (Power Liftgate): Press and When the replacement transmitter is hold to open and close the liftgate. programmed to this vehicle, all The taillamps flash and a chime remaining transmitters must also be sounds to indicate when the liftgate reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen is opening and closing. transmitters will no longer work once the new transmitter is L (Vehicle Locator/Panic programmed. The vehicle can have Alarm): Press and release to a maximum of eight transmitters locate the vehicle. The turn signal programmed to it. See your dealer lamps flash and the horn sounds to program transmitters to the three times. vehicle. Press and hold L for more than Battery Replacement two seconds to activate the panic To replace the battery: alarm. The turn signal lamps flash Replace the battery if the REPLACE and the horn sounds repeatedly for BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY 1. Separate the transmitter with a 30 seconds. The alarm turns off message displays in the DIC. See flat, thin object, such as a flat when the ignition is moved to ON/ “REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE head screwdriver. KEY under Key and Lock RUN or L is pressed again. The ” . Carefully insert the tool into Messages on page 5‑38 for the notch located along the ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for additional information. the panic alarm to work. parting line of the Notice: When replacing the transmitter. Do not insert Programming Transmitters to battery, do not touch any of the the tool too far. Stop as the Vehicle circuitry on the transmitter. Static soon as resistance is felt. Only RKE transmitters programmed from your body could damage the . Twist the tool until the to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter. transmitter is separated. transmitter is lost or stolen, a 2. Remove the old battery. Do not replacement can be purchased and use a metal object. programmed through your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

3. Insert the new battery, positive During a remote start, if the vehicle There are other conditions which side facing down. Replace with a has an automatic climate control can affect the performance of the CR2032 or equivalent battery. system and heated seats, the transmitter. See Remote Keyless 4. Snap the transmitter back heated seats will turn on during Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for together. colder outside temperatures and will additional information. shut off when the key is turned to / (Remote Start): This button will Remote Vehicle Start ON/RUN. If the vehicle does not be on the RKE transmitter if the have an automatic climate control vehicle has remote start. If available, this feature allows you system, during remote start, to start the engine from outside of manually turn the heated seats on To start the vehicle using the remote the vehicle. It may also start up the and off. See Heated and Ventilated start feature: vehicle's heating or air conditioning Front Seats on page 3‑8 for 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the systems and rear window defogger. additional information. vehicle. Normal operation of the system will Laws in some communities may 2. Press and release . return after the key is turned to the restrict the use of remote starters. Q ON/RUN position. For example, some laws may 3. Immediately press and hold / If the vehicle has an automatic require a person using the remote until the turn signal lamps flash. climate control system, the climate start to have the vehicle in view If you cannot see the vehicle's control system will default to a when doing so. Check local lamps, press and hold / for at heating or cooling mode depending regulations for any requirements on least two seconds. on the outside temperatures. If the remote starting of vehicles. vehicle does not have an automatic Do not use the remote start feature When the vehicle starts, the climate control system, the system if the vehicle is low on fuel. The parking lamps will turn on and will turn on at the setting the vehicle vehicle may run out of fuel. remain on while the vehicle is was set to when the vehicle was running. The doors will be last turned off. The RKE transmitter range may be locked and the climate control less while the vehicle is running. system may come on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The engine will continue to run For example, if Q and then / are Remote Start Ready for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps pressed again after the vehicle has If the vehicle does not have the for a 10-minute time extension. been running for 5 minutes, remote vehicle start feature, it may Remote start can be extended 10 minutes are added, allowing the have the remote start ready feature. only once. engine to run for 15 minutes. This feature allows your dealer to After entering the vehicle during a The additional 10 minutes are add the manufacturer's remote remote start, insert and turn the key considered a second remote vehicle vehicle start feature. to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. start. See your dealer to add the To cancel a remote start: Once two remote starts, or a single manufacturer's remote vehicle start . Aim the RKE transmitter at the remote start with one time extension feature to the vehicle. vehicle and press and hold / has been done, the vehicle must be until the parking lamps turn off. started with the key. After the key is Door Locks removed from the ignition, the . Turn on the hazard warning vehicle can be remote started again. { WARNING flashers. The vehicle cannot be remote . Turn the ignition on and then started if the key is in the ignition, Unlocked doors can be back off. the hood is not closed, or if there is dangerous. The vehicle can be remote started an emission control system . Passengers, especially two separate times between driving malfunction and the check engine children, can easily open the sequences. The engine will run for light is on. doors and fall out of a moving 10 minutes after each remote start. Also, the engine will turn off during a vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle will not Or, you can extend the engine run remote vehicle start if the coolant open it. The chance of being time by another 10 minutes within temperature gets too high or if the thrown out of the vehicle in a the first 10 minute remote start time oil pressure gets low. crash is increased if the frame, and before the engine stops. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

There are several ways to lock and WARNING (Continued) unlock the vehicle. doors are not locked. So, all From outside, use the Remote passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or safety belts properly and the the key in the driver door. doors should be locked From inside, use the power door whenever the vehicle is locks or manual door locks. To lock driven. or unlock the door with the manual . Young children who get into locks, push down or pull up on the unlocked vehicles may be manual lock knob. unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat Power Door Locks Power Folding Mirrors Shown, and can suffer permanent Other Models Similar injuries or even death from Press Q or K on the Remote heat stroke. Always lock the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) vehicle whenever leaving it. K (Unlock): Press to unlock the System Operation on page 2‑2. . Outsiders can easily enter doors. through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop Delayed Locking the vehicle. Locking the doors When locking the doors with the can help prevent this from power lock switch and a door or the happening. liftgate is open, the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing the power lock switch Lockout Protection twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock If the driver side power door lock all the doors. switch is pressed when the driver door is open and the key is in the This feature will not operate if the ignition, all of the doors will lock and key is in the ignition. then the driver door will unlock. This feature can be programmed If the passenger side power door using the Driver Information lock switch is pressed when the Center (DIC). See “Delay Door front passenger door is open and Lock” under Vehicle Personalization the key is in the ignition, all of the (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. doors will lock and then the front passenger door will unlock. Automatic Door Locks Open the rear doors to access the security locks on the inside edge of The vehicle may have an automatic Safety Locks each door. lock/unlock feature. This feature can The vehicle has rear door security To set the locks, insert a key into be programmed using the Driver locks to prevent passengers from the slot and turn it to the horizontal Information Center (DIC). See opening the rear doors from the position. The door can only be Vehicle Personalization (With DIC inside. opened from the outside with the Buttons) on page 5 44. ‑ door unlocked. To return the door to normal operation, turn the slot to the vertical position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Doors WARNING (Continued) Liftgate . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate or /hatch open, Index. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped with through the seal between the a power liftgate, disable the body and the trunk/hatch or power liftgate function. A. License Plate Applique liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust on B. Liftgate Handle carbon monoxide (CO) which page 9‑27. cannot be seen or smelled. It can The liftglass or liftgate cannot be cause unconsciousness and even opened if the rear wiper is in motion. death. Notice: If you open the liftgate Attempting to open the liftglass or without checking for overhead liftgate while the rear wiper is in If the vehicle must be driven with obstructions such as a garage motion will cause the release of the the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: door, you could damage the liftglass or liftgate to delay until the . Close all of the windows. liftgate or the liftgate glass. wipers are parked off the liftglass. Always check to make sure the . Fully open the air outlets on area above and behind the liftgate or under the instrument is clear before opening it. panel. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate Operation The power liftgate may be { WARNING temporarily disabled under extreme To unlock the liftgate, press K on temperatures, or under low battery the power door lock switch or press You, or others, could be injured if conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate K on the Remote Keyless Entry caught in the path of the power can still be operated manually. (RKE) transmitter twice. See liftgate. Make sure there is no one Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) in the way of the liftgate as it is If the transmission is shifted out of P (Park) while the power function is in System Operation on page 2‑2. opening and closing. progress, the liftgate power function Press the touch pad on the will continue to completion. If the underside of the liftgate handle (B) There are several ways to open and transmission is shifted out of P and lift up. close the power liftgate: (Park) and the vehicle accelerates before the power liftgate latches Use the pull cup to lower and close . Press and hold 8 on the RKE the liftgate. Do not press the touch closed, the liftgate may reverse to transmitter until the liftgate starts the open position. Cargo could fall pad while closing the liftgate. This moving. will cause the liftgate to be out of the vehicle. Always make unlatched. . Press 8 on the overhead sure the power liftgate is closed and console. latched before driving away. Power Liftgate Operation If the liftgate is opened using power . l On vehicles with a power liftgate, Press on the bottom of the operation and the liftgate support the switch is on the overhead liftgate next to the latch to close. struts have lost pressure, the turn console. Pressing a second time while the signals flash and a chime will The vehicle must be in P (Park) to liftgate is moving reverses the sound. The liftgate stays open use the power feature. The taillamps direction. temporarily, and then slowly closes. See a dealer for service before will flash and a chime will sound To disable the power liftgate using the liftgate. when the power liftgate moves. function, press OFF on the liftgate switch. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Obstacle Detection Features Manual Operation of Power liftgate should be set to manual operation by pressing OFF on the If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Liftgate liftgate switch on the center console. during a power open or close cycle, To change the liftgate to manual a warning chime will sound and the operation, press OFF on the liftgate The liftgate has an electric latch. liftgate will automatically reverse switch. If the battery is disconnected or has direction to the full closed or open low voltage, the liftgate will not With the power liftgate disabled and position. After removing the open. The liftgate will resume all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate obstruction, the power liftgate operation when the battery is can be manually opened and operation can be used again. If the reconnected and charged. closed. liftgate encounters multiple If the battery is properly connected obstacles on the same power cycle, To open the liftgate, press the touch with adequate voltage, the switch is the power function will deactivate pad on the handle (B) and lift up. not disabled, and the liftgate still will and a message will display in the Use the pull cup to lower and close not function, see a dealer for Driver Information Center (DIC). the liftgate. Do not press the touch service. See Object Detection System pad while closing the liftgate. This Messages on page 5‑39. After will cause the liftgate to be Liftglass removing the obstructions, the unlatched. The liftgate latch will If equipped, there are two ways to liftgate will resume normal power power close. Always close the open the liftglass: operation. liftgate before driving. . Press the button on the Pinch sensors are located on the If 8 on the RKE transmitter or underside of the license plate side edges of the liftgate. If an l on the liftgate is pressed while applique (A). object is caught between the liftgate power operation is disabled, the . m and the vehicle and presses against lamps will flash three times, but the Press on the RKE this sensor, the liftgate will reverse liftgate will not move. transmitter. direction and open fully. The liftgate will remain open until it is activated It is not recommended to drive with again or closed manually. the liftgate open, however, when driving with the liftgate open; the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Assist Steps The power assist steps Vehicle Security automatically extend from beneath the vehicle on the side in which the This vehicle has theft-deterrent door has been opened. Once the features; however, they do not make door is closed, the assist steps the vehicle impossible to steal. automatically move back under the vehicle after a brief delay. The Vehicle Alarm System vehicle must not be moving for the assist steps to extend or retract. Your vehicle has a content theft-deterrent alarm system. The assist steps cannot be disabled in the extended position.

The vehicle may have power assist steps. To enable or disable the power assist steps push j. This is the security light. To arm the theft-deterrent system: 1. Open the door. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

2. Lock the door with the Remote unlock button on the RKE . Always unlock the doors with the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter. Unlocking a or the power door lock switch. pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. Your door any other way will set off The security light will come on to vehicle's headlamps will flash and the alarm if it is armed. inform the driver the system is the horn will sound for about If you set off the alarm by accident, arming. If a door is open when 30 seconds, then will turn off to save press unlock on the RKE transmitter the doors are locked, the the battery power. or place the key in the ignition and security light will flash. The theft-deterrent system will not turn it to START to turn off the If the delayed locking feature is activate if the doors are locked with alarm. The alarm will not stop if you turned on, the theft-deterrent the vehicle's key or the manual door try to unlock a door any other way. system will not start the arming lock. It activates only if you use the Testing the Alarm process until the last door is power door lock switch with the door closed and the delay timer has open or the RKE transmitter. You To test the alarm: expired. See Delayed Locking should also remember that you can 1. From inside the vehicle, lower on page 2‑7. start your vehicle with the correct the driver window and open the 3. Close all doors. The security ignition key if the alarm has been driver door. set off. light should go off after about 2. Activate the system by locking 30 seconds. The alarm is not To avoid setting off the alarm by the doors with the power door armed until the security light accident: lock switch while the door is goes off. . If you do not want to activate the open, or with the RKE If a locked driver door is opened theft-deterrent system, the transmitter. without using the RKE transmitter, a vehicle should be locked with 3. Get out of the vehicle, close the 10-second pre-alarm will occur. The the door key after the doors are door and wait for the security horn will chirp and the lights will closed. light to go out. flash. If the key is not placed in the ignition and turned to START or the door is not unlocked by pressing the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

4. Then reach in through the Immobilizer Operation vehicle will be discouraged because window, unlock the door with the ® of the high number of electrical key manual door lock and open the This vehicle has PASS-Key III+ codes. (Personalized door. This should set off the If the engine does not start and the alarm. System) theft-deterrent system. PASS-Key III+ is a passive security light on the instrument While the alarm is set, the power theft-deterrent system. panel cluster comes on when trying door unlock switch will not work. to start the vehicle, there may be a The system is automatically armed If the alarm does not sound when it problem with the theft-deterrent when the key is removed from the system. Turn the ignition off and try should but the headlamps flash, ignition. check to see if the horn works. The again. horn fuse may be blown. To replace The system is automatically If the engine still does not start, and the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit disarmed when the key is turned to the key appears to be undamaged, Breakers on page 10‑33. ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, try another ignition key. At this time, or START from the LOCK/OFF you may also want to check the If the alarm does not sound or the position. headlamps do not flash, the vehicle fuse. See Fuses and Circuit should be serviced by your dealer. You do not have to manually arm or Breakers on page 10‑33. If the disarm the system. engine still does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service. Immobilizer The security light will come on if If the vehicle does start, the first key there is a problem with arming or See Radio Frequency Statement on may be faulty. See your dealer who disarming the theft-deterrent page 13 20 for information can service the PASS-Key III+ to ‑ system. regarding Part 15 of the Federal have a new key made. Communications Commission (FCC) When the PASS-Key III+ system It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ rules and Industry Canada senses that someone is using the decoder to learn the transponder Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. wrong key, it prevents the vehicle value of a new or replacement key. from starting. Anyone using a Up to 10 keys may be programmed trial-and-error method to start the for the vehicle. The following Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

procedure is for programming 4. Insert the new key to be Exterior Mirrors additional keys only. If all the programmed and turn it to the currently programmed keys are lost ON/RUN position within or do not operate, you must see five seconds of turning the Convex Mirrors your dealer or a locksmith who can ignition to the LOCK/OFF service PASS-Key III+ to have keys position in Step 3. { WARNING made and programmed to the The security light will turn off system. A convex mirror can make things, once the key has been like other vehicles, look farther See your dealer or a locksmith who programmed. away than they really are. If you can service PASS-Key III+ to get a 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if cut too sharply into the right lane, new key blank cut exactly as the additional keys are to be you could hit a vehicle on the ignition key that operates the programmed. system. right. Check the inside mirror or If you lose or damage your glance over your shoulder before To program the new additional key: PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer changing lanes. 1. Verify that the new key has a 1 or a locksmith who can service stamped on it. PASS-Key III+ to have a new The passenger side mirror is convex key made. 2. Insert the original, already shaped. A convex mirror's surface is programmed key in the ignition Do not leave the key or device that curved so more can be seen from and start the engine. If the disarms or deactivates the the driver seat. engine will not start, see your theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. dealer for service. 3. After the engine has started, turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and remove the key. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Mirrors Manually pull out the mirror head to Power Mirrors extend it for better visibility when Vehicles with manual mirrors can be towing a trailer. adjusted by moving the mirror up and down or left to right to see a The lower portion of the mirror is little of the side of the vehicle, and convex. A convex mirror's surface is have a clear view behind the curved to see more from the driver vehicle. seat. The convex mirror can be adjusted manually to the driver Using hood-mounted air deflectors preferred position for better vision. and add-on convex mirror attachments could decrease mirror The mirror may have a turn signal performance. arrow that flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Trailer-Tow Mirrors With Power Folding Mirrors To adjust the mirrors: 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left. 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the If the vehicle has towing mirrors, area behind are seen. they can be adjusted for a clearer view of the objects behind you. 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to deselect the mirror. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Keep the selector switch in the Folding Mirrors center position when not adjusting either outside mirror. Power Folding Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has the exterior automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature is controlled by the on and off setting on the inside With Manual Folding Mirrors automatic dimming rearview mirror. See Automatic Dimming Rearview To adjust the mirrors: Mirror on page 2‑19. 1. Move the selector switch located Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) above the four-way control pad 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors out to the left or right to choose If the vehicle has the Side Blind to the driving position. either the driver side or Zone Alert (SBZA) system. See Side 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in to passenger side mirror. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on the folded position. 2. Press one of the four arrows page 9‑49. located on the control pad to Turn Signal Indicator move the mirror in the desired direction. The vehicle may also have a turn signal indicator on the mirror. An 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that arrow on the mirror flashes in the the side of the vehicle and the direction of the turn or lane change. area behind are seen. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Resetting the Power Folding Heated Mirrors Park Tilt Mirrors Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: If the vehicle has the memory Reset the power folding mirrors if: 1 (Rear Window Defogger): package, the exterior mirrors tilt to a . The mirrors are accidentally Press to heat the mirrors. preselected position when the obstructed while folding. vehicle is in R (Reverse). This See “Rear Window Defogger” under feature lets the driver view the curb . They are accidentally manually Dual Automatic Climate Control when parallel parking. The mirrors folded/unfolded. System on page 8‑3 or Climate return to the original position when . The mirrors will not stay in the Control Systems on page 8‑1 for the vehicle is shifted out of unfolded position. more information. R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned . The mirrors vibrate at normal off or to OFF/LOCK. driving speeds. Automatic Dimming This feature can be programed Fold and unfold the mirrors one time Mirror through the Driver Information using the mirror controls to reset If the vehicle has the automatic Center (DIC). See Vehicle them to their normal position. dimming mirror, the driver outside Personalization (With DIC Buttons) A popping noise may be heard mirror automatically adjusts for the on page 5‑44 for more information. during the resetting of the power glare of the headlamps from behind. folding mirrors. This sound is normal This feature is controlled by the on after a manual folding operation. and off setting on the inside rearview mirror. See Automatic Manual Folding Dimming Rearview Mirror on Fold the mirrors inward to prevent page 2‑19. damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming If the vehicle has a RVC, the O Rearview Mirror button for turning the dimming Manual Rearview Mirror feature on or off will not be Adjustment available. To adjust the inside rearview mirror, Hold the rearview mirror in the hold the rearview mirror in the Vehicles with OnStar have three center and move it to view the area center and move it to view the area additional control buttons located at behind the vehicle. behind the vehicle. the bottom of the mirror. See a Operation dealer for more information about For vehicles with a manual rearview OnStar and how to subscribe to it. mirror, push the tab forward for For vehicles with an automatic See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. daytime use and pull it rearward for dimming rearview mirror, the mirror nighttime use to avoid glare from will automatically reduce the glare of Cleaning the Mirror the headlamps from behind. the headlamps from behind. The Do not spray glass cleaner directly Vehicles with OnStar® have three dimming feature comes on each on the mirror. Use a soft towel control buttons at the bottom of the time the vehicle is started. dampened with water. mirror. See a dealer for more O (On/Off): Press to turn the information about OnStar and how dimming feature on or off. to subscribe to it. See OnStar The vehicle may also have a Rear Overview on page 14‑1. Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑52 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a { WARNING pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Never leave a child, a helpless windows are up. To reduce the adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, sound, open either a front window especially with the windows or the sunroof, if equipped. closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the Power Windows extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death { WARNING from heat stroke. Power Folding Mirrors Shown, Children could be seriously Other Models Similar injured or killed if caught in the The driver door has switches that path of a closing window. Never control all windows. Each leave keys in a vehicle with passenger door switch only controls children. When there are children that window. The power windows in the rear seat, use the window work when the ignition is in ON/ lockout button to prevent RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in operation of the windows. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP). Keys on page 2‑1. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more information. Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Express Down Windows Window Lockout Sun Visors Windows that have the express-down feature allow the windows to be lowered without holding the switch. Press the window switch fully and release it to activate the express-down feature. The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing, or pulling the switch.

Pull the down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the Power Folding Mirrors Shown, center mount to pivot to the side Other Models Similar window, or to extend along the rod, if available. This feature prevents the rear passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position.

. Press o to activate the rear window locks. An indicator light will illuminate when the feature is on.

. Press o again to deactivate the rear window locks. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof Vent: From the closed position, If an object is in the path of the press the rear of switch (B) to vent sunroof while it is closing, the Sunroof the sunroof. anti-pinch feature will detect the Open/Close: To open the sunroof, object and stop the sunroof. press and hold switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (A) to close it. Express-Open/Express-Close: To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully Dirt and debris may collect on the press and release the front of sunroof seal or in the track. This switch (A). Press the switch again to could cause an issue with sunroof A. Open or Close stop it. operation or noise. It could also plug B. Vent When the sunroof is opened, an air the water drainage system. deflector will automatically raise. Periodically open the sunroof and On vehicles with a sunroof, the The air deflector will retract when remove any obstacles or loose sunroof only operates when the the sunroof is closed. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or roof sealing area using a clean The sunroof also has a sunshade ON/RUN, or when Retained cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not which can be pulled forward to block Accessory Power (RAP) is active. remove grease from the sunroof. See Retained Accessory Power sun rays. The sunshade must be (RAP) on page 9‑24. opened and closed manually. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats and Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 Adding Equipment to the Safety Belt Use During Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38 Restraints Pregnancy ...... 3-24 Airbag System Check ...... 3-40 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Replacing Airbag System Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-25 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-40 Head Restraints Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-25 Child Restraints Older Children ...... 3-41 Front Seats Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-26 Infants and Young Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Children ...... 3-43 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Airbag System Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-45 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System ...... 3-26 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-47 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Where Are the ? . . . . . 3-28 Lower Anchors and Tethers Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 When Should an Airbag for Children (LATCH Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Inflate? ...... 3-30 System) ...... 3-48 Heated and Ventilated Front What Makes an Airbag Replacing LATCH System Seats ...... 3-8 Inflate? ...... 3-32 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-55 Rear Seats How Does an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Restrain? ...... 3-32 (Center Front Seat Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-9 What Will You See after an Position) ...... 3-55 Second Row Seats ...... 3-9 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-33 Securing Child Restraints Third Row Seats ...... 3-13 Passenger Sensing (Right Front Seat Safety Belts System ...... 3-34 Position) ...... 3-56 Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Securing Child Restraints How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 3-38 (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-58 Properly ...... 3-18 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press top of the restraint is at the same the button, located on the top of the height as the top of the occupant's seatback, and push the head { WARNING head. This position reduces the restraint down. Try to move the chance of a neck injury in a crash. head restraint after the button is With head restraints that are not released to make sure that it is installed and adjusted properly, Front Seats locked in place. there is a greater chance that The front seats have adjustable occupants will suffer a neck/ The front seat outboard head head restraints in the outboard restraints are not designed to be spinal injury in a crash. Do not seating positions. drive until the head restraints for removed. all occupants are installed and Rear Seats adjusted properly. The vehicle's second-row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The vehicle's third-row seats, if equipped, have adjustable headrests in the outboard seating positions. The height of the headrest can be adjusted. Pull the headrest up to The height of the head restraint can raise it. To lower the headrest, push be adjusted. Pull the head restraint down on the headrest. up to raise it. Try to move the head Rear seat head restraints and restraint to make sure that it is headrests are not designed to be locked in place. removed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats To adjust the seat: Power Seat Adjustment 1. Lift the bar under the front edge Seat Adjustment of the seat cushion to unlock the seat. { WARNING 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. You can lose control of the 3. Try to move the seat back and vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure the seat is seat while the vehicle is moving. locked in place. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Center Seat If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an and cupholder/storage area for the driver To adjust a power seat, if equipped: and passenger when the center . Move the seat forward or front seat is not used. Do not use it rearward by sliding the control as a seating position when the forward or rearward. seatback is folded down. . If available, raise or lower the front or rear part of the seat cushion by moving the front or rear of the control up or down. . If available, raise or lower the entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

To adjust the seatback, see “Power Power Lumbar raise or lower the height of the Reclining Seatbacks” under support, press and hold the top Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4. or bottom of the control. Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks Manual Lumbar { WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be To adjust the power lumbar support, against your body. Instead, it will if equipped: be in front of you. In a crash, you . On vehicles with two-way could go into it, receiving neck or lumbar, press and hold the top other injuries. or bottom of the control to The lap belt could go up over If equipped, increase or decrease increase or decrease lumbar support. your abdomen. The belt forces manual lumbar support by turning would be there, not at your pelvic the knob forward or rearward. . On vehicles with four-way bones. This could cause serious lumbar, press and hold the front internal injuries. or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Manual Reclining Seatbacks To adjust a manual seatback: WARNING (Continued) 1. Lift the lever. { WARNING For proper protection when the The seatback will automatically vehicle is in motion, have the If either seatback is not locked, it fold forward. seatback upright. Then sit well could move forward in a sudden 2. To recline, move the seatback back in the seat and wear the stop or crash. That could cause rearward to the desired position, safety belt properly. injury to the person sitting there. then release the lever to lock the Always push and pull on the seatback in place. seatbacks to be sure they are 3. Push and pull on the seatback to locked. make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Seats Storing Memory Positions To save into memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback recliner, both outside mirrors, and the throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑20. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will have the ability to save and recall their positions. To recline a power seatback, If available, the controls on the 2. Press and hold “1” until if equipped: driver door are used to program and two beeps sound. . recall memory settings for the driver Tilt the top of the control 3. Repeat for a second driver rearward to recline. seat, outside mirrors, and the adjustable throttle and brake pedals, position using “2.” . Tilt the top of the control forward if equipped. To recall, press and release “1” or to raise. “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Memory Remote Recall If something has blocked the driver A single beep sounds. The driver The memory feature can recall the seat and/or the adjustable pedals seat moves back approximately driver seat, outside mirrors, and while recalling a memory position, 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back pedals, if equipped, to stored the recall may stop. Remove the farther, press B again until the positions when entering the vehicle. obstruction; then press and hold the seat is all the way back. appropriate manual control for the To activate, unlock the driver door memory item that is not recalling for If something has blocked the driver with the Remote Keyless two seconds. Try recalling the seat while recalling the exit position, Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver memory position again by pressing the recall may stop. Remove the seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable the appropriate memory button. obstruction; then press and hold the pedals, if equipped, will move to the If the memory position is still not power seat control rearward for memory position associated with the recalling, see your dealer for two seconds. Try recalling the exit transmitter used to unlock the service. position again. If the exit position is vehicle. still not recalling, see your dealer for Easy Exit Driver Seat service. This feature can be turned on or off using the vehicle personalization This feature can move the seat See Vehicle Personalization (With menu. See Vehicle Personalization rearward to allow extra room to exit DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. (With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. the vehicle. To stop recall movement, press one B (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press of the power seat controls, memory to recall the easy exit seat position. buttons, or power mirror buttons, The vehicle must be in P (Park). or the adjustable pedal switch. If the easy exit seat feature is programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, automatic seat movement occurs when the ignition key is removed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of Front Seats the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to { WARNING the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one If you cannot feel temperature for the lowest. change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. To The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use On vehicles with heated seats, the care when using the seat heater, heated seats are canceled 10 seconds after the ignition is especially for long periods of Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons turned off. time. Do not place anything on Shown, Heated Seat Buttons the seat that insulates against Similar On vehicles with heated and cooled heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seats, the heated and cooled seats cover, or similar item. This may If available, the buttons are on the are canceled when the ignition is cause the seat heater to front doors. To operate, the ignition turned off. must be in ON/RUN. overheat. An overheated seat To use this feature after restarting heater may cause a burn or may H (Cooled Seat): If available, the vehicle, press the desired button damage the seat. press to cool the seat. again. I (Heated Seatback): Press to heat the seatback only. J (Heated Seat and Seatback): Press to heat the seat and seatback. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Remote Start Heated Seats Rear Seats If available, the buttons are on the When it is cold outside, the heated Rear Seat Audio (RSA) panel on the seats may turn on automatically Heated Rear Seats rear of the center console. during a remote vehicle start. The Press M or L to heat the left heated seats will be canceled when { WARNING outboard or right outboard seat the ignition is turned on. Press the cushion. An indicator on the RSA desired button to use the heated If you cannot feel temperature display appears when this feature seats after the vehicle is started. change or pain to the skin, the is on. The lights on the heated seat seat heater may cause burns. Press the button once for the buttons do not turn on during a See the Warning under Heated highest setting. With each press of remote start. and Ventilated Front Seats on the button, the heated seat changes The temperature performance of an page 3‑8. to the next lower setting, and then unoccupied seat may be reduced. the off setting. Indicator bars next to This is normal. the symbol show the setting: three for high, two for medium, and one See Remote Vehicle Start on for low. page 2‑5. The heated seats are canceled when the ignition is turned off. Second Row Seats The second row seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded and tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seat, if equipped. The seat has either the manual fold Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

and tumble feature or the automatic 2. Move the seatback to the Manual Fold and Tumble seat release fold and tumble desired position, and then Feature feature. release the lever to lock the seatback in place. Folding and Tumbling the Seat Reclining Seatbacks (Bucket To fold and tumble the seat: Seats Only) 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. 1. Make sure that there is nothing On vehicles with second row bucket under, in front of, or on the seat. seats, the seatbacks can be To return the seatback to the upright reclined. position: Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the cause damage to the seat or the seatback, and the seatback will safety belts. Always unbuckle the return to the upright position. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position { WARNING before folding a rear seat.

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the seat. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard side of the seat, to release the WARNING (Continued) seatback. the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat, if equipped: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat. 3. Lift the lever again to release the Notice: Folding a rear seat with rear of the seat from the floor. the safety belts still fastened may The seat will tumble forward. cause damage to the seat or the Folding and Tumbling the Seat safety belts. Always unbuckle the The seatback will fold forward to from the Third Row Seat safety belts and return them to create a flat load floor. their normal stowed position If the seatback cannot fold flat, { WARNING before folding a rear seat. try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in Using the third row seating the upright position. position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature WARNING (Continued) The transmission must be in stop or crash. Be sure to return P (Park) for this feature to work. the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the { WARNING seat to make sure it is locked into place. Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone To fold and tumble the seat from the is sitting in the seat, could cause third row seat, if equipped: injury to the person sitting there. 1. Make sure that there is nothing 60/40 Split- Shown, Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing under, in front of, or on the seat. Similar the automatic seat release button. Notice: Folding a rear seat with 2. Lift the lever, on the bottom rear the safety belts still fastened may of the second row seat on the Folding and Tumbling the Second cause damage to the seat or the inboard side, to release the safety belts. Always unbuckle the seatback. The seatback will fold Row Seat from the Third Row Seat or Outside the Vehicle safety belts and return them to forward. their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. 3. Lift the same lever again to { WARNING release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble Using the third row seating forward. position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Returning the Seat to the 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, Sitting Position make sure the safety belt in the center seating position is not To return the seat to the sitting caught between the two seats position from the tumbled position: and is not twisted. 1. Pull the seat down until it latches to the floor. The seatback cannot Third Row Seats be raised if the seat is not latched to the floor. If the vehicle has a third row seat, the seatback can be folded, and the entire seat can be tumbled or { WARNING removed from the vehicle. Driver Side Rear Panel Button If either seatback is not locked, it Folding the Seatback could move forward in a sudden Shown To fold the seatback: stop or crash. That could cause 2. Press the automatic seat release injury to the person sitting there. 1. Open the liftgate to access the button on the panel behind the Always push and pull on the controls for the seat. rear doors. seatbacks to be sure they are 2. Remove all items on the seat The seatback automatically folds locked. cushion. flat and the seat tumbles forward. There will be a slight Notice: Folding a rear seat with delay between the folding of the 2. Lift the seatback and push it the safety belts still fastened may seatback and the tumbling of rearward. Push and pull on the cause damage to the seat or the the seat. seatback to make sure it is safety belts. Always unbuckle the locked. safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

The seat cannot be unlatched { WARNING from the floor unless the seatback is folded. If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to 3. Lift the release lever “1,” on the make sure it is locked. bottom rear of the seatback on Tumbling the Third Row Seat the outboard side of the seat, and the seatback folds forward. To tumble the seat: 4. Unlatch the seat from the floor Returning the Seatback to the 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat. by lifting lever “2” next to the Upright Position carrying handle on the rear of To return the seatback to the upright 2. Make sure the headrests are the seat, near the bottom. position: completely lowered and there is nothing under, in front of, or on 5. Lift the rear of the seat up from 1. Open the liftgate to access the the seat. the floor. controls for the seat. 3. Fold the seatbacks forward 6. Tilt the seat fully forward to lock 2. Raise the seatback to the using lever “1” and the it into place. upright position. instructions listed previously 7. Push and pull on the seat to under “Folding the Seatback.” make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Put the seat in this position only when necessary for additional cargo { WARNING space. If either seatback is not locked, it Returning the Third Row Seat could move forward in a sudden from a Tumbled Position stop or crash. That could cause To return the seat to the normal injury to the person sitting there. seating position: Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Open the liftgate to access the locked. controls for the seat. 2. Make sure there is nothing that 6. Push and pull on the seatback to could become trapped under make sure it is locked. 3. Unlatch the seat from the floor the seat. Removing the Third Row Seat by pulling the handle at the rear 3. Release the seat from the of the seat “3 Removal Only” tumbled position by lifting lever To remove the seat: toward the rear of the vehicle. 2 next to the carrying handle at “ ” 1. Open the liftgate to access the 4. Roll the seat out of the vehicle. the bottom rear of the seat. controls for the seat. There is a track in the floor to 4. Pull the seat down until it latches 2. Fold the seatbacks forward guide the seat wheels out of the to the floor. The seatback cannot using lever “1” and the vehicle. be raised to the upright position instructions listed previously unless the seat is latched to the under Folding the Seatback. floor. “ ” The seat cannot be unlatched 5. Raise the seatback to the from the floor unless the upright position. seatback is folded. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Installing the Third Row Seat 4. Push and pull on the seat to Safety Belts make sure it is locked into place. To install the seat: The seatback cannot be raised This section of the manual 1. Open the liftgate to access the to the upright position unless the describes how to use safety belts rear of the vehicle. seat is latched to the floor. properly. It also describes some things not to do with safety belts. 2. Slide the front outboard seat 5. Raise the seatback to the wheels into the track on the floor upright position. and roll the seat forward. The { WARNING 6. Push and pull on the seatback to front latches should lock into make sure it is locked. place. If the latches do not lock, Do not let anyone ride where a try tilting the rear of the seat 7. Make sure the safety belts are safety belt cannot be worn upward slightly. returned to the original position properly. In a crash, if you or your over the seatbacks. passenger(s) are not wearing 3. Lower the rear of the seat and safety belts, injuries can be much push down on the seat to worse than if you are wearing engage the rear floor latches. safety belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things { WARNING inside the vehicle harder or by A seat that is not locked into being ejected from the vehicle. In place properly can move around addition, anyone who is not in a collision or sudden stop. buckled up can strike other People in the vehicle could be passengers in the vehicle. injured. Be sure to lock the seat It is extremely dangerous to ride into place properly when in a cargo area, inside or outside installing it. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing WARNING (Continued) safety belts makes such good sense. are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow Questions and Answers About passengers to ride in any area of Safety Belts the vehicle that is not equipped Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle with seats and safety belts. after a crash if I am wearing a Always wear a safety belt, and safety belt? check that all passenger(s) are A: You could be — whether you are restrained properly too. wearing a safety belt or not. Your chance of being conscious This vehicle has indicators as a during and after a crash, so you reminder to buckle the safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is See Safety Belt Reminders on When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. page 5‑16. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety going until something stops you. belts? It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental systems only; so they work with When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts — not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the when worn properly, your strongest most protection. bones take the forces from the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Also, in nearly all states and in There are important things to know would apply force on your all Canadian provinces, the law about wearing a safety belt properly. abdomen. This could cause requires wearing safety belts. serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the How to Wear Safety Belts shoulder and across the chest. Properly These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining This section is only for people of forces. The shoulder belt locks if adult size. there is a sudden stop or crash. There are special things to know about safety belts and children. And { WARNING there are different rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be You can be seriously injured, riding in the vehicle, see Older or even killed, by not wearing Children on page 3‑41 or Infants your safety belt properly. and Young Children on page 3‑43. . Sit up straight and always keep Follow those rules for everyone's your feet on the floor in front . Never allow the lap or protection. of you. shoulder belt to become loose or twisted. It is very important for all occupants . Always use the correct buckle to buckle up. Statistics show that for your seating position. . Never wear the shoulder belt unbelted people are hurt more often under both arms or behind . Wear the lap part of the belt low your back. in crashes than those who are and snug on the hips, just wearing safety belts. touching the thighs. In a crash, . Never route the lap or this applies force to the strong shoulder belt over an pelvic bones and you would be armrest. less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Lap-Shoulder Belt Use the following pictures to determine the latch plate style: All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt except for the center front passenger position, if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt on page 3‑24 for more information. The lap-shoulder belts for the first and second row seating positions are equipped with free-falling latch plates. If the vehicle has a third row, the lap-shoulder belts have cinching Cinching Latch Plate latch plates. The following instructions explain Free-Falling Latch Plate how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt with a free-falling latch plate is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking If the belt stops before it reaches 3. Push the latch plate into the feature may be engaged. If this the buckle, for lap-shoulder belts buckle until it clicks. If you find happens, let the belt go back all with cinching latch plates, tilt the that the latch plate will not go the way and start again. latch plate and keep pulling the fully into the buckle, see if you safety belt until it can be are using the correct buckle. Engaging the child restraint buckled. locking feature in the right front Pull up on the latch plate to seating position may affect the make sure it is secure. If the belt passenger sensing system, is not long enough, see Safety if equipped. See Passenger Belt Extender on page 3‑25. Sensing System on page 3‑34 Position the release button on for more information. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt Adjust the height so the shoulder height adjuster, move it to the portion of the belt is on the shoulder height that is right for you. See and not falling off of it. The belt “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” should be close to, but not in this section for instructions on contacting, the neck. Improper use and important safety shoulder belt height adjustment information. could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑18.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster It may be necessary to pull The vehicle has a shoulder belt Squeeze the buttons (A) on the stitching on the safety belt height adjuster for the driver and sides of the height adjuster and through the latch plate to fully right front passenger positions. tighten the lap belt on smaller move the height adjuster to the occupants. desired position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

The adjuster can be moved up just other parts of the vehicle's safety by pushing up on the shoulder belt belt system will need to be replaced. guide. See Replacing Safety Belt System After the adjuster is set to the Parts after a Crash on page 3‑26. desired position, try to move it down Rear Safety Belt Comfort without squeezing the buttons to Guides make sure it has locked into position. This vehicle may have rear shoulder belt comfort guides. If not, they are Safety Belt Pretensioners available through your dealer. The This vehicle has safety belt guides may provide added safety pretensioners for front outboard belt comfort for older children who occupants. Although the safety belt have outgrown booster seats and Here is how to install a comfort pretensioners cannot be seen, they for some adults. When installed and guide to the safety belt: properly adjusted, the comfort guide are part of the safety belt assembly. 1. Remove the guide from its positions the belt away from the They can help tighten the safety storage clip on the interior body. belts during the early stages of a neck and head. moderate to severe frontal, near There is one guide, if equipped, for frontal, or rear crash if the threshold each outside passenger position in conditions for pretensioner the second row seat. activation are met. And, if the vehicle has side impact airbags, safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

WARNING (Continued)

and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.

2. Place the guide over the belt, 3. Be sure that the belt is not and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the 4. Buckle, position, and release the protection needed in a crash. The safety belt as described person wearing the belt could be previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should (Continued) be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

To remove and store the comfort A pregnant woman should wear a guide, squeeze the belt edges lap-shoulder belt, and the lap together so that the safety belt can portion should be worn as low as be removed from the guide. Slide possible, below the rounding, the guide onto its storage clip on the throughout the pregnancy. interior body. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Safety Belt Use During belt is worn properly, it is more likely Pregnancy that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for Safety belts work for everyone, anyone, the key to making safety including pregnant women. Like all belts effective is wearing them occupants, they are more likely to properly. be seriously injured if they do not To make the belt longer, tilt the latch wear safety belts. plate and pull it along the belt. Lap Belt Buckle, position and release it the This part is only for the lap belt. To same way as the lap part of a learn how to wear a lap-shoulder lap-shoulder belt. belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑19. The vehicle may have a center seating position. When you sit in the center front seating position, you have a lap safety belt, which has no retractor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑16. long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑25. seat it is made to fit. The extender To make the belt shorter, pull its free Safety Belt Care end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To Keep belts clean and dry. If the belt is not long enough, see wear it, attach it to the regular safety Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑25. belt. For more information, see the { WARNING Make sure the release button on the instruction sheet that comes with buckle is positioned so you would the extender. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. be able to unbuckle the safety belt It may severely weaken them. In quickly if necessary. Safety System Check a crash, they might not be able to If you find that the latch plate will Now and then, check that the safety provide adequate protection. not go fully into the buckle, see if belt reminder light, safety belts, Clean safety belts only with mild you are using the correct buckle. Be buckles, latch plates, retractors, and soap and lukewarm water. sure that the latch plate clicks when anchorages are all working properly. inserted into the buckle. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be . A roof-rail airbag for the driver A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt and passenger directly behind may not properly protect the system was not being used at the the driver. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. . A roof-rail airbag for the right serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners front passenger and the person crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a seated directly behind that safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger. properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary The vehicle may have the following or while you are driving. See Airbag airbags: replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑16. possible. . A seat‐mounted side impact airbag for the driver. . A seat‐mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger. . If the vehicle has a third row seat, it will have a third row roof-rail airbag. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed to know about the airbag system: { WARNING in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { WARNING force and faster than the blink of For frontal airbags, the word an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any part of the steering wheel for the airbag when it inflates can be wearing your safety belt — even if driver and on the instrument panel seriously injured or killed. Do not for the right front passenger. you have airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any With seat mounted side impact ‐ belts, but do not replace them. airbag, as you would be if sitting airbags, the word AIRBAG will Also, airbags are not designed to on the edge of the seat or leaning appear on the side of the seatback forward. Safety belts help keep closest to the door. deploy in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are your only you in position before and during With roof-rail airbags, the word restraint. See When Should an a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver AIRBAG will appear along the Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑30. headliner or trim. should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance the protection provided by safety the vehicle. of hitting things inside the vehicle belts. Even though today's airbags or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or are also designed to help reduce sleep against the door or side are “supplemental restraints” to the risk of injury from the force of an windows in seating positions with inflating bag, all airbags must inflate the safety belts. Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags very quickly to do their job. and/or roof-rail airbags. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Where Are the Airbags? { WARNING

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. not for young children and infants. The system checks the airbag Neither the vehicle safety belt electrical system for malfunctions. system nor its airbag system is The light tells you if there is an designed for them. Young electrical problem. See Airbag children and infants need the Readiness Light on page 5‑16 for protection that a child restraint more information. system can provide. Always The driver frontal airbag is in the secure children properly in the middle of the steering wheel. vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3‑41 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑43. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

The right front passenger frontal Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag is in the instrument panel on Side Similar Side Similar the passenger's side. If the vehicle has seat‐mounted side The roof-rail airbags for the driver, impact airbags for the driver and right front passenger, and second right front passenger, they are in the row outboard passengers are in the side of the seatbacks closest to ceiling above the side windows. the door. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag WARNING (Continued) Inflate? that person causing severe injury Frontal airbags are designed to or even death. The path of an inflate in moderate to severe frontal inflating airbag must be kept or near-frontal crashes to help clear. Do not put anything reduce the potential for severe between an occupant and an injuries mainly to the driver's or right airbag, and do not attach or put front passenger's head and chest. anything on the steering wheel However, they are only designed to hub or on or near any other inflate if the impact exceeds a airbag covering. predetermined deployment Driver Side Shown, Passenger Do not use seat accessories that threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a Side Similar block the inflation path of a crash is likely to be in time for the seat-mounted side impact airbag. If the vehicle has a third row airbags to inflate and help restrain passenger seat, the roof-rail airbags Never secure anything to the roof the occupants. are located in the ceiling above the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Whether the frontal airbags will or rear windows for the outboard by routing a rope or tie‐down passenger positions in the third row. should deploy is not based on how through any door or window fast the vehicle is traveling. opening. If you do, the path of an It depends largely on what you hit, { WARNING inflating roof-rail airbag will be the direction of the impact, and how blocked. quickly the vehicle slows down. If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

Frontal airbags may inflate at Frontal airbags are not intended to The vehicle may or may not have different crash speeds. For inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear seat-mounted side impact airbags. example: impacts, or in many side impacts. The vehicle has roof-rail airbags. See Airbag System on page 3 26. . If the vehicle hits a stationary In addition, the vehicle has ‑ object, the airbags could inflate dual-stage frontal airbags. Seat-mounted side impact airbags at a different crash speed than if Dual-stage airbags adjust the and roof-rail airbags are intended to the vehicle hits a moving object. restraint according to crash severity. inflate in moderate to severe side The vehicle has electronic frontal crashes. In addition, these roof-rail . If the vehicle hits an object that sensors, which help the sensing airbags are intended to inflate deforms, the airbags could during a rollover or in a severe inflate at a different crash speed system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more frontal impact. Seat-mounted side than if the vehicle hits an object impact airbags and roof-rail airbags does not deform. severe frontal impact. For moderate frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags will inflate if the crash severity is . If the vehicle hits a narrow object inflate at a level less than full above the system's designed (like a pole), the airbags could deployment. For more severe frontal threshold level. The threshold level inflate at a different crash speed impacts, full deployment occurs. can vary with specific vehicle than if the vehicle hits a wide design. object (like a wall). Vehicles with dual stage airbags also have seat position sensors Roof-rail airbags are not intended to . If the vehicle goes into an object which enable the sensing system to inflate in rear impacts. at an angle, the airbags could monitor the position of the driver A seat-mounted side impact airbag inflate at a different crash speed seat and may or may not monitor is intended to deploy on the side of than if the vehicle goes straight the position of the front the vehicle that is struck. Both into the object. passenger seat. roof-rail airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck or Thresholds can also vary with The seat position sensor provides if the sensing system predicts that specific vehicle design. information that is used to determine the vehicle is about to roll over on if the airbags should deploy at a its side, or in a severe frontal reduced level or at full deployment. impact. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

In any particular crash, no one can Frontal airbag modules are located mounted side impact and roof-rail say whether an airbag should have inside the steering wheel and airbags distribute the force of the inflated simply because of the instrument panel. For vehicles with impact more evenly over the damage to a vehicle or because of seat‐mounted side impact airbags, occupant's upper body. what the repair costs were. For there are airbags modules in the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags frontal airbags, inflation is side of the front seatbacks closest are designed to help contain the determined by what the vehicle hits, to the door. For vehicles with head and chest of occupants in the the angle of the impact, and how roof-rail airbags, there are airbag outboard seating positions in the quickly the vehicle slows down. For modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, first, second, and third rows, seat-mounted side impact and near the side windows that have if equipped with a third row seat. roof-rail airbags, deployment is occupant seating positions. The rollover capable roof-rail determined by the location and airbags are designed to help reduce severity of the side impact. In a How Does an Airbag the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover event, roof-rail airbag Restrain? rollover events, although no system deployment is determined by the can prevent all such ejections. direction of the roll. In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted But airbags would not help in many What Makes an Airbag occupants can contact the steering types of collisions, primarily wheel or the instrument panel. In because the occupant's motion is Inflate? moderate to severe side collisions, not toward those airbags. See When In a deployment event, the sensing even belted occupants can contact Should an Airbag Inflate? on system sends an electrical signal the inside of the vehicle. page 3‑30 for more information. triggering a release of gas from the Airbags supplement the protection Airbags should never be regarded inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the provided by safety belts. Frontal as anything more than a supplement airbag causing the bag to break out airbags distribute the force of the to safety belts. of the cover and deploy. The inflator, impact more evenly over the the airbag, and related hardware are occupant's upper body, stopping the all part of the airbag module. occupant more gradually. Seat‐ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

What Will You See after off the interior lamps and hazard { WARNING warning flashers by using the an Airbag Inflates? controls for those features. After the frontal airbags and When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust seat-mounted side impact airbags { WARNING inflate, they quickly deflate, so could cause breathing problems quickly that some people may not for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate even realize an airbag inflated. asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also Roof-rail airbags may still be at least To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in partially inflated for some time after vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel they deploy. Some components of it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering the airbag module may be hot for breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle several minutes. For location of the get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a airbag modules, see What Makes airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑32. by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could The parts of the airbag that come If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate into contact with you may be warm, problems following an airbag the vehicle. but not too hot to touch. There may deployment, you should seek be some smoke and dust coming medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt from the vents in the deflated to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. airbags. Airbag inflation does not The vehicle may have a feature that prevent the driver from seeing out of may automatically unlock the doors, the windshield or being able to steer turn on the interior lamps and the vehicle, nor does it prevent hazard warning flashers, and shut people from leaving the vehicle. off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. You can lock the doors, turn Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

In many crashes severe enough to . Let only qualified technicians inflate the airbag, windshields are work on the airbag systems. broken by vehicle deformation. Improper service can mean that Additional windshield breakage may an airbag system will not work also occur from the right front properly. See your dealer for passenger airbag. service. . Airbags are designed to inflate Passenger Sensing United States only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new System parts for the airbag system. If the vehicle has the passenger If you do not get them, the airbag status indicator pictured in airbag system will not be there the following illustration, then the to help protect you in another vehicle has a passenger sensing crash. A new system will include system for the right front passenger Canada and Mexico airbag modules and possibly position. The passenger airbag other parts. The service manual status indicator, if equipped, is The words ON and OFF, or the for your vehicle covers the need visible on the overhead console symbols for on and off, will be to replace other parts. when the vehicle is started. visible during the system check. If you are using remote start, . The vehicle has a crash sensing In addition, if the vehicle has a and diagnostic module which if equipped, to start the vehicle from passenger sensing system for the a distance, you may not see the records information after a right front passenger position, the crash. See Vehicle Data system check. When the system label on the vehicle's sun visors check is complete, either the word Recording and Privacy on refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. page 13‑19 and Event Data ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or Recorders on page 13‑19. off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑17. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

The passenger sensing system will an older child riding in a booster turn off the right front passenger seat; and children, who are large WARNING (Continued) frontal airbag under certain enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing conditions. The driver airbag, seat‐ A label on the sun visor says, mounted side impact airbags (if system has turned off the right “Never put a rear-facing child seat in equipped) and the roof-rail airbags front passenger frontal airbag, no the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can are not affected by the passenger the rear-facing child is so great, sensing system. guarantee that an airbag will not if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual The passenger sensing system circumstance, even though the works with sensors that are part of { WARNING airbag is turned off. the right front passenger seat and safety belt. The sensors are A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints designed to detect the presence of restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag a properly-seated occupant and or killed if the right front is off. If you secure a determine if the right front passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in passenger frontal airbag should be because the back of the the right front seat, always move enabled (may inflate) or not. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to children are safer when properly airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint can be seriously rear seat. child restraint for their weight injured or killed if the right front and size. passenger airbag inflates and the The passenger sensing system is We recommend that children be passenger seat is in a forward designed to turn off the right front secured in a rear seat, including: an position. passenger frontal airbag if: infant or a child riding in a (Continued) . The right front passenger seat is rear-facing child restraint; a child unoccupied. riding in a forward-facing child seat; Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

. The system determines an infant For some children, including If the On Indicator is Lit for a is present in a child restraint. children in child restraints, and for Child Restraint . A right front passenger takes very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed his/her weight off of the seat for and the on indicator is lit: a period of time. off the right front passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the 1. Turn the vehicle off. . There is a critical problem with person's seating posture and body 2. Remove the child restraint from the airbag system or the build. Everyone in the vehicle who the vehicle. passenger sensing system. has outgrown child restraints should When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt properly — 3. Remove any additional items system has turned off the right front whether or not there is an airbag for from the seat such as blankets, passenger frontal airbag, the off that person. cushions, seat covers, seat indicator will light and stay lit as a heaters, or seat massagers. reminder that the airbag is off. See { WARNING 4. Reinstall the child restraint Passenger Airbag Status Indicator following the directions provided on page 5‑17. If the airbag readiness light ever by the child restraint The passenger sensing system is comes on and stays on, it means manufacturer and refer to designed to turn on (may inflate) the that something may be wrong Securing Child Restraints (Right right front passenger frontal airbag with the airbag system. To help Front Seat Position) on anytime the system senses that a avoid injury to yourself or others, page 3‑56 or Securing Child person of adult size is sitting have the vehicle serviced right Restraints (Center Front Seat properly in the right front away. See Airbag Readiness Position) on page 3‑55 or passenger seat. Light on page 5‑16 for more Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat Position) on page 3‑58. When the passenger sensing information, including important system has allowed the airbag to be safety information. enabled, the on indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is active. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

5. If, after reinstalling the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material restraint and restarting the Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, cushions, seat covers, seat turn the vehicle off. Then slightly heaters, or seat massagers. recline the vehicle seatback and 3. Place the seatback in the fully adjust the seat cushion, upright position. if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not 4. Have the person sit upright in pushing the child restraint into the seat, centered on the seat the seat cushion. cushion, with legs comfortably extended. Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the 5. Restart the vehicle and have the vehicle head restraint. If this person remain in this position for happens, adjust the head two to three minutes after the on restraint. See Head Restraints indicator is lit. on page 3‑2. If a person of adult size is sitting in Additional Factors Affecting 6. Restart the vehicle. the right front passenger seat, but System Operation the off indicator is lit, it could be The passenger sensing system because that person is not sitting Safety belts help keep the may or may not turn off the properly in the seat. If this happens, passenger in position on the seat airbag for a child in a child use the following steps to allow the during vehicle maneuvers and restraint depending upon the system to detect that person and braking, which helps the passenger child s seating posture and body ’ enable the right front passenger sensing system maintain the build. It is better to secure the frontal airbag: passenger airbag status. See child restraint in a rear seat. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” 1. Turn the vehicle off. in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

If the shoulder portion of the belt is an unoccupied seat. If this is not pulled out all the way, the child desired, remove the object from { WARNING restraint locking feature will be the seat. engaged. This may unintentionally For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the cause the passenger sensing { WARNING system to turn the airbag off for battery is disconnected, an airbag some adult‐size occupants. If this Stowing of articles under the can still inflate during improper happens, let the belt go back all the passenger seat or between the service. You can be injured if you way and start again. passenger seat cushion and are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. A thick layer of additional material, seatback may interfere with the They are probably part of the such as a blanket or cushion, proper operation of the passenger or aftermarket equipment such as sensing system. airbag system. Be sure to follow seat covers, seat heaters, and seat proper service procedures, and massagers, can affect how well the make sure the person performing passenger sensing system Servicing the work for you is qualified to do so. operates. We recommend that you Airbag-Equipped Vehicle not use seat covers or other Airbags affect how the vehicle Adding Equipment to the aftermarket equipment except when should be serviced. There are parts approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of the airbag system in several vehicle. See Adding Equipment to places around the vehicle. Your Q: Is there anything I might add the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on dealer and the service manual have to or change about the vehicle page 3 38 for more information ‑ information about servicing the that could keep the airbags about modifications that can affect vehicle and the airbag system. To from working properly? how the system operates. purchase a service manual, see A: Yes. If you add things that The on indicator may be lit if an Service Publications Ordering change your vehicle's frame, object, such as a briefcase, Information on page 13‑16. bumper system, height, front end handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or side sheet metal, they may or other electronic device, is put on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

keep the airbag system from of the seat fabric, could also If the vehicle has rollover working properly. Changing or interfere with the operation of roof-rail airbags, see Different moving any parts of the front the passenger sensing system. Size Tires and Wheels on seats, safety belts, the airbag This could either prevent proper page 10‑58 for additional sensing and diagnostic module, deployment of the passenger important information. steering wheel, instrument airbag(s) or prevent the Q: What if I added a snow plow? panel, roof-rail airbag modules, passenger sensing system from Will it keep the airbags from ceiling headliner or pillar garnish properly turning off the working properly? trim, overhead console, front passenger airbag(s). See sensors, side impact sensors, Passenger Sensing System on A: We have designed our airbag or airbag wiring can affect the page 3‑34. systems to work properly under operation of the airbag system. If you have any questions about a wide range of conditions, In addition, the vehicle may have this, you should contact including snow plowing with a passenger sensing system for Customer Assistance before you vehicles that have the optional the right front passenger's modify your vehicle. The phone Snow Plow Prep Package position, which includes sensors numbers and addresses for (RPO VYU). But do not change that are part of the passenger's Customer Assistance are in or defeat the snow plow's seat. The passenger sensing Step Two of the Customer “tripping mechanism.” If you do, system may not operate properly Satisfaction Procedure in this it can damage your snow plow if the original seat trim is manual. See Customer and your vehicle, and it may replaced with non-GM covers, Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and cause an airbag inflation. upholstery or trim, or with GM Canada) on page 13‑2 or covers, upholstery or trim Customer Satisfaction designed for a different vehicle. Procedure (Mexico) on Any object, such as an page 13‑4. aftermarket seat heater or a comfort enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Q: Because I have a disability, readiness light is working. See I have to get my vehicle Airbag Readiness Light on WARNING (Continued) modified. How can I find out page 5‑16. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting whether this will affect my Notice: If an airbag covering is airbag system? in serious injury or even death. To damaged, opened, or broken, the help make sure the airbag A: If you have questions, call airbag may not work properly. Do systems are working properly Customer Assistance. The not open or break the airbag after a crash, have them phone numbers and addresses coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary for Customer Assistance are in opened or broken airbag covers, replacements made as soon as Step Two of the Customer have the airbag covering and/or possible. Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag module replaced. For the manual. See Customer location of the airbags, see Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and Where Are the Airbags? on If an airbag inflates, you will need to Canada) on page 13‑2 or page 3‑28. See your dealer for replace airbag system parts. See Customer Satisfaction service. your dealer for service. Procedure (Mexico) on If the airbag readiness light stays on page 13 4. ‑ Replacing Airbag System after the vehicle is started or comes In addition, your dealer and the Parts after a Crash on when you are driving, the airbag service manual have information system may not work properly. Have about the location of the airbag { WARNING the vehicle serviced right away. See sensors, sensing and diagnostic Airbag Readiness Light on module and airbag wiring. A crash can damage the airbag page 5‑16. systems in the vehicle. Airbag System Check A damaged airbag system may The airbag system does not need not work properly and may not regularly scheduled maintenance or protect you and your replacement. Make sure the airbag (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown page 3 19. If the shoulder belt abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the ‑ still does not rest on the severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. shoulder, then return to the injuries in a crash. booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑19. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, According to accident statistics, return to the booster seat. children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating WARNING (Continued) position. belt. The belt force would then be In a crash, children who are not applied right on the abdomen. buckled up can strike other people That could cause serious or fatal who are buckled up, or can be injuries. The shoulder belt should thrown out of the vehicle. Older go over the shoulder and across children need to use safety belts the chest. properly.

{ WARNING

Never allow more than one child to wear the same safety belt. The { WARNING safety belt cannot properly spread Never allow a child to wear the the impact forces. In a crash, they safety belt with the shoulder belt can be crushed together and behind their back. A child can be seriously injured. A safety belt seriously injured by not wearing must be used by only one person the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a at a time. crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap-shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) Children children, but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's arms. An infant should be protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag secured in an appropriate all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every restraint. distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never hold an infant or a child Children can be seriously injured while riding in a vehicle. Due to or strangled if a shoulder belt is crash forces, an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and will become so heavy it is not the safety belt continues to possible to hold it during a crash. { WARNING tighten. Never leave children For example, in a crash at only unattended in a vehicle and never 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) Children who are up against, allow children to play with the infant will suddenly become a or very close to, any airbag when safety belts. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's it inflates can be seriously injured (Continued) or killed. Never put a rear-facing (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer WARNING (Continued) add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and child restraint in the right front height limitations for a particular seat. Secure a rear-facing child are purchased by the vehicle owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there restraint in a rear seat. It is also are many kinds of restraints better to secure a forward-facing types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into available for children with child restraint in a rear seat. If you special needs. must secure a forward-facing consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also child restraint in the right front whether or not the restraint will { WARNING seat, always move the front be compatible with the motor passenger seat as far back as it vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and will go. head injury during a crash, infants For most basic types of child need complete support. In a restraints, there are many crash, if an infant is in a different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be rear-facing child restraint, the sure it is designed to be used in crash forces can be distributed a motor vehicle. If it is, the across the strongest part of an restraint will have a label saying infant's body, the back and that it meets federal motor shoulders. Infants should always vehicle safety standards. be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Child Restraint Systems { WARNING

A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle's regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface child restraints. against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. { WARNING When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the instructions A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement LATCH system, following the copy from the manufacturer. Booster Seats instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured A booster seat is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure vehicle's safety belt system. people in the vehicle. Be sure to A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child is in the vehicle. Child restraint in it. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly (LATCH System) on page 3‑48. use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Administration (NHTSA) website to We recommend that children and locate the nearest child safety seat child restraints be secured in a rear WARNING (Continued) inspection station. For CPST seat, including: an infant or a child availability in Canada, check with riding in a rear-facing child restraint; passenger airbag inflates and the Transport Canada or the Provincial a child riding in a forward-facing passenger seat is in a forward Ministry of Transportation office. child seat; an older child riding in a position. booster seat; and children, who are The vehicle may have a Securing the Child Within the large enough, using safety belts. Child Restraint passenger sensing system which A label on your sun visor says, is designed to turn off the right Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag { WARNING “ the front.” This is because the risk to under certain conditions. A child can be seriously injured or the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing if the airbag deploys. killed in a crash if the child is not system, if equipped, has turned properly secured in the child off the right front passenger restraint. Secure the child { WARNING frontal airbag, no system is properly following the instructions fail-safe. No one can guarantee A child in a rear-facing child that came with that child restraint. that an airbag will not deploy restraint can be seriously injured under some unusual or killed if the right front circumstance, even though it is passenger airbag inflates. This is Where to Put the turned off. Restraint because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would Secure rear-facing child restraints According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating in a rear seat, even if the airbag children and infants are safer when airbag. A child in a forward-facing is off. If you secure a properly restrained in a child child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint in restraint system or infant restraint injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move system secured in a rear seating position. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured WARNING (Continued) rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure the front passenger seat as far child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to back as it will go. It is better to compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in secure the child restraint in a your vehicle — even when no child rear seat. Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some is in it. See Passenger Sensing System may fit in certain seating positions on page 3‑34 for additional better than others. Always make Lower Anchors and information. sure the child restraint is properly Tethers for Children secured. (LATCH System) Depending on where you place the The LATCH system secures a child { WARNING child restraint and the size of the restraint during driving or in a crash. child restraint, you may not be able LATCH attachments on the child A child in a child restraint in the to access adjacent safety belt restraint are used to attach the child center front seat can be badly assemblies or LATCH anchors for restraint to the anchors in the injured or killed by the frontal additional passengers or child vehicle. This system is designed to airbags if they inflate. Never restraints. Adjacent seating make installation of a child restraint secure a child restraint in the positions should not be used if the easier. center front seat. It is always child restraint prevents access to or Make sure that a LATCH-compatible better to secure a child restraint in interferes with the routing of the safety belt. child restraint is properly installed a rear seat. using the anchors, or use the Wherever a child restraint is vehicle's safety belts to secure the installed, be sure to secure the child Do not use child restraints in the restraint, following the instructions restraint properly. center front seat position. that came with that restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether and anchor. In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top restraint and its attachments. The built into the vehicle. There are two of the child restraint to the vehicle. following explains how to attach a lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the child restraint with these seating position that will vehicle. The top tether attachments in your vehicle. accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in Not all vehicle seating positions or the vehicle in order to reduce the child restraints have lower anchors forward movement and rotation of and attachments or top tether the child restraint during driving or in anchors and attachments. a crash. Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Some child restraints with top Lower Anchor and Top Tether tethers are designed for use with or Anchor Locations without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.

Second Row — Bucket H (Lower Anchor): Seating Second Row — 60/40 positions with two lower anchors. H (Lower Anchor): Seating I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with two lower anchors. positions with top tether anchors. I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating For models with second row bucket positions with top tether anchors. seats, both rear seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the For models with 60/40 second row crease between the seatback and seating, the rear right side the seat cushion. passenger and center seating positions have exposed metal anchors in the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol appears near the anchors.

Third Row Seat I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. There is one top tether anchor that can be used for either the third row Second Row Seat — 60/40 center or driver side seating position For models with 60/40 second row but not both at the same time. seating, the top tether anchors are For models with a third row seat, at the bottom rear of the seat see the information following for cushion for each seating position in installing a child restraint with a top Second Row Seat — Bucket the second row. Be sure to use an tether in the third row. Never install For models with bucket second row anchor on the same side of the two top tethers using the same top seating, the top tether anchors are vehicle as the seating position tether anchor. at the bottom rear of the seat where the child restraint will be cushion for each seating position in placed. the second row. Be sure to use an Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether WARNING (Continued) must be attached. belts to secure the restraint, According to accident statistics, following the instructions that children and infants are safer when came with the child restraint and properly restrained in a child the instructions in this manual. restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint on page 3‑47 for { WARNING additional information. Do not attach more than one child Third Row Seat Securing a Child Restraint restraint to a single anchor. Designed for the LATCH Attaching more than one child For vehicles with a third row seat, System there is one top tether anchor at the restraint to a single anchor could bottom rear of the seat cushion that cause the anchor or attachment can be used for either the third row { WARNING to come loose or even break center or driver side seating during a crash. A child or others position. Never install two top If a LATCH-type child restraint is could be injured. To reduce the tethers using the same top tether not attached to anchors, the child risk of serious or fatal injuries anchor. restraint will not be able to protect during a crash, attach only one the child correctly. In a crash, the child restraint per anchor. Do not secure a child restraint in a child could be seriously injured or position without a top tether anchor killed. Install a LATCH-type child if a national or local law requires restraint properly using the that the top tether be attached, or if anchors, or use the vehicle safety (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

If you need to secure more than one 1.1. Find the lower anchors for { WARNING child restraint in the rear seat, see the desired seating Where to Put the Restraint on position. Children can be seriously injured page 3‑47. or strangled if a shoulder belt is 1.2. Put the child restraint on wrapped around their neck and This system is designed to make the seat. the safety belt continues to installation of child restraints easier. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower tighten. Buckle any unused safety When using lower anchors, do not attachments on the child belts behind the child restraint so use the vehicle's safety belts. restraint to the lower Instead use the vehicle's anchors children cannot reach them. Pull anchors. and child restraint attachments to the shoulder belt all the way out secure the restraints. Some 2. If the child restraint manufacturer of the retractor to set the lock, restraints also use another vehicle recommends that the top tether if the vehicle has one, after the anchor to secure a top tether. be attached, attach and tighten child restraint has been installed. the top tether to the top tether 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchor, if equipped. Refer to the attachments to the lower Notice: Do not let the LATCH child restraint instructions and anchors. If the child restraint the following steps: attachments rub against the does not have lower vehicle’s safety belts. This may attachments or the desired 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. damage these parts. If necessary, seating position does not have move buckled safety belts to lower anchors, secure the child avoid rubbing the LATCH restraint with the top tether and attachments. the safety belts. Refer to your Do not fold the empty rear seat child restraint manufacturer with a safety belt buckled. This instructions and the instructions could damage the safety belt or in this manual. the seat. Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten are using a single tether, the top tether according to raise the headrest or head your child restraint restraint and route the instructions and the tether under the headrest or following instructions: head restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts.

. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. . If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback. . If the position you are using has a fixed headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether around the . If the position you are using inboard or outboard side of has an adjustable headrest the headrest or head or head restraint and you restraint. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Parts After a Crash (Center Front Seat Position) { WARNING { WARNING A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged A child in a child restraint in the LATCH system may not properly center front seat can be badly . If the position you are using secure the child restraint, injured or killed by the frontal has a fixed or an adjustable resulting in serious injury or even airbags if they inflate. Never headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make secure a child restraint in the and you are using a dual sure the LATCH system is center front seat. It is always tether, route the tether working properly after a crash, better to secure a child restraint in around the headrest or see your dealer to have the a rear seat. head restraint. system inspected and any 3. Before placing a child in the necessary replacements made as soon as possible. Do not use child restraints in the child restraint, make sure it is center front seat position. securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the If the vehicle has the LATCH system LATCH path and attempt to and it was being used during a move it side to side and back crash, new LATCH system parts and forth. There should be no may be needed. more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper New parts and repairs may be installation. necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints { WARNING WARNING (Continued) (Right Front Seat Position) A child in a rear-facing child fail-safe. No one can guarantee restraint can be seriously injured that an airbag will not deploy This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the right front under some unusual seat is a safer place to secure a passenger airbag inflates. This is circumstance, even though it is forward-facing child restraint. See because the back of the turned off. Where to Put the Restraint on rear-facing child restraint would page 3‑47. Secure rear-facing child restraints be very close to the inflating in a rear seat, even if the airbag In addition, the vehicle may have a airbag. A child in a forward-facing is off. If you secure a passenger sensing system which is child restraint can be seriously designed to turn off the right front forward-facing child restraint in injured or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move passenger frontal airbag under passenger airbag inflates and the certain conditions. See Passenger the front passenger seat as far passenger seat is in a forward back as it will go. It is better to Sensing System on page 3‑34 and position. Passenger Airbag Status Indicator secure the child restraint in a on page 5‑17 for more information, The vehicle may have a rear seat. including important safety passenger sensing system which See Passenger Sensing System information. is designed to turn off the right on page 3‑34 for additional A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag information. under certain conditions. “Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to ” Even if the passenger sensing If the child restraint has the LATCH the rear-facing child is so great if the system, if equipped, has turned system, see Lower Anchors and airbag deploys. off the right front passenger Tethers for Children (LATCH frontal airbag, no system is System) on page 3‑48 for how and (Continued) where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

secured using a safety belt and it 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run uses a top tether, see Lower the lap and shoulder portions of Anchors and Tethers for Children the vehicle's safety belt through (LATCH System) on page 3‑48 for or around the restraint. The child top tether anchor locations. restraint instructions will show Do not secure a child seat in a you how. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way forward-facing child restraints have out of the retractor to set the a top tether, and that the tether be lock. When the retractor lock is attached. set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor. You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions 4. Push the latch plate into the that came with the child restraint. buckle until it clicks. 1. Move the seat as far back as it Position the release button on will go before securing the the buckle so that the safety belt forward-facing child restraint. could be quickly unbuckled if 2. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

7. Before placing a child in the To remove the child restraint, child restraint, make sure it is unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and securely held in place. To check, let it return to the stowed position. grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to Securing Child Restraints move it side‐to‐side and back‐ (Rear Seat Position) and‐forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, When securing a child restraint in a there should be no more than rear seating position, study the 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is If the vehicle is equipped with the compatible with this vehicle. passenger sensing system, and 6. To tighten the belt, push down when the passenger sensing system If the child restraint has the LATCH on the child restraint, pull the has turned off the right front system, see Lower Anchors and shoulder portion of the belt to passenger frontal airbag, the off Tethers for Children (LATCH tighten the lap portion of the belt, indicator in the passenger airbag System) on page 3‑48 for how and and feed the shoulder belt back status indicator should light and stay where to install the child restraint into the retractor. When installing lit when you start the vehicle. See using LATCH. If a child restraint is a forward-facing child restraint, it Passenger Airbag Status Indicator secured in the vehicle using a may be helpful to use your knee on page 5‑17. safety belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for to push down on the child If a child restraint has been installed Children (LATCH System) on restraint as you tighten the belt. and the on indicator is lit, see If the “ page 3 48 for top tether anchor On Indicator is Lit for a Child ‑ Try to pull the belt out of the locations. retractor to make sure the Restraint” under Passenger Sensing retractor is locked. If the System on page 3‑34 for more Do not secure a child seat in a retractor is not locked, repeat information. position without a top tether anchor Steps 5 and 6. if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

the instructions that come with the Use the following pictures to child restraint say that the top strap determine the latch plate style: must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that Cinching Latch Plate came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when 1. Put the child restraint on and as the instructions say. Free-Falling Latch Plate the seat. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 3‑47. The vehicle's lap-shoulder belts for the first and second row seating positions are equipped with free-falling latch plates. If the vehicle has a third row, the lap-shoulder belts have cinching latch plates. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into the 4. For passenger seating positions buckle until it clicks. with a lap-shoulder belt and a Position the release button on free-falling latch plate, pull the the buckle so that the safety belt rest of the shoulder belt all the could be quickly unbuckled if way out of the retractor to set necessary. the lock. When installing a child restraint using a lap-shoulder For third row seating positions, belt and a cinching latch plate, with cinching latch plates, tilt the skip Step 4 and proceed to latch plate to adjust the belt if Step 5. needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (61,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-61

make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. 6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑48 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the 5. To tighten the belt, push down child restraint, make sure it is on the child restraint, pull the securely held in place. To check, shoulder portion of the belt to grasp the child restraint at the tighten the lap portion of the belt safety belt path and attempt to and feed the shoulder belt back move it side-to-side and into the retractor. When installing back-and-forth. When the child a forward-facing child restraint, it restraint is properly installed, may be helpful to use your knee there should be no more than to push down on the child 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. restraint as you tighten the belt. To remove the child restraint, For passenger seating positions unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and with a lap-shoulder belt and a let it return to the stowed position. free-falling latch plate, try to pull If the top tether is attached to a top the belt out of the retractor to tether anchor, disconnect it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (62,1)

3-62 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift up on the glove box lever to Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 open it. Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Cupholders Additional Storage Features For vehicles with cupholders located Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 in the front and rear of the floor Roof Rack System console or in the fold down armrest, Pull downward on the lid to access adjust the front cupholders by Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 the rear floor console cupholders. moving the insert forward or rearward. There could also be cupholders located in the second and third row seat armrest areas. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Rear Storage Additional Storage To return the cover to the retracted position: For vehicles with a rear storage Features area, it is located in the rear cargo 1. Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the area of the vehicle on the Cargo Cover driver side. retaining sockets. 2. Let the cover move forward to Turn the knobs and pull the storage { WARNING door to access. The door can be the full retracted position. removed. An unsecured cargo cover could To remove the cover from a regular strike people in a sudden stop or model: Center Console Storage turn, or in a crash. Store the 1. Let the cover go all the way into For vehicles with a console cargo cover securely or remove it the holder. from the vehicle. compartment, it is located between 2. Then, grasping the driver side the bucket seats. cover end cap, push the cover Press the button and lift the lid to To use the cargo cover, if equipped: end cap toward the passenger access the console compartment. 1. Pull the cover handle toward the side of the vehicle. A cupholder located in the rear of rear of the vehicle. 3. Swing the cover rearward and the console, swings down for the 2. Latch the cover posts into the take it out of the vehicle. rear seat passenger to use. retaining sockets on the cargo To put the cover in the vehicle: area trim panels. 1. Make sure the cover slot in the holder faces rearward with the round surface facing down. 2. Then, hold the cover at an angle and place the cover end cap into the slot in the passenger side trim panel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

3. Move the other end of the cover Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the forward and hold it next to the roof rack that weighs more than driver side trim panel slot. 91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over the { WARNING 4. Press the end caps in, to allow rear or sides of the vehicle may the cover to fit into the trim slot. damage the vehicle. Load cargo If something is carried on top of so that it rests evenly between 5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to the vehicle that is longer or wider the crossrails, making sure to make sure it is secure. than the roof rack — like paneling, fasten cargo securely. plywood, or a mattress the On extended wheelbase models — wind can catch it while the vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo there are two cover positions. is being driven. The item being when driving, check to make sure The slots furthest forward allow crossrails and cargo are securely carried could be violently torn off, the cover to be used if the third fastened. Loading cargo on the roof and this could cause a collision seat is removed or folded down. rack will make the vehicle’s center The cover can be installed and and damage the vehicle. Never of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, removed from either side. carry something longer or wider sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden than the roof rack on top of the braking or abrupt maneuvers, vehicle unless using a GM otherwise it may result in loss of certified accessory carrier. control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, For vehicles with a roof rack, the occasionally stop the vehicle to rack can be used to load items. For make sure the cargo remains in its roof racks that do not have place. crossrails included, GM Certified Do not exceed the maximum vehicle crossrails can be purchased as an capacity when loading the vehicle. accessory. See your dealer for For more information on vehicle additional information. capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

. If small heavy objects are placed . To carry long items, move the on the roof, cut a piece of 9 mm crossrails as far apart as or 3/8 inch plywood to fit inside possible. Tie the load to the the crossrails and siderails to crossrails and the siderails or spread the load. Tie the plywood siderail supports. Also tie the to the siderail supports. load to the bumpers, but do not tie the load so tightly that the . Tie the load and secure it to the crossrails or the siderail crossrails or siderails are supports. Use the crossrails only damaged. to keep the load from sliding. To . After moving a crossrail, be sure move a crossrail, lift the release it is securely locked into the lever up, on both sides of the siderail. rail. Then slide the crossrail to A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp the desired position balancing (CHMSL) is located above the rear the force side to side. Press the window glass. release lever down on both sides of the rail, down to tighten Make sure items loaded on the roof it. Try to slide the crossrail back of the vehicle do not block or and forth slightly to make sure it damage the CHMSL. is tight. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages Instruments and Gauge ...... 5-14 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-34 Controls Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Battery Voltage and Charging Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Messages ...... 5-35 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-35 Controls Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Engine Cooling System Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-36 Horn ...... 5-4 Malfunction Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-37 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-19 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-38 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Fuel System Messages ...... 5-38 Washer ...... 5-5 Light ...... 5-21 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-38 Compass ...... 5-5 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Lamp Messages ...... 5-38 Clock ...... 5-7 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Object Detection System Power Outlets ...... 5-8 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-39 StabiliTrak® OFF Light ...... 5-23 Ride Control System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction Control System Messages ...... 5-40 Indicators (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-23 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-41 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Security Messages ...... 5-41 Indicators ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-24 Tire Messages ...... 5-41 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-42 ...... 5-12 Security Light ...... 5-25 Vehicle Reminder Odometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-43 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-25 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-44 ...... 5-12 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-26 Vehicle Personalization Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Information Displays Engine Oil Pressure Vehicle Personalization (With Gauge ...... 5-13 Driver Information DIC Buttons) ...... 5-44 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Universal Remote System . . . 5-52 while driving. Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-52 Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Universal Remote System Adjustment Operation ...... 5-56

If equipped, some audio controls To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull wheel. the lever. w (Next): Press to go to the next favorite radio station, track on a CD, 2. Move the steering wheel up ® or down. or folder on an iPod or USB device. 3. Release the lever to lock the wheel in place. c / x (Previous/End): Press to go to the previous favorite radio station, track on a CD, or folder on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

® an iPod or USB device. Press to 2. Press and release w or c / x Navigating an iPod or USB Device reject an incoming call, or end a to scroll up or down the list, then on the Main Audio Screen current call. (Vehicles with a Navigation press and hold w , or press ¨ to System) Radio play the highlighted track. 1. Press and release or / To select preset or favorite radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or w c x to select the next or previous stations: USB Device (Vehicles without a Navigation System): track within the selected Press and release w or c / x to category. go to the next or previous radio 1. Press and hold or / w c x 2. Press and hold or / to station stored as a preset or while listening to a song until the w c x favorite. contents of the current folder move quickly through the tracks. CD/DVD display on the radio display. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up one track within the selected To select tracks on a CD/DVD: 2. Press and hold c / x to go back to the previous folder list. category. Press and release w or c / x to Navigating an iPod or USB Device 3. Press and release or / go to the next or previous track. w c x on the Music Navigator Screen to scroll up or down the list. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or (Vehicles with a Navigation USB Device (Vehicles without a . To select a folder, press System) Navigation System) and hold w , or press ¨ 1. Press and release w or c / x when the folder is to select the next or previous 1. Press and hold w or c / x highlighted. while listening to a song until the track within the selected contents of the current folder . To go back further in the category. display on the radio display. folder list, press and hold c / x. 2. Press and hold w or c / x to move quickly through the tracks within the selected category. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the next + e : Press to increase volume. one track within the selected radio station while in AM, FM, ® e category. or SiriusXM . − : Press to decrease volume. b / g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press For vehicles with or without a Horn to silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: Press again to turn the sound on. To sound the horn, press the center Press ¨ to go to the next track or pad on the steering wheel. For vehicles with Bluetooth or chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. longer than two seconds to interact Windshield Wiper/Washer with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7‑48 and OnStar Overview when navigating folders on an iPod on page 14‑1 for more information. or USB device. SRCE (Source/Voice For vehicles with a navigation Recognition): Press to switch system: between the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the DVD, front 1. Press and hold ¨ until a beep is auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. heard, to place the radio into The front wiper control is located on SCAN mode. A station will play the turn and lane-change lever. Turn For vehicles with the navigation for five seconds before moving the band with the wiper symbol to system, press and hold this button to the next station. control the windshield wipers. for longer than one second to initiate voice recognition. See “Voice 2. To stop the SCAN function, 8 (Mist): For a single wipe, turn Recognition” in the Navigation press ¨ again. to 8 , then release. For several System manual for more While listening to a CD/DVD, press wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. information. and hold ¨ to quickly move forward 9 (Off): Turns the windshield through the tracks. Release to stop wipers off. on the desired track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): L (Washer Fluid): Push this The rear window wiper/washer will Turn the band up for more frequent paddle to spray washer fluid on the not operate if the liftgate or liftglass wipes or down for less frequent windshield. The wipers clear the is open or ajar. If the liftgate or wipes. window and then either stop or liftglass is opened while the rear w return to the preset speed. wiper is on, the wiper returns to the (Low Speed): Slow wipes. parked position and stops. 1 (High Speed): Fast wipes. Rear Window Wiper/ Clear ice and snow from the wiper Washer Compass blades before using them. If frozen The vehicle may have a compass in The rear wiper control is located on to the windshield, carefully loosen or the Driver Information Center (DIC). thaw them. Damaged wiper blades the turn and lane-change lever. should be replaced. See Wiper To turn the rear wiper on, slide the Compass Zone Blade Replacement on page 10‑29. lever to a wiper position. The zone is set to zone eight upon Heavy snow or ice can overload the ( (Off): Turns the wiper off. leaving the factory. Your dealer will wiper motor. A circuit breaker will set the correct zone for your 5 (Rear Wiper Delay): Turns on stop the motor until it cools down. location. the rear wiper delay. Windshield Washer Under certain circumstances, such Z (Rear Wiper): Turns on the rear as during a long-distance, wiper. cross-country trip or moving to a { WARNING = (Rear Wiper Wash): Press this new state or province, it will be button on the end of the lever to necessary to compensate for In freezing weather, do not use compass variance by resetting the the washer until the windshield is spray washer fluid on the rear window. The wipers will clear the zone through the DIC if the zone is warmed. Otherwise the washer rear window and either stop or not set correctly. fluid can form ice on the return to your preset speed. For windshield, blocking your vision. Compass variance is the difference more washer cycles, press and hold between the earth's magnetic north the button. and true geographic north. If the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

compass is not set to the zone two seconds to select the next where you live, the compass may available variance zone. Repeat give false readings. The compass this step until the appropriate must be set to the variance zone in variance zone is displayed. which the vehicle is traveling. 5. If calibration is necessary, To adjust for compass variance, use calibrate the compass. See the following procedure: “Compass Calibration Procedure” following. Compass Variance (Zone) Procedure Compass Calibration 1. Do not set the compass zone The compass can be manually when the vehicle is moving. Only calibrated. Only calibrate the set it when the vehicle is in 2. Find the vehicle's current compass in a magnetically clean P (Park). location and variance zone and safe location, such as an open Press the vehicle information number on the map. parking lot, where driving the V vehicle in circles is not a danger. button until PRESS TO Zones 1 through 15 are It is suggested to calibrate away CHANGE COMPASS ZONE available. from tall buildings, utility wires, displays. Or, if the vehicle does 3. Press the set/reset button to manhole covers, or other industrial not have DIC buttons, press the scroll through and select the structures, if possible. trip odometer reset stem until appropriate variance zone. CHANGE COMPASS ZONE If CAL should ever appear in the displays. 4. Press the trip/fuel button until DIC display, the compass should be the vehicle heading, for calibrated. example, N for North, is If the DIC display does not show a displayed in the DIC. Or, if the heading, for example, N for North, vehicle does not have DIC or the heading does not change buttons, press and hold the trip after making turns, there may be a odometer reset stem for Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

strong magnetic field interfering with 2. Press the vehicle information Clock the compass. Such interference button until PRESS V TO To set the time and date: may be caused by a magnetic CB or CALIBRATE COMPASS cell phone antenna mount, a displays. Or, if the vehicle does 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ magnetic emergency light, magnetic not have DIC buttons, press the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then note pad holder, or any other trip odometer reset stem until press the O button to turn the magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, CALIBRATE COMPASS radio on. move the magnetic item, then turn displays. on the vehicle and calibrate the 2. Press the H button to display 3. Press the set/reset button to compass. HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, start the compass calibration. Or, minute, month, day, and year). To calibrate the compass, use the if the vehicle does not have DIC following procedure: buttons, press and hold the trip 3. Press the softkey located under Compass Calibration Procedure odometer reset stem for any one of the tabs to change two seconds to start the that setting. 1. Before calibrating the compass, compass calibration. make sure the compass zone is 4. To increase the time or date, do set to the variance zone in which 4. The DIC will display one of the following: the vehicle is located. See CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN . Press the softkey below the “Compass Variance (Zone) CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in selected tab. Procedure” earlier in this tight circles at less than 8 km/h section. (5 mph) to complete the . Press the ¨ SEEK button. calibration. The DIC will display Do not operate any switches CALIBRATION COMPLETE for a . Press the \ FWD button. such as window, sunroof, few seconds when the . Turn the f knob clockwise. climate controls, or seats during calibration is complete. The DIC the calibration procedure. display will then return to the previous menu. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

5. To decrease the time or date, do Power Outlets one of the following: { WARNING The accessory power outlets can be . Press the © SEEK button. used to plug in electrical equipment, Power is always supplied to the such as a cell phone or MP3 player. outlets. Do not leave electrical . Press the s REV button. equipment plugged in when the There are two under the climate . Turn the f knob controls, one inside the center floor vehicle is not in use because the counterclockwise. console, one on the rear of the vehicle could catch fire and cause center floor console and one injury or death. To change the time default setting accessory power outlet in the rear from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change cargo area on the passenger side. the date default setting from month/ Notice: Leaving electrical day/year to day/month/year: Remove the cover to access and equipment plugged in for an replace when not in use. extended period of time while the 1. Press the H button and then the vehicle is off will drain the softkey located below the The accessory power outlets are battery. Always unplug electrical forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the powered, even with the ignition off. equipment when not in use and date MM/DD (month and day), Continuing to use accessory power do not plug in equipment that and DD/MM/ (day and month) outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/ exceeds the maximum 20 ampere displays. OFF may cause the vehicle's rating. battery to run down. 2. Press the softkey located below Certain accessory plugs may not be the desired option. compatible with the accessory H power outlet and could overload 3. Press the button again to adapter or vehicle fuses. If a apply the desired option, or let problem is experienced, see your the screen time out. dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

When adding electrical equipment, If equipment is connected using be sure to follow the proper more than 150 watts or a system installation instructions included with fault is detected, a protection circuit the equipment. Do not use shuts off the power supply and the equipment exceeding the indicator light turns off. To reset the maximum amperage rating of circuit, unplug the item and plug it 20 amperes. See Add-On Electrical back in or turn the Remote Equipment on page 9‑78. Accessory Power (RAP) off and Notice: Hanging heavy then back on. See Retained equipment from the power outlet Accessory Power (RAP) on can cause damage not covered page 9‑24 by the vehicle warranty. The The power outlet is not designed for power outlets are designed for The power outlet is located on the and may not work properly, if the accessory power plugs only, such rear of the center console. following are plugged in: as cell phone charge cords. An indicator light on the outlet turns . Equipment with high initial peak Power Outlet 110 Volt on to show it is in use. The light wattage such as: Alternative Current comes on when the ignition is in compressor-driven refrigerators ON/RUN and equipment requiring and electric power tools. The vehicle may have a power less than 150 watts is plugged into outlet that can be used to plug in . Other equipment requiring an the outlet, and no system fault is extremely stable power supply electrical equipment that uses a detected. maximum limit of 150 watts. such as: The indicator light does not come on microcomputer-controlled when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or electric blankets, touch sensor if the equipment is not fully seated lamps, etc. into the outlet. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights, Warning lights come on when there When one of the warning lights could be a problem with a vehicle comes on and stays on while Gauges, and function. Some warning lights come driving, or when one of the gauges on briefly when the engine is started shows there may be a problem, Indicators to indicate they are working. check the section that explains what Warning lights and gauges can Gauges can indicate when there to do. Follow this manual's advice. signal that something is wrong could be a problem with a vehicle Waiting to do repairs can be costly before it becomes serious enough function. Often gauges and warning and even dangerous. to cause an expensive repair or lights work together to indicate a replacement. Paying attention to the problem with the vehicle. warning lights and gauges could prevent injury. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English 6-Speed Shown, Metric and 2500 Series Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the button for approximately one second Fuel Gauge hybrid supplement for more while the trip odometer is displayed information. resets it. To display the odometer reading Speedometer with the ignition off, press the reset The speedometer shows the button. vehicle's speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Tachometer hour (mph). The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per Odometer minute (rpm). The odometer shows how far the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the vehicle has been driven, in either hybrid supplement for more Metric kilometers or miles. information. Trip Odometer The trip odometer can show how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last set to zero. Press the reset button, located on the instrument panel cluster next to the trip odometer display, to toggle between the trip odometer and the regular odometer. Holding the reset English Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

The fuel gauge, when the ignition is . It takes a little more or less fuel Engine Oil Pressure on, shows how much fuel the to fill up than the fuel gauge vehicle has left in the tank. indicated. For example, the Gauge gauge may have indicated the An arrow on the fuel gauge tank was half full, but it actually indicates the side of the vehicle the took a little more or less than fuel door is on. half the tank's capacity to fill The gauge first indicates empty the tank. before the vehicle is out of fuel, and . The gauge goes back to empty the vehicle's should be when the ignition is turned off. filled soon. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the When the fuel tank is low, the FUEL hybrid supplement for more LEVEL LOW message appears in information. the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Fuel System Messages on page 5‑38 for more information. Metric Here are some situations owners may experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gauge. . At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Center (DIC). See Engine Oil Engine Coolant Messages on page 5‑37 and Engine Temperature Gauge Oil on page 10‑6 for more information. A reading in the low pressure zone may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the English engine. The repairs would not be The oil pressure gauge shows the covered by the vehicle warranty. engine oil pressure in psi (pounds Check the oil level as soon as Metric per square inch) when the engine is possible. Add oil if required, but running. Canadian vehicles indicate if the oil level is within the pressure in kPa (kilopascals). operating range and the oil Oil pressure may vary with engine pressure is still low, have the speed, outside temperature and oil vehicle serviced. Always follow viscosity, but readings above the the maintenance schedule for low pressure zone indicate the changing engine oil. normal operating range. When the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the oil pressure reaches the low hybrid supplement for more pressure zone, the OIL PRESSURE information. LOW STOP ENGINE message appears in the Driver Information Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

See Engine Overheating on system regulates voltage based on page 10‑18. the state of the battery for improved If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the fuel economy and battery life. The hybrid supplement for more gauge may transition from a higher information. to lower or a lower to higher reading, this is normal. Readings between the low and high warning Voltmeter Gauge zones indicate the normal operating range. The gauge may also read low during the fuel economy mode, this is normal. Readings in the low warning zone English may occur when a large number of This gauge shows the engine electrical accessories are operating coolant temperature. in the vehicle and the engine is left at an idle for an extended period. It also provides an indicator of how This condition is normal since the hard the vehicle is working. During a charging system is not able to majority of the operation, the gauge provide full power at engine idle. As reads 100°C (210°F) or less. If you engine speeds are increased, this are pulling a load or going up hills, it condition should correct itself as is normal for the temperature to When the engine is not running, but higher engine speeds allow the fluctuate and approach the 122°C the ignition is on, this gauge shows charging system to create full (250°F) mark. If the gauge reaches the battery's state of charge in power. If there is a problem with the the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates DC volts. battery charging system, this light that the cooling system is working When the engine is running, the will come on or the SERVICE beyond its capacity. gauge shows the condition of the BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM charging system. The charging DIC message will display. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

See Battery Voltage and Charging If the driver safety belt is buckled, If the passenger safety belt is Messages on page 5‑35 and neither the chime nor the light buckled, neither the chime nor the Charging System Light on comes on. light comes on. page 5‑18 for more information. Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on Safety Belt Reminders if an object is put on the seat such There is a passenger safety belt Driver Safety Belt Reminder as a briefcase, handbag, grocery reminder light near the passenger bag, laptop, or other electronic Light airbag status indicator. See device. To turn off the warning light There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System on and/or chime, remove the object reminder light on the instrument page 3‑34. from the seat or buckle the cluster. safety belt. Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), passenger When the vehicle is started, this sensing system (if equipped), the light flashes and a chime may come When the vehicle is started, this pretensioners, the airbag modules, on to remind passengers to fasten light flashes and a chime may come the wiring, and the crash sensing their safety belt. Then the light stays on to remind the driver to fasten and diagnostic module. For more on solid until the belt is buckled. their safety belt. Then the light stays information on the airbag system, This cycle continues several times if on solid until the belt is buckled. see Airbag System on page 3‑26. This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is becomes unbuckled while the moving. vehicle is moving. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. See Airbag System Messages on page 5‑41.

The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status United States for several seconds when the Indicator vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed If the vehicle has the airbag status immediately. indicator pictured in the following illustration, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the { WARNING right front passenger position. The passenger airbag status indicator is If the airbag readiness light stays Canada and Mexico on the overhead console. See on after the vehicle is started or Passenger Sensing System on When the vehicle is started, the comes on while driving, it means passenger airbag status indicator page 3‑34 for important safety the airbag system might not be information. will light ON and OFF, or the working properly. The airbags in symbols for on and off, for several the vehicle might not inflate in a In addition, if the vehicle has a seconds as a system check. If you crash, or they could even inflate passenger sensing system for the are using remote start, if equipped, without a crash. To help avoid right front passenger position, the to start the vehicle from a distance, injury, have the vehicle serviced label on the vehicle's sun visors you may not see the system check. refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS.” right away. Then, after several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, or either the on or off Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

symbol to let you know the status of The light should go out once the the right front passenger frontal WARNING (Continued) engine starts. If it stays on, airbag. or comes on while driving, there with the airbag system. To help could be a problem with the If the word ON or the on symbol is avoid injury to yourself or others, lit on the passenger airbag status charging system. A charging system have the vehicle serviced right message in the Driver Information indicator, it means that the right away. See Airbag Readiness front passenger frontal airbag is Center (DIC) can also appear. See Light on page 5‑16 for more enabled (may inflate). Battery Voltage and Charging information, including important Messages on page 5‑35 for more If the word OFF or the off symbol is safety information. information. This light could indicate lit on the airbag status indicator, it that there are problems with a means that the passenger sensing generator drive belt, or that there is system has turned off the right front Charging System Light an electrical problem. Have it passenger frontal airbag. checked right away. If the vehicle If, after several seconds, both status must be driven a short distance with indicator lights remain on, or if there the light on, turn off accessories, are no lights at all, there may be a such as the radio and air problem with the lights or the conditioner. passenger sensing system. See If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the your dealer for service. hybrid supplement for more This light comes on briefly when the information. { WARNING ignition key is turned to START, but the engine is not running, as a If the airbag readiness light ever check to show it is working. comes on and stays on, it means If it does not, have the vehicle that something may be wrong serviced by your dealer. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Malfunction Malfunctions often are indicated by costly repairs not covered by the the system before any problem is vehicle warranty. This could also Indicator Lamp apparent. Being aware of the light result in a failure to pass a A computer system called OBD II can prevent more serious damage required Emission Inspection/ (On-Board Diagnostics-Second to the vehicle. This system also Maintenance test. See Generation) monitors the operation assists the service technician in Accessories and Modifications on of the vehicle to ensure emissions correctly diagnosing any page 10‑3. are at acceptable levels, helping to malfunction. This light comes on during a maintain a clean environment. The Notice: If the vehicle is malfunction in one of two ways: malfunction indicator lamp comes continually driven with this light on when the vehicle is placed in Light Flashing: A misfire condition on, the emission controls might has been detected. A misfire ON/RUN, as a check to show it is not work as well, the vehicle fuel working. If it does not, have the increases vehicle emissions and economy might not be as good, could damage the emission control vehicle serviced by your dealer. See and the engine might not run as Ignition Positions on page 9‑20. system on the vehicle. Diagnosis smoothly. This could lead to and service might be required. costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty. To prevent more serious damage to the vehicle: Notice: Modifications made to the engine, transmission, exhaust, . Reduce vehicle speed. intake, or fuel system of the . Avoid hard accelerations. vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than . Avoid steep uphill grades. If the malfunction indicator lamp those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the comes on while the engine is Performance Criteria (TPC) can running, this indicates that the OBD amount of cargo being hauled as affect the vehicle's emission soon as it is possible. II system has detected a problem controls and can cause this light and diagnosis and service might be to come on. Modifications to required. these systems could lead to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

If the light continues to flash, find a . Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and safe place to stop and park the used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at the engine not to run as least 10 seconds, and restart the efficiently as designed and may Depending on where you live, your engine. If the light is still flashing, cause stalling after start-up, vehicle may be required to follow the previous steps and see stalling when the vehicle is participate in an emission control your dealer for service as soon as changed into gear, misfiring, system inspection and maintenance possible. hesitation on acceleration, program. For the inspection, the or stumbling on acceleration. emission system test equipment will Light On Steady: An emission These conditions might go away likely connect to the vehicle's Data control system malfunction has once the engine is warmed up. Link Connector (DLC). been detected on the vehicle. Diagnosis and service might be If one or more of these conditions required. occurs, change the fuel brand used. It may require at least one full tank The following may correct an of the proper fuel to turn the light off. emission control system malfunction: See Recommended Fuel on page 9‑56. . Check that the fuel cap is fully installed. See Filling the Tank on If none of the above have made the The DLC is under the instrument page 9‑59. The diagnostic light turn off, your dealer can check panel to the left of the steering system can determine if the fuel the vehicle. The dealer has the wheel. See your dealer if assistance cap has been left off or proper test equipment and is needed. improperly installed. A loose or diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems The vehicle may not pass missing fuel cap allows fuel to inspection if: evaporate into the atmosphere. that might have developed. A few driving trips with the cap . The malfunction indicator lamp is properly installed should turn the on with the engine running, or if light off. the light does not come on when Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Brake System Warning while the engine is off. See your dealer for assistance in verifying Light proper operation of the With the ignition on, the brake malfunction indicator lamp. system warning light comes on . The OBD II (On-Board when the is set. If the Diagnostics) system determines vehicle is driven with the parking Metric English that critical emission control brake engaged, a chime sounds This light comes on briefly when the systems have not been when the vehicle speed is greater ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. completely diagnosed. The than 8 km/h (5 mph). If it does not come on then, have it vehicle would be considered not The vehicle brake system consists fixed so it is ready to warn if there is ready for inspection. This can of two hydraulic circuits. If one a problem. happen if the 12-volt battery has circuit is not working, the remaining recently been replaced or run circuit can still work to stop the down. The diagnostic system is vehicle. For normal braking { WARNING designed to evaluate critical performance, both circuits need to emission control systems during be working. The brake system might not be normal driving. This can take working properly if the brake If the warning light comes on and a several days of routine driving. system warning light is on. chime sounds there could be a If this has been done and the Driving with the brake system brake problem. Have the brake vehicle still does not pass the warning light on can lead to a system inspected right away. inspection for lack of OBD II crash. If the light is still on after system readiness, your dealer This light can also come on due to the vehicle has been pulled off can prepare the vehicle for low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on the road and carefully stopped, inspection. page 10‑23 for more information. have the vehicle towed for service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on while driving, If it does not, have the vehicle For vehicles with a Driver pull off the road and stop carefully. serviced by your dealer. If the Information Center (DIC), see Brake The pedal might be harder to push system is working normally the System Messages on page 5‑35 for or might go closer to the floor. It can indicator light then goes off. all brake‐related DIC messages. take longer to stop. If the light is still If the ABS light stays on, turn the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the on, have the vehicle towed for ignition off. If the light comes on hybrid supplement for more service. See Towing the Vehicle on while driving, stop as soon as it is information. page 10‑82. safely possible and turn the ignition If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the off. Then start the engine again to Tow/Haul Mode Light hybrid supplement for more reset the system. If the ABS light information. stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. Antilock Brake System If the regular brake system warning (ABS) Warning Light light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. If the regular brake system warning light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a For vehicles with the Tow/Haul problem with the regular brakes. Mode feature, this light comes on See Brake System Warning Light on when the Tow/Haul Mode has been activated. page 5‑21. For more information, see Tow/Haul For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Mode on page 9‑32. System (ABS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

StabiliTrak® OFF Light If the StabiliTrak/TCS system is off, If the light comes on and stays on the system does not assist in while driving, and a message controlling the vehicle. Turn on the displays in the Driver Information StabiliTrak/TCS system and the Center (DIC), have the vehicle indicator light turns off. serviced by the dealer. See Ride See StabiliTrak® System on Control System Messages on page 5 40 for more information. page 9‑42, and Ride Control System ‑ Messages on page 5‑40 for more If the light flashes while driving, this This light comes on briefly while information. means that StabiliTrak or TCS is starting the engine. assisting in controlling the vehicle. Traction Control System See StabiliTrak® System on If it does not, have the vehicle ® page 9‑42 for more information. serviced by your dealer. If the (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light system is working normally, the Tire Pressure Light indicator light then goes off. Press and release the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak button to turn off TCS, and a message displays in the DIC.

Press and briefly hold the TCS/ The TCS/StabiliTrak light comes on StabiliTrak button to turn off the briefly when the engine is started. StabiliTrak system; the StabiliTrak For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Off light comes on and a message If the light does not come on or Monitor System (TPMS), this light appears in the Driver Information stays on, have the vehicle serviced comes on briefly when the engine is Center (DIC). by the dealer. If the system is started. It provides information working normally, the indicator light about tire pressures and the TPMS. turns off. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

When the Light Is On Steady Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it This indicates that one or more of means that oil is not flowing through the tires are significantly the engine properly. The vehicle underinflated. could be low on oil and it might have some other system problem. A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the display. See Tire Messages on hybrid supplement for more page 5 41. Stop as soon as information. ‑ Notice: Lack of proper engine oil possible, and inflate the tires to the maintenance can damage the pressure value shown on the Tire Low Fuel Warning Light engine. Driving with the engine and Loading Information label. See oil low can also damage the Tire Pressure on page 10 49. ‑ engine. The repairs would not be When the Light Flashes First and covered by the vehicle warranty. Then Is On Steady Check the oil level as soon as If the light flashes for about a minute possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the This light, under the fuel gauge, problem is not corrected, the light comes on briefly while the engine is will come on at every ignition cycle. vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for being started. See Tire Pressure Monitor changing engine oil. This light and a chime come on Operation on page 10‑51. This light comes on briefly while when the fuel tank is low on fuel. starting the engine. If it does not, The Driver Information Center also have the vehicle serviced by your displays a FUEL LEVEL LOW dealer. If the system is working message. See Fuel System normally the indicator light then Messages on page 5‑38 for more goes off. information. When fuel is added this Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

light and message should go off. of the monitored entry points is not Front Fog Lamp Light If they do not, have the vehicle closed. The light will stay on if the serviced by your dealer. alarm is arming and all entry points are closed. Security Light For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Vehicle Alarm System on page 2‑12. The fog lamp light comes on when High-Beam On Light the fog lamps are in use. The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog The security light should come on Lamps on page 6 6 for more briefly as the engine is started. If the ‑ information. system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on when the If the light stays on and the engine high-beam headlamps are in use. does not start, there could be a See Headlamp High/Low-Beam problem with the theft-deterrent Changer on page 6‑2. system. This light is also used to indicate the status of the anti-theft alarm system when the ignition is turned off. The light will flash rapidly if the alarm system is arming and one or more Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Cruise Control Light Information Displays not have DIC buttons, the trip odometer reset stem can be used to Driver Information access some of the menu items. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and Center (DIC) vehicle system information, and Your vehicle has a Driver warning messages if a system Information Center (DIC). problem is detected. The DIC displays information about The DIC also allows some features The cruise control light comes on your vehicle. It also displays to be customized. See Vehicle whenever the cruise control is set. warning messages if a system Personalization (With DIC Buttons) The light goes out when the cruise problem is detected. on page 5‑44 for more information. control is turned off. See Cruise All messages will appear in the DIC DIC Buttons Control on page 9‑46 for more display located below the information. tachometer in the instrument panel cluster. The DIC comes on when the ignition is on. After a short delay, the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off. The DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel, next to the steering wheel. If the vehicle does Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle U (Customization): Press to Trip Odometer information, customization, and set/ customize the feature settings on Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP reset buttons. The button functions your vehicle. See Vehicle displays. This display shows the are detailed in the following pages. Personalization (With DIC Buttons) current distance traveled in either 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to display on page 5‑44 for more information. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since the odometer, trip odometer, fuel V (Set/Reset): Press to set or the last reset for the trip odometer. range, average economy, fuel used, reset certain functions and to turn Pressing the trip odometer reset timer, instantaneous economy and off or acknowledge messages on stem will also display the trip Active Fuel Management™ the DIC. odometer. indicator, and transmission Trip/Fuel Menu Items (With DIC The trip odometer can be reset to temperature. The compass and zero by pressing the set/reset outside air temperature will also be Buttons) button while the trip odometer is shown in the display. The 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press to scroll displayed. You can also reset the temperature will be shown in °C or through the following menu items: trip odometer while it is displayed by °F depending on the units selected. pressing and holding the trip T (Vehicle Information): Press Odometer odometer reset stem. to display the oil life, units, side Press the trip/fuel button until The trip odometer has a feature blind zone system on/off, tire ODOMETER displays. This display called the retroactive reset. This can pressure readings for vehicles with shows the distance the vehicle has be used to set the trip odometer to the Tire Pressure Monitor System been driven in either kilometers (km) the number of kilometers (miles) (TPMS), trailer brake gain and or miles (mi). Pressing the trip driven since the ignition was last output information for vehicles with odometer reset stem will also turned on. This can be used if the the Integrated Trailer Brake Control display the odometer. trip odometer is not reset at the (ITBC) system, engine hours, To switch between English and beginning of the trip. compass zone setting, and compass metric measurements, see “Units” recalibration. To use the retroactive reset feature, later in this section. press and hold the set/reset button for at least four seconds. The trip Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

odometer will display the number of change if driving conditions change. Fuel Used kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven For example, if driving in traffic and Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL since the ignition was last turned on making frequent stops, this display USED displays. This display shows and the vehicle was moving. Once may read one number, but if the the number of liters (L) or the vehicle begins moving, the trip vehicle is driven on a freeway, the gallons (gal) of fuel used since the odometer will accumulate mileage. number may change even though last reset of this menu item. To reset For example, if the vehicle was the same amount of fuel is in the the fuel used information, press and driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started fuel tank. This is because different hold the set/reset button while FUEL again, and then the retroactive reset driving conditions produce different USED is displayed. feature is activated, the display will fuel economies. Generally, freeway show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle driving produces better fuel Speedometer begins moving, the display will then economy than city driving. Fuel The speedometer shows how fast increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km range cannot be reset. the vehicle is moving in either (5.2 mi), etc. Average Economy kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Fuel Range per hour (mph). The speedometer Press the trip/fuel button until AVG cannot be reset. Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL ECONOMY displays. This display RANGE displays. This display shows the approximate average Timer shows the approximate number of liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) Press the trip/fuel button until remaining kilometers (km) or or miles per gallon (mpg). This TIMER displays. This display can be miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven number is calculated based on the used as a timer. without refueling. The display will number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded show LOW if the fuel level is low. since the last time this menu item To start the timer, press the set/ was reset. To reset AVG reset button while TIMER is The fuel range estimate is based on displayed. The display will show the an average of the vehicle's fuel ECONOMY, press and hold the set/ reset button. amount of time that has passed economy over recent driving history since the timer was last reset, not and the amount of fuel remaining in including time the ignition is off. the fuel tank. This estimate will Time will continue to be counted as Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

long as the ignition is on, even if particular moment and will change Vehicle Information Menu another display is being shown on frequently as driving conditions Items (With DIC Buttons) the DIC. The timer will record up to change. This display shows the T 99 hours, 59 minutes and instantaneous fuel economy in liters (Vehicle Information): Press 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or to scroll through the following menu the display will return to zero. miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike items: To stop the timer, press the set/reset average economy, this screen Oil Life cannot be reset. button briefly while TIMER is Press the vehicle information button displayed. An Active Fuel Management until OIL LIFE REMAINING To reset the timer to zero, press and indicator will display on the right displays. This display shows an hold the set/reset button while side of the DIC, while INST ECON estimate of the oil's remaining useful TIMER is displayed. displays on the left side. Active Fuel life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE Management allows the engine to REMAINING on the display, that Transmission Temperature operate on either four or eight means 99% of the current oil life Press the trip/fuel button until cylinders, depending on your driving remains. The engine oil life system TRANS TEMP displays. This demands. When Active Fuel will alert you to change the oil on a display shows the temperature of Management is active, V4 will schedule consistent with your the fluid in display on the DIC. When Active driving conditions. either degrees Celsius (°C) or Fuel Management is inactive, V8 will display. See Active Fuel When the remaining oil life is low, degrees Fahrenheit (°F). ® the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Management on page 9‑27 for Instantaneous Economy and more information. message will appear on the display. Active Fuel Management™ See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” Indicator Blank Display under Engine Oil Messages on This display shows no information. page 5‑37. You should change the If your vehicle has this display, oil as soon as you can. See Engine press the trip/fuel button until INST Oil on page 10‑6. In addition to the ECON V8 displays. This display engine oil life system monitoring the shows the current fuel economy at a oil life, additional maintenance is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

recommended in the Maintenance ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## Schedule in this manual. See a reminder that the system has RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle Maintenance Schedule on been turned off. See Object information button again until the page 11‑2 for more information. Detection System Messages on DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa Remember, you must reset the OIL page 5‑39 and Side Blind Zone Alert (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. LIFE display yourself after each oil (SBZA) on page 9‑49 for more If a low tire pressure condition is change. It will not reset itself. Also, information. detected by the system while be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Units driving, a message advising you to display accidentally at any time add pressure in a specific tire will other than when the oil has just Press the vehicle information button appear in the display. See Tire until UNITS displays. This display been changed. It cannot be reset Pressure on page 10‑49 and Tire allows you to select between metric accurately until the next oil change. Messages on page 5‑41 for more To reset the engine oil life system, or English units of measurement. information. see Engine Oil Life System on Once in this display, press the set/ reset button to select between If the tire pressure display shows page 10‑9. METRIC or units ENGLISH. All of dashes instead of a value, there Side Blind Zone Alert the vehicle information will then be may be a problem with your vehicle. displayed in the unit of If this consistently occurs, see your If your vehicle has the Side Blind dealer for service. Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this measurement selected. display allows the system to be Tire Pressure Trailer Gain and Output turned on or off. Once in this On vehicles with the Tire Pressure On vehicles with the Integrated display, press the set/reset button to Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, select between ON or OFF. If you Monitor System (TPMS), the pressure for each tire can be viewed the trailer brake display appears in choose ON, the system will be the DIC. Press the vehicle turned on. If you choose OFF, the in the DIC. The tire pressure will be shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or information button until TRAILER system will be turned off. When the GAIN and OUTPUT display. SBZA system is turned off, the DIC pounds per square inch (psi). Press will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE the vehicle information button until the DIC displays FRONT Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer Compass Recalibration in either kilometers (km) or gain setting. This setting can be This display allows for calibrating miles (mi) since the last reset for the adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either the compass. See Compass on trip odometer. a trailer connected or disconnected. page 5‑5 The trip odometer can be reset to To adjust this setting, see zero by pressing and holding the trip “Integrated Trailer Brake Control Blank Display odometer reset stem while the trip System” under Towing Equipment This display shows no information. odometer is displayed. on page 9‑69 for more information. The trip odometer has a feature OUTPUT shows the power output to Trip Odometer Reset Stem Menu Items (With DIC Buttons) called the retroactive reset. This can the trailer anytime a trailer with be used to set the trip odometer to electric brakes is connected. Output Use the trip odometer reset stem to the number of kilometers (miles) is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes view the odometer and trip driven since the ignition was last may appear in the OUTPUT display. odometer. The Language selection turned on. This can be used if the See “Integrated Trailer Brake and Engine Hours display can also trip odometer is not reset at the Control System” under Towing be accessed with the trip odometer beginning of the trip. Equipment on page 9‑69 for more reset stem. information. To use the retroactive reset feature, Odometer press and hold the trip odometer Engine Hours Press the trip odometer reset stem reset stem for at least four seconds. Press the vehicle information button until ODOMETER displays. This The trip odometer will display the until ENGINE HOURS displays. This display shows the distance the number of kilometers (km) or display shows the total number of vehicle has been driven in either miles (mi) driven since the ignition hours the engine has run. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). was last turned on and the vehicle was moving. Once the vehicle Compass Zone Setting Trip Odometer begins moving, the trip odometer This display allows for setting the Press the trip odometer reset stem will accumulate mileage. For compass zone. See Compass on until TRIP displays. This display example, if the vehicle was driven page 5‑5 shows the current distance traveled 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

and then the retroactive reset 4. Once the desired language is 2. While in the ODOMETER feature is activated, the display will displayed, release the trip display, press and hold the trip show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle odometer reset stem to set your odometer reset stem for begins moving, the display will then choice. three seconds until the currently increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km set language displays. Engine Hours (5.2 mi), etc. 3. Continue to press and hold the To display the ENGINE HOURS, Language trip odometer reset stem to scroll place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or through all of the available This display allows you to select the ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and languages. language in which the DIC hold the trip odometer reset stem for messages will appear. To select a four seconds while viewing the The available languages are language: ODOMETER. This display shows ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS the total number of hours the engine (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), 1. Press the trip odometer reset and NO CHANGE. stem until ODOMETER displays. has run. 4. Once the desired language is 2. While in the ODOMETER Trip Odometer Reset Stem Menu Items (Without DIC displayed, release the trip display, press and hold the trip odometer reset stem to set your odometer reset stem for Buttons) choice. three seconds until the currently set language displays. Language Trip Odometer 3. Continue to press and hold the This display allows you to select the Press the trip odometer reset stem trip odometer reset stem to scroll language in which the DIC until TRIP displays. This display through all of the available messages will appear. To select a shows the current distance traveled languages. language: in either kilometers (km) or The available selections are 1. Press the trip odometer reset miles (mi) since the last reset for the ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS stem until ODOMETER displays. trip odometer. (French), ESPANOL (Spanish), and NO CHANGE. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

The trip odometer can be reset to begins moving, the display will then OUTPUT shows the power output to zero by pressing and holding the trip increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km the trailer anytime a trailer with odometer reset stem while the trip (5.2 mi), etc. electric brakes is connected. Output odometer is displayed. is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes Transmission Temperature The trip odometer has a feature may appear in the OUTPUT display. called the retroactive reset. This can Press the trip odometer reset stem See “Integrated Trailer Brake be used to set the trip odometer to until TRANS TEMP displays. This Control System” under Towing the number of kilometers (miles) display shows the temperature of Equipment on page 9‑69 for more driven since the ignition was last the automatic transmission fluid in information. either degrees Celsius (°C) or turned on. This can be used if the Speedometer trip odometer is not reset at the degrees Fahrenheit (°F). beginning of the trip. The speedometer shows how fast Trailer Gain and Output the vehicle is moving in either To use the retroactive reset feature, On vehicles with the Integrated kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles press and hold the trip odometer Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, per hour (mph). The speedometer reset stem for at least four seconds. the trailer brake display appears in cannot be reset. The trip odometer will display the the DIC. Press the trip odometer number of kilometers (km) or reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and Compass Zone Setting miles (mi) driven since the ignition OUTPUT display. This display allows for setting the was last turned on and the vehicle compass zone. See Compass on was moving. Once the vehicle TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. This setting can be page 5‑5 for more information. begins moving, the trip odometer adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either will accumulate mileage. For Compass Recalibration a trailer connected or disconnected. example, if the vehicle was driven To adjust this setting, see This display allows for calibrating 8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, Integrated Trailer Brake Control the compass. See Compass on and then the retroactive reset “ System under Towing Equipment page 5‑5 for more information. feature is activated, the display will ” on page 9 69 for more information. show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle ‑ Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Oil Life Remember, you must reset the OIL Vehicle Messages To access this display, the vehicle LIFE display yourself after each oil Messages displayed on the DIC must be in P (Park). Press the trip change. It will not reset itself. Also, indicate the status of the vehicle or odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE some action may be needed to REMAINING displays. This display display accidentally at any time correct a condition. Multiple shows an estimate of the oil's other than when the oil has just messages may appear one after remaining useful life. If you see been changed. It cannot be reset another. 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the accurately until the next oil change. display, that means 99% of the To reset the engine oil life system, The messages that do not require current oil life remains. The engine see Engine Oil Life System on immediate action can be oil life system will alert you to page 10‑9. acknowledged and cleared by change the oil on a schedule Relearn Tire Positions pressing V (Set/Reset) or the trip consistent with your driving odometer reset stem. conditions. Your vehicle may have this display. To access this display, the vehicle The messages that require When the remaining oil life is low, must be in P (Park). If your vehicle immediate action cannot be cleared the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON has the Tire Pressure Monitor until that action is performed. message will appear on the display. System (TPMS), after rotating the All messages should be taken See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” tires or after replacing a tire or seriously and clearing the message under Engine Oil Messages on sensor, the system must re-learn the does not correct the problem. page 5‑37. You should change the tire positions. To re-learn the tire oil as soon as you can. See Engine positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor The following are the possible Oil on page 10‑6. In addition to the System on page 10‑50. See Tire messages and some information engine oil life system monitoring the Inspection on page 10‑54, Tire about them. oil life, additional maintenance is Rotation on page 10‑54 and Tire recommended in the Maintenance Messages on page 5‑41 for more Schedule in this manual. See information. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

Battery Voltage and could drain the battery. Turn off all check for the message on the DIC unnecessary accessories. Have the display. If the message is still Charging Messages electrical system checked as soon displayed or appears again when BATTERY LOW START as possible. See your dealer. you begin driving, the brake system VEHICLE needs service. See your dealer. Brake System Messages When the vehicle’s battery is SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE severely discharged, this message SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM SYSTEM will display and four chimes will This message displays along with On vehicles with the Integrated sound. Start the vehicle the brake system warning light if Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, immediately. If the vehicle is not there is a problem with the brake this message displays and a chime started and the battery continues to system. See Brake System Warning sounds when there is a problem discharge, the climate controls, Light on page 5 21. If this message with the ITBC system. heated seats, and audio systems ‑ appears, stop as soon as possible will shut off and the vehicle may When this message displays, power and turn off the vehicle. Restart the require a jump start. These systems is no longer available to the trailer vehicle and check for the message will function again after the vehicle brakes. on the DIC display. If the message is started. is still displayed or appears again As soon as it is safe to do so, SERVICE BATTERY when you begin driving, the brake carefully pull your vehicle over to CHARGING SYSTEM system needs service as soon as the side of the road and turn the possible. See your dealer. ignition off. Check the wiring On some vehicles, this message connection to the trailer and turn the displays if there is a problem with SERVICE BRAKES SOON ignition back on. If this message still the battery charging system. Under This message displays if there is a displays, either your vehicle or the certain conditions, the charging problem with the brake system. trailer needs service. See your system light may also turn on in the If this message appears, stop as dealer. instrument panel cluster. See soon as possible and turn off the Charging System Light on vehicle. Restart the vehicle and page 5‑18. Driving with this problem Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

See “Integrated Trailer Brake LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN Control System under Towing ” This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime Equipment on page 9 69 for more ‑ sounds if the driver side rear door is sounds if the passenger side rear information. not fully closed and the vehicle is door is not fully closed and the shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Door Ajar Messages off the vehicle, check the door for Stop and turn off the vehicle, check DRIVER DOOR OPEN obstructions, and close the door the door for obstructions, and close again. Check to see if the message the door again. Check to see if the This message displays and a chime still appears on the DIC. message still appears on the DIC. sounds if the driver door is not fully closed and the vehicle is shifted out PASSENGER DOOR OPEN Engine Cooling System of P (Park). Stop and turn off the This message displays and a chime Messages vehicle, check the door for sounds if the front passenger door obstructions, and close the door is not fully closed and the vehicle is Notice: If you drive the vehicle again. Check to see if the message shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn while the engine is overheating, still appears on the DIC. off the vehicle, check the door for severe engine damage may HOOD OPEN obstructions, and close the door occur. If an overheat warning again. Check to see if the message appears on the instrument cluster This message displays and a chime still appears on the DIC. and/or DIC, stop the vehicle as sounds if the hood is not fully soon as possible. See Engine closed. Stop and turn off the REAR ACCESS OPEN Overheating on page 10‑18. vehicle, check the hood for This message displays and a chime obstructions, and close the hood ENGINE HOT A/C (Air sounds if the liftgate or liftglass is Conditioning) TURNED OFF again. Check to see if the message open while the ignition is in ON/ still appears on the DIC. RUN. Turn off the vehicle and check This message displays when the the liftgate and liftglass. Restart the engine coolant becomes hotter than vehicle and check for the message the normal operating temperature. on the DIC display. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

See Engine Coolant Temperature ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE Gauge on page 5‑14. To avoid ENGINE ENGINE added strain on a hot engine, the air conditioning compressor This message displays and a chime This message displays when the automatically turns off. When the sounds if the engine cooling system engine oil becomes hotter than the coolant temperature returns to reaches unsafe temperatures for normal operating temperature. Stop normal, the air conditioning operation. Stop and turn off the and allow the vehicle to idle until it compressor turns back on. You can vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so cools down. See Engine Coolant continue to drive your vehicle. to avoid severe damage. This Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. message clears when the engine If this message continues to appear, has cooled to a safe operating OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP have the system repaired by your temperature. ENGINE dealer as soon as possible to avoid Notice: If you drive the vehicle damage to the engine. Engine Oil Messages while the engine oil pressure is low, severe engine damage may ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON ENGINE occur. If a low oil pressure This message displays when the warning appears on the Driver This message displays when the engine oil needs to be changed. Information Center (DIC), stop the engine coolant temperature is too When you change the engine oil, be vehicle as soon as possible. Do hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE not drive the vehicle until the idle until it cools down. See Engine OIL SOON message. See Engine cause of the low oil pressure is Coolant Temperature Gauge on Oil Life System on page 10‑9 for corrected. See Engine Oil on page 5‑14. information on how to reset the page 10‑6 for more information. See Overheated Engine Protection message. See Engine Oil on This message displays if low oil Operating Mode on page 10‑19 for page 10‑6 and Maintenance pressure levels occur. Stop the information on driving to a safe Schedule on page 11‑2 for more vehicle as soon as safely possible place in an emergency. information. and do not operate it until the cause of the low oil pressure has been Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

corrected. Check the oil as soon as stays on, the vehicle should be atmosphere. A few driving trips with possible and have the vehicle taken to your dealer for service as the cap properly installed should serviced by your dealer. See Engine soon as possible. turn this light and message off. Oil on page 10‑6. Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages Engine Power Messages FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY This message displays and a chime sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote sounds when the cooling system as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter temperature gets too hot and the Gauge on page 5‑12 and Fuel on battery is low. The battery needs to engine further enters the engine page 9‑55 for more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See coolant protection mode. See “Battery Replacement” under Engine Overheating on page 10‑18 TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) for further information. This message may display along System Operation on page 2‑2. This message also displays when with the on the the engine power is reduced. instrument cluster if the fuel cap is Lamp Messages Reduced engine power can affect not tightened properly. See the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on TURN SIGNAL ON If this message is on, but there is no page 5‑19. Reinstall the fuel cap This message displays and a chime reduction in performance, proceed fully. See Filling the Tank on sounds if a turn signal is left on for to your destination. The page 9‑59. The diagnostic system 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn performance may be reduced the can determine if the fuel cap has signal/multifunction lever to the off next time the vehicle is driven. The been left off or improperly installed. position. vehicle may be driven at a reduced A loose or missing fuel cap allows speed while this message is on, but fuel to evaporate into the acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

Object Detection System park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM on page 9‑48 for more information. UNAVAILABLE Messages See your dealer for service. If your vehicle has the Side Blind PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this OWNERS MANUAL ALERT SYSTEM message displays when the SBZA This message displays if there is system is disabled because the If your vehicle has the Side Blind sensor is blocked and cannot detect something interfering with the park Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this assist system. See Ultrasonic vehicles in your blind zone. The message displays, both SBZA sensor may be blocked by mud, dirt, Parking Assist on page 9‑48 for displays will remain on indicating more information. snow, ice, or slush. This message there is a problem with the SBZA may also display during heavy rain PARK ASSIST OFF system. If these displays remain on or due to road spray. It may also after continued driving, the system come on when driving in isolated After the vehicle has been started, needs service. See your dealer. See this message displays to remind the areas with no guardrails, trees, Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on or road signs and light traffic. Your driver that the URPA system has page 9‑49 for more information. been turned off. Press the set/reset vehicle does not need service. For button or the trip odometer reset SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT cleaning instructions, see “Washing stem to acknowledge this message SYSTEM OFF Your Vehicle” in Exterior Care on and clear it from the DIC display. To page 10‑87. See Side Blind Zone If your vehicle has the Side Blind turn the URPA system back on, see Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑49 for more Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this Ultrasonic Parking Assist on information. message displays when the SBZA page 9 48. ‑ system has been turned off. See SERVICE PARK ASSIST Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) on page 9‑49 and Driver Information This message displays if there is a Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 for more problem with the Ultrasonic Rear information. Parking Assist (URPA) system. Do not use this system to help you Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Ride Control System SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION XX Messages CONTROL STABILITRAK XX If your vehicle has StabiliTrak, this This message displays when the SERVICE STABILITRAK message displays when there is a traction control and/or StabiliTrak If your vehicle has StabiliTrak® and problem with the Traction Control systems have been turned on or off. this message displays, it means System (TCS). When this message Adjust your driving accordingly. To there may be a problem with the displays, the system will not limit limit wheel spin and realize the full StabiliTrak system. If you see this wheel spin. Adjust your driving benefits of the stability message, try to reset the system. accordingly. See your dealer for enhancement system, you should Stop; turn off the engine for at least service. See StabiliTrak® System on normally leave StabiliTrak on. 15 seconds; then start the engine page 9‑42 for more information. However, you should turn again. If this message still comes StabiliTrak off if the vehicle gets on, it means there is a problem. You STABILITRAK INITIALIZING stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow should see your dealer for service. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this and you want to rock the vehicle to The vehicle is safe to drive, message may come on if the attempt to free it, or if you are however, you do not have the StabiliTrak system has not fully driving in extreme off-road benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce initialized because of road conditions and require more wheel your speed and drive accordingly. conditions or the incorrect tire size. spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on When the StabiliTrak system is fully page 9‑14. To turn the StabiliTrak SERVICE SUSPENSION initialized, the message will turn off. system on or off, see StabiliTrak® SYSTEM See StabiliTrak® System on System on page 9‑42. If your vehicle has the Autoride® page 9‑42 for more information. suspension system, this message If this message continues to be displays when the Autoride displayed for multiple ignition cycles suspension system is not operating and on different road surfaces, see properly. Have your vehicle serviced your dealer for service. by your dealer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

STABILITRAK OFF may also The message turns off as soon as Tire Messages display when the stability control the conditions that caused the has been automatically disabled. message to be displayed are no SERVICE TIRE MONITOR There are several conditions that longer present. SYSTEM can cause this message to appear. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure . One condition is overheating, Airbag System Messages Monitor System (TPMS), this which could occur if StabiliTrak SERVICE AIR BAG message displays if a part on the activates continuously for an TPMS is not working properly. The extended period of time. This message displays if there is a tire pressure light also flashes and problem with the airbag system. . The message also displays if the then remains on during the same Have your dealer inspect the brake system warning light is on. ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure system for problems. See Airbag See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑23. Several Readiness Light on page 5‑16 and conditions may cause this message Light on page 5‑21. Airbag System on page 3‑26 for to appear. See Tire Pressure . The message could display if the more information. Monitor Operation on page 10‑51 for stability system takes longer more information. If the warning than usual to complete its Security Messages comes on and stays on, there may diagnostic checks due to driving be a problem with the TPMS. See conditions. SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT your dealer. SYSTEM . The message displays if an TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE engine or vehicle related This message displays when there problem has been detected and is a problem with the theft-deterrent On vehicles with the Tire Pressure the vehicle needs service. See system. The vehicle may or may not Monitor System (TPMS), this your dealer. restart so you may want to take the message displays when the TPMS vehicle to your dealer before turning is re-learning the tire positions on off the engine. See Immobilizer your vehicle. The tire positions must Operation on page 2‑14 for more be re-learned after rotating the tires information. or after replacing a tire or sensor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

See Tire Inspection on page 10‑54, checked and set to those shown on GRADE BRAKING ON Tire Rotation on page 10 54, Tire the Tire Loading Information label. ‑ This message displays when the Pressure Monitor System on See Tires on page 10 40, Vehicle ‑ grade braking has been activated page 10 50, and Tire Pressure on Load Limits on page 9 15, and Tire ‑ ‑ while driving on downhill grades. page 10 49 for more information. Pressure on page 10 49. The DIC ‑ ‑ This message will only appear the also shows the tire pressure values. first time the feature is activated in TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE See Driver Information Center (DIC) an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul On vehicles with the Tire Pressure on page 5‑26. Mode on page 9‑32, Automatic Monitor System (TPMS), this Transmission on page 9‑28, and message displays when the Transmission Messages Cruise Control on page 9‑46. pressure in one or more of the vehicle's tires needs to be checked. GRADE BRAKING DISABLED SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE This message also displays LEFT This message displays when the If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right grade braking has been disabled this message may display if a front), LEFT RR (left rear), with the tow/haul mode button on problem occurs with the or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ four-wheel-drive system. If this the location of the low tire. The low Haul Mode on page 9‑32, Automatic message appears, stop as soon as tire pressure warning light will also Transmission on page 9‑28, and possible and turn off the vehicle. come on. See Tire Pressure Light Cruise Control on page 9‑46. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ on page 5 23. You can receive more ‑ OFF position for at least one minute than one tire pressure message at a GRADE BRAKING ENABLED and then restart the vehicle and time. To read the other messages This message displays when the check for the message on the DIC that may have been sent at the grade braking has been enabled display. If the message is still same time, press the set/reset with the tow/haul mode button on displayed or appears again when button or the trip odometer reset the end of the shift lever. See Tow/ you begin driving, the stem. If a tire pressure message Haul Mode on page 9‑32, Automatic four-wheel-drive system needs appears on the DIC, stop as soon Transmission on page 9‑28, and service. See your dealer. as you can. Have the tire pressures Cruise Control on page 9‑46. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder As soon as it is safe to do so, ENGINE carefully pull the vehicle over to the Messages side of the road and turn the ignition Notice: Do not drive the vehicle CHECK TRAILER WIRING off. Check the wiring connection to while the transmission fluid is the trailer and turn the ignition back overheating and the transmission On vehicles with the Integrated on. This message clears if the trailer temperature warning is displayed Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, is reconnected. This message also on the instrument cluster and/or this message may display and a clears if you acknowledge it. If this DIC, or the transmission can be chime may sound when one of the message still displays, either the damaged. This could lead to following conditions exists: vehicle or the trailer needs service. costly repairs that would not be . A trailer with electric brakes See your dealer. covered by the warranty. becomes disconnected from the See “Integrated Trailer Brake This message displays and a chime vehicle. Control System” under Towing may sound if the transmission fluid If the disconnect occurs while Equipment on page 9‑69 for more in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with ‐ the vehicle is stopped, this information. the transmission fluid temperature message clears itself after a high can cause damage to the ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE short time. vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it WITH CARE idle to allow the transmission to ‐ If the disconnect occurs while cool. This message clears and the the vehicle is moving, this This message displays when ice chime stops when the fluid message stays on until the conditions are possible. temperature reaches a safe level. ignition is turned off. TRAILER CONNECTED . There is a short in the wiring to On vehicles with the Integrated the electric trailer brakes. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, When this message displays, power this message displays briefly when is no longer available to the trailer a trailer with electric brakes is first brakes. connected to the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

This message clears itself after Vehicle To change customization several seconds. This message also preferences, use the following clears if you acknowledge it. After Personalization procedure. this message clears, the TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in Vehicle Personalization Entering the Feature Settings Menu the DIC. (With DIC Buttons) See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” 1. Turn the ignition on and place under Driver Information Center Your vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). customization capabilities that allow (DIC) on page 5‑26 and “Integrated you to program certain features to To avoid excessive drain on the Trailer Brake Control System” under one preferred setting. Customization battery, it is recommended that Towing Equipment on page 9‑69 for the headlamps are turned off. more information. features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and 2. Press the customization button cannot be programmed to a to scroll through the available Washer Fluid Messages preferred setting for two different customizable options. drivers. WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Feature Settings Menu Items FLUID All of the customization options may The following are customization This message displays when the not be available on your vehicle. Only the options available will be features that allow you to program windshield washer fluid is low. Fill settings to the vehicle: the windshield washer fluid reservoir displayed on the DIC. as soon as possible. See Engine The default settings for the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH Compartment Overview on customization features were set This feature will only display if a page 10‑5 for the location of the when your vehicle left the factory, language other than English has windshield washer fluid reservoir. but may have been changed from been set. This feature allows you to Also, see Washer Fluid on their default state since then. change the language in which the page 10 21 for more information. ‑ The customization preferences are DIC messages appear to English. automatically recalled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN made to this feature. The current AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the ENGLISH screen appears on the setting will remain. DIC display. Press the set/reset DIC display. Press the set/reset To select a setting, press the set/ button once to access the settings button once to display all DIC reset button while the desired for this feature. Then press the messages in English. setting is displayed on the DIC. customization button to scroll through the following settings: DISPLAY LANGUAGE You can also change the language by pressing the trip odometer reset SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): This feature allows you to select the The doors will automatically lock stem. See “Language” under DIC language in which the DIC when the vehicle is shifted out of messages will appear. Operation and Displays (Without DIC Buttons) earlier in this section P (Park). Press the customization button until for more information. AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen will automatically lock when the appears on the DIC display. Press AUTO DOOR LOCK vehicle speed is above 8 mph the set/reset button once to access This feature allows you to select (13 km/h) for 3 seconds. the settings for this feature. Then when the vehicle's doors will NO CHANGE: No change will be press the customization button to automatically lock. See Automatic scroll through the following settings: made to this feature. The current Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more setting will remain. ENGLISH (default): All messages information. will appear in English. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired FRANCAIS: All messages will setting is displayed on the DIC. appear in French. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ESPANOL: All messages will appear in Spanish. This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the automatic door unlocking feature. It also allows you to select which Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

doors and when the doors will NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until automatically unlock. See Automatic made to this feature. The current REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more setting will remain. the DIC display. Press the set/reset information. To select a setting, press the set/ button once to access the settings Press the customization button until reset button while the desired for this feature. Then press the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset through the following settings: button once to access the settings REMOTE DOOR LOCK OFF: There will be no feedback for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the when you press the lock button on customization button to scroll type of feedback you will receive the RKE transmitter. through the following settings: when locking the vehicle with the LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps OFF: None of the doors will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) will flash when you press the lock automatically unlock. transmitter. You will not receive button on the RKE transmitter. feedback when locking the vehicle DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the with the RKE transmitter if the doors HORN ONLY: The horn will sound driver door will unlock when the key are open. See Remote Keyless on the second press of the lock is taken out of the ignition. Entry (RKE) System Operation on button on the RKE transmitter. DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver page 2‑2 for more information. HORN & LIGHTS (default): The door will unlock when the vehicle is exterior lamps will flash when you shifted into P (Park). press the lock button on the RKE ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors transmitter, and the horn will sound will unlock when the key is taken when the lock button is pressed out of the ignition. again within five seconds of the previous command. ALL IN PARK (default): All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is NO CHANGE: No change will be shifted into P (Park). made to this feature. The current setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior power door lock switch twice. See reset button while the desired lamps will flash when you press the Delayed Locking on page 2‑7 for setting is displayed on the DIC. unlock button on the RKE more information. transmitter. REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current the DIC display. Press the set/reset type of feedback you will receive setting will remain. button once to access the settings when unlocking the vehicle with the for this feature. Then press the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired customization button to scroll transmitter. You will not receive through the following settings: feedback when unlocking the setting is displayed on the DIC. OFF: There will be no delayed vehicle with the RKE transmitter if DELAY DOOR LOCK the doors are open. See Remote locking of the vehicle's doors. Keyless Entry (RKE) System This feature allows you to select ON (default): The doors will not Operation on page 2‑2 for more whether or not the locking of the lock until 5 seconds after the last information. vehicle's doors and liftgate will be door or the liftgate is closed. delayed. When locking the doors Press the customization button until and liftgate with the power door lock NO CHANGE: No change will be REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears switch and a door or the liftgate is made to this feature. The current on the DIC display. Press the set/ open, this feature will delay locking setting will remain. reset button once to access the the doors and liftgate until To select a setting, press the set/ settings for this feature. Then press five seconds after the last door is the customization button to scroll reset button while the desired closed. You will hear three chimes setting is displayed on the DIC. through the following settings: to signal that the delayed locking LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps feature is in use. The key must be EXIT LIGHTING will not flash when you press the out of the ignition for this feature to This feature allows you to select the unlock button on the RKE work. You can temporarily override amount of time you want the transmitter. delayed locking by pressing the exterior lamps to remain on when it Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

is dark enough outside. This APPROACH LIGHTING See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) happens after the key is turned from This feature allows you to select System Operation on page 2‑2 for ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. whether or not to have the exterior more information. Press the customization button until lights turn on briefly during low light NO CHANGE: No change will be EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC periods after unlocking the vehicle made to this feature. The current display. Press the set/reset button using the Remote Keyless Entry setting will remain. once to access the settings for this (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the set/ feature. Then press the Press the customization button until reset button while the desired customization button to scroll APPROACH LIGHTING appears on setting is displayed on the DIC. through the following settings: the DIC display. Press the set/reset OFF: The exterior lamps will not button once to access the settings CHIME VOLUME turn on. for this feature. Then press the This feature allows you to select the 30 SECONDS (default): The customization button to scroll volume level of the chime. exterior lamps will stay on for through the following settings: Press the customization button until 30 seconds. OFF: The exterior lights will not CHIME VOLUME appears on the 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will turn on when you unlock the vehicle DIC display. Press the set/reset stay on for 1 minute. with the RKE transmitter. button once to access the settings ON (default): If it is dark enough for this feature. Then press the 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will customization button to scroll stay on for 2 minutes. outside, the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the through the following settings: NO CHANGE: No change will be vehicle with the RKE transmitter. NORMAL: The chime volume will made to this feature. The current be set to a normal level. setting will remain. The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button LOUD: The chime volume will be To select a setting, press the set/ on the RKE transmitter is pressed, set to a loud level. reset button while the desired or the vehicle is no longer off. setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

NO CHANGE: No change will be Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ made to this feature. The current PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on reset button while the desired setting will remain. the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. button once to access the settings There is no default for chime EASY EXIT RECALL volume. The volume will stay at the for this feature. Then press the last known setting. customization button to scroll If your vehicle has this feature, it through the following settings: allows you to select your preference To select a setting, press the set/ OFF (default): Neither outside for the automatic easy exit seat reset button while the desired feature. See Memory Seats on setting is displayed on the DIC. mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). page 3‑6 for more information. PARK TILT MIRRORS DRIVER MIRROR: The driver Press the customization button until If your vehicle has this feature, it outside mirror will be tilted down EASY EXIT RECALL appears on allows you to select whether or not when the vehicle is shifted into the DIC display. Press the set/reset the outside mirror(s) will R (Reverse). button once to access the settings for this feature. Then press the automatically tilt down when the PASSENGER MIRROR: The vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). customization button to scroll passenger outside mirror will be through the following settings: See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑18 tilted down when the vehicle is for more information. shifted into R (Reverse). DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No automatic seat exit recall will occur. BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and The recall will only occur after passenger outside mirrors will be pressing the easy exit seat button. tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If the features are enabled through the NO CHANGE: No change will be EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the made to this feature. The current driver seat will move back when the setting will remain. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

key is removed from the ignition or feature. See Memory Seats on MEMORY SEAT RECALL after pressing the easy exit seat page 3‑6 and EASY EXIT RECALL If your vehicle has this feature, it button. earlier for more information. allows you to select your preference The automatic easy exit seat Press the customization button until for the remote memory seat recall movement will only occur one time EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the feature. See Memory Seats on after the key is removed from the DIC display. Press the set/reset page 3‑6 for more information. ignition. If the automatic movement button once to access the settings Press the customization button until has already occurred, and you put for this feature. Then press the MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears the key back in the ignition and menu up/down button to scroll on the DIC display. Press the set/ remove it again, the seat will stay in through the following settings: reset button once to access the the original exit position, unless a OFF: No automatic seat exit will settings for this feature. Then press memory recall took place prior to recall. the customization button to scroll removing the key again. SEAT ONLY (Default): The driver through the following settings: NO CHANGE: No change will be seat will recall. OFF (default): No remote memory made to this feature. The current seat recall will occur. setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current ON: The driver seat and, on some To select a setting, press the set/ setting will remain. vehicles, the outside mirrors will reset button while the desired automatically move to the stored setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired driving position when the unlock EASY EXIT SETUP setting is displayed on the DIC. button on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed. On If your vehicle has this feature, it some vehicles with the adjustable allows you to select which areas will throttle and brake pedal feature, the recall with the automatic easy exit pedals will also automatically move. seat feature. It also allows you to turn off the automatic easy exit Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (51,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-51

NO CHANGE: No change will be ON (default): The remote start DO NOT RESTORE: The made to this feature. The current feature will be enabled. customization features will not be setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be set to their factory default settings. To select a setting, press the set/ made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting will remain. reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ setting is displayed on the DIC. REMOTE START reset button while the desired EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS setting is displayed on the DIC. If your vehicle has this feature, it This feature allows you to exit the allows you to turn the remote start FACTORY SETTINGS feature settings menu. off or on. The remote start feature This feature allows you to set all of Press the customization button until allows you to start the engine from the customization features back to PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE outside of the vehicle using the their factory default settings. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SETTINGS appears in the DIC transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Press the customization button until display. Press the set/reset button Start on page 2‑5 for more FACTORY SETTINGS appears on once to exit the menu. information. the DIC display. Press the set/reset If you do not exit, pressing the button once to access the settings customization button again will Press the customization button until for this feature. Then press the REMOTE START appears on the return you to the beginning of the customization button to scroll feature settings menu. DIC display. Press the set/reset through the following settings: button once to access the settings for this feature. Then press the RESTORE ALL (default): The customization button to scroll customization features will be set to through the following settings: their factory default settings. OFF: The remote start feature will be disabled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (52,1)

5-52 Instruments and Controls

Exiting the Feature Universal Remote devices such as garage door Settings Menu openers, security systems, and System home automation devices. The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following See Radio Frequency Statement on Do not use this system with any occurs: page 13‑20 for information garage door opener that does not regarding Part 15 of the Federal have the stop and reverse feature. . The vehicle is no longer in Communications Commission (FCC) This includes any garage door ON/RUN. rules and Industry Canada opener model manufactured before . The trip/fuel or vehicle Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. April 1, 1982. information DIC buttons are Read the instructions completely pressed. Universal Remote System before attempting to program the . The end of the feature settings Programming transmitter. Because of the steps menu is reached and exited. involved, it may be helpful to have another person assist with . A 40 second time period has programming the transmitter. elapsed with no selection made. Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles, as well as for future programming. Only the original Vehicles with the Universal Remote remote control transmitter is needed System will have these buttons for Fixed Code programming. The located in the headliner. programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or This system provides a way to the lease ends. See “Erasing replace up to three remote control Universal Home Remote Buttons” in transmitters used to activate this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (53,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-53

Park the vehicle outside of the To program up to three devices: 3. Immediately return to the garage when programming a garage 1. From inside the vehicle, press vehicle. Press and hold the door. Be sure that people and the two outside buttons at the Universal Home Remote button objects are clear of the garage door same time for one to that will be used to control the or gate that is being programmed. two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage release them. door moves. The indicator light, Programming Universal Home above the selected button, Remote — Rolling Code should slowly blink. This button For questions or help programming may need to be held for up to the Universal Home Remote 20 seconds. System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go 4. Immediately, within one second, to www.learcar2u.com. release the button when the Most garage door openers sold garage door moves. The after 1996 are Rolling Code units. indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete. Programming a garage door opener involves time-sensitive actions, so 5. Press and release the same read the entire procedure before 2. In the garage, locate the garage button again. The garage door starting. Otherwise, the device will door opener receiver should move, confirming that time out and the procedure will have (motor-head unit). Find the programming is successful and to be repeated. “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can complete. usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is To program another Rolling Code attached to the motor-head unit device such as an additional garage and may be a colored button. door opener, a security device, Press this button. After pressing or home automation device, repeat this button, complete the Steps 1 through 5, choosing a following steps in less than 30 seconds. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (54,1)

5-54 Instruments and Controls

different function button in Step 3 Your hand-held transmitter can than what was used for the garage have between 8 to 12 dip door opener. switches depending on the If these instructions do not work, the brand of transmitter. garage door opener is probably a The garage door opener receiver Fixed Code unit. Follow the (motor head unit) could also programming instructions that follow have a row of dip switches that for a Fixed Code garage door can be used when programming opener. the Universal Home Remote. If the total number of switches Programming Universal Home on the motor head and Remote — Fixed Code hand-held transmitter are For questions or help programming To program up to three devices: different, or if the dip switch the Universal Home Remote settings are different, use the dip 1. To verify that the garage door switch settings on the motor System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go opener is a Fixed Code unit, to www.learcar2u.com. head unit to program the remove the battery cover on the Universal Home Remote. The Most garage door openers sold hand-held transmitter supplied motor head dip switch settings before 1996 are Fixed Code units. by the manufacturer of the can also be used when the garage door opener motor. Programming a garage door opener original hand-held transmitter is If there is a row of dip switches involves time-sensitive actions, so not available. similar to the graphic above, the read the entire procedure before garage door opener is a Fixed starting. Otherwise, the device will Code unit. If you do not see a time out and the procedure will have row of dip switches, return to the to be repeated. previous section for Programming Universal Home Remote — Rolling Code. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (55,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-55

. A switch in the down to right, into the Universal position could be labeled as Home Remote, when Down, −, or Off. completing Step 4. . A switch in the middle 3. From inside your vehicle, first position could be labeled as firmly press all three buttons at Middle, 0, or Neutral. the same time for about Example of Eight Dip Switches 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch three seconds. Release the with Two Positions settings from left to right as buttons to put the Universal follows: Home Remote into programming mode. . When a switch is in the up position, write “Left.” . When a switch is in the down position, write “Right.” Example of Eight Dip Switches . If a switch is set between with Three Positions the up and down position, write “Middle.” The panel of switches might not appear exactly as they do in the The switch settings written examples above, but they down in Step 2 now should be similar. become the button strokes to be entered into the The switch positions on the Universal Home Remote in hand-held transmitter could be Step 4. Be sure to enter the A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) labeled as follows: switch settings written down . A switch in the up position in Step 2, in order from left B. Middle Button (Middle, 0, could be labeled as Up, or Neutral) +, or On. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (56,1)

5-56 Instruments and Controls

C. Right Button (Down, −, 6. Press and hold the button that Universal Remote System or Off) will be used to control the Operation 4. The indicator lights will blink garage door until the garage slowly. Enter each switch setting door moves. The indicator light Press and hold the appropriate from Step 2 into your vehicle's above the selected button button for at least half of a second. Universal Home Remote. You should slowly blink. This button The indicator light will come on will have two and one-half may need to be held for up to while the signal is being transmitted. 55 seconds. minutes to complete Step 4. Now Reprogramming Universal press one button on the 7. Immediately release the button Home Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote for when the garage door moves. each switch setting as follows: The indicator light will blink Any of the three buttons can be reprogrammed by repeating the . rapidly until programming is If you wrote “Left,” press instructions. the left button (A) in the complete. vehicle. 8. Press and release the same button again. The garage door . If you wrote “Right,” press the right button (C) in the should move, confirming that vehicle. programming is successful and complete. . If you wrote “Middle,” press the middle button (B) in the To program another Fixed Code vehicle. device such as an additional garage door opener, a security device, 5. After entering all of the switch or home automation device, repeat positions, once again firmly Steps 1-8, choosing a different press and release all three button in Step 6 than what was used buttons at the same time. The for the garage door opener. indicator lights will turn on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (57,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-57

Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons The programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or the lease ends. To erase either Rolling Code or Fixed Code settings on the Universal Home Remote device: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for approximately 20 seconds, until the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin to blink rapidly. 2. Once the indicator lights begin to blink, release both buttons. The codes from all buttons will be erased. For help or information on the Universal Home Remote System, call the customer assistance phone number under Customer Assistance Offices (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (58,1)

5-58 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 6-2 Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Changer ...... 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-9 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-3 The exterior lamp control is on the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 instrument panel to the left of the Turn and Lane-Change steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-5 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 There are four positions: Auxiliary O (Off): Turns off the automatic Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to the off position again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

AUTO (Automatic): Automatically When the headlamps are turned on Headlamp High/ turns on the headlamps at normal while the vehicle is on, the brightness, together with the headlamps will turn off automatically Low-Beam Changer following: 10 minutes after the ignition is 5 3 (Headlamp High/Low Beam turned off. When the headlamps are . Parking Lamps Changer): To change the turned on while the vehicle is off, headlamps from low to high beam, . Instrument Panel Lights the headlamps will stay on for push the turn signal lever toward the . Taillamps 10 minutes before automatically instrument panel. To return to turning off to prevent the battery low-beam headlamps, pull the lever . License Plate Lamps from being drained. Turn the toward you. Then release it. ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the headlamp control to off and then parking lamps together with the back to the headlamp on position to following: make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps Exterior Lamps Off . License Plate Lamps Reminder When the high beams are on, this 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the A reminder chime will sound when headlamps together with the indicator light on the instrument the headlamps or parking lamps are cluster will also be on. following lamps listed below. manually turned on and the ignition . Parking Lamps is off and a door is open. To disable the chime, turn the light off. Flash-to-Pass . Instrument Panel Lights This feature lets you use the . Taillamps high-beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want . License Plate Lamps to pass. It works even if the headlamps are in the automatic position. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

To use it, pull the turn signal lever . The transmission is not in Park. sidemarker, parking lamps, and the toward you, then release it. . The light sensor determines it is instrument panel lights. The radio If the headlamps are in the daytime. lights will also be dim. automatic position or on low beam, When the DRL system is on, only To turn off the automatic headlamp the high-beam headlamps will turn the DRL lamps are on. The system, turn the exterior lamps on. They will stay on as long as you taillamps, sidemarker, instrument switch to the off position and then hold the lever toward you. The panel lights, and other lamps will not release it. For vehicles first sold in high-beam indicator on the be on. Canada, the transmission must be instrument cluster will come on. in the P (Park) position before the Release the lever to return to When it begins to get dark, the automatic headlamp system can be normal operation. automatic headlamp system turned off. switches from DRL to the Daytime Running headlamps. Lamps (DRL) To turn off the DRL lamps, turn the exterior lamp control to the OFF Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can position and then release. For make it easier for others to see the vehicles first sold in Canada, the front of your vehicle during the day. transmission must be in the P (Park) Fully functional daytime running position before the DRL lamps can lamps are required on all vehicles be turned off. first sold in Canada. The DRL system comes on when Automatic Headlamp The vehicle has a light sensor the following conditions are met: System located on the top of the instrument panel which regulates when the . The ignition is on. When it is dark enough outside, the automatic headlamps turn on. Do . The exterior lamp control is automatic headlamp system turns not cover the sensor, otherwise the in AUTO. on the headlamps at the normal headlamps will come on whenever brightness, along with the taillamps, the ignition is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

The system may also turn on the is in the full bright position. See door closed. See Retained headlamps when driving through a Instrument Panel Illumination Accessory Power (RAP) on parking garage or heavy overcast Control on page 6‑7. page 9‑24. weather. This is normal. To idle the vehicle with the The regular headlamp system can There is a delay in the transition automatic headlamp system off, turn be turned on when needed. between the daytime and nighttime the control to the off position. Lights On with Wipers operation of the Daytime Running The headlamps will also stay on Lamps (DRL) and the automatic after you exit the vehicle. This If the windshield wipers are headlamp systems so that driving feature can be programmed using activated in daylight with the engine under bridges or bright overhead the Driver Information Center (DIC). on, and the exterior lamp control is street lights does not affect the See Vehicle Personalization (With in AUTO, the headlamps, parking system. The DRL and automatic DIC Buttons) on page 5‑44. lamps, and other exterior lamps headlamp system are only affected come on. The transition time for the when the light sensor detects a If the vehicle is not equipped with lamps coming on varies based on change in lighting lasting longer DIC buttons, exit lighting is wiper speed. When the wipers are than the delay. automatic. When it is dark enough not operating, these lamps turn off. outside, the exterior lamps remain Move the exterior lamp control to P If the vehicle is started in a dark on for 30 seconds after the ignition garage, the automatic headlamp is moved from ON/RUN to or ; to disable this feature. system comes on immediately. LOCK/OFF. Once the vehicle leaves the garage, it takes approximately one minute For vehicles without a radio, the for the automatic headlamp system instrument panel light remains on for to change to DRL if it is bright 30 seconds with the driver door enough outside. During that delay, closed. For vehicles with a radio, the instrument cluster may not be as the instrument panel light remains bright as usual. Make sure the on for 10 minutes with the driver instrument panel brightness control Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change one second will cause the turn signals to flash until you release the Signals lever. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb may be burned out. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses and Move the lever all the way up or Circuit Breakers on page 10 33. down to signal a turn. ‑ Turn Signal On Chime | (Hazard Warning Flashers): An arrow on the instrument cluster Press this button to make the front flashes in the direction of the turn or If the turn signal is left on for more and rear turn signal lamps flash on lane change. than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime will and off. Press again to turn the Raise or lower the lever for less sound at each flash of the turn flashers off. than one second until the arrow signal and the message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the When the hazard warning flashers starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn Driver Information Control (DIC). To are on, the vehicle's turn signals will turn the chime and message off, not work. signals to automatically flash three times. It will flash six times if move the turn signal lever to the off tow-haul mode is active. Holding the position. turn signal lever for more than Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed When the wiring is connected to an to high beam, the fog lamps also go auxiliary roof-mounted lamp, off. When the high-beam headlamps pressing the bottom of the button are turned off, the fog lamps will will activate the lamp and illuminate come on again. an indicator light at the bottom of Some localities have laws that this button. Pressing the top of the require the headlamps to be on with button will turn off the roof-mounted the fog lamps. lamp and indicator. The emergency roof lamp circuit is Auxiliary fused at 30 amps, so the total Roof-Mounted Lamp current draw of the attached lamps For vehicles with fog lamps, the should be less than this value. The control is located next to the exterior If the vehicle has this feature, this attachment points for the roof lamp lamp control on the instrument button includes wiring provisions for circuits are two blunt cut wires panel, to the left of the steering a dealer or a qualified service center located above the overhead column. to install an auxiliary roof lamp. console, a dark green switched power wire and a black ground wire. The ignition must be in the ON/RUN position for the fog lamps to For more information on roof mount come on. emergency lamp installation, please visit the GM Upfitter website at # (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the www.gmupfitter.com or contact your fog lamps on or off. A light will come dealer. on in the instrument cluster. If the vehicle has this button, the When the fog lamps are turned on, vehicle may have the snow plow the parking lamps automatically prep package. See Adding a Snow turn on. This button is on the overhead Plow or Similar Equipment on console. page 9‑78. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps The dome lamps are located in the Instrument Panel overhead console. Illumination Control They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. Turn the instrument panel brightness knob located below the dome lamp override button, k (Dome Off): Press the button clockwise to the farthest position to in and the dome lamps remain off manually turn on the dome lamps. when a door is opened. Press the The dome lamps remain on until the button again to return it to the knob is turned counterclockwise. extended position so that the dome Dome Lamp Override lamps come on when a door is D (Instrument Panel opened. Brightness): This feature controls The dome lamp override button is the brightness of the instrument located next to the exterior lamps panel lights and is located next to control. the exterior lamps control. Push the knob to extend out and then it can be turned. Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning the knob to the farthest clockwise position turns on the dome lamps. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Reading Lamps Lighting Features Battery Load For vehicles with reading lamps Management they are located on the overhead Entry Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power console. The vehicle has an illuminated entry Management (EPM) that estimates To turn on the reading lamps, press feature. the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage the button located next to each When the doors are opened, the for best performance and extended lamp. To turn them off, press the dome lamps will come on if the life of the battery. button again. dome override button is in the The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome When the battery's state of charge lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the is low, the voltage is raised slightly lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. to quickly bring the charge back up. located next to the lamp. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to The lamps are fixed and cannot be Exit Lighting prevent overcharging. If the vehicle adjusted. The interior lamps come on when has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the key is removed from the ignition. display on the Driver Information They turn off automatically in Center (DIC), you may see the 20 seconds. The lights do not come voltage move up or down. This is on if the dome override button is normal. If there is a problem, an pressed in. alert will be displayed. The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

enough at idle to produce all the displayed, such as BATTERY LOW power that is needed for very high START VEHICLE. If this message electrical loads. displays, it is recommended that the A high electrical load occurs when driver reduce the electrical loads as several of the following are on, such much as possible and restart the as: headlamps, high beams, fog vehicle. See Battery Voltage and lamps, rear window defogger, Charging Messages on page 5‑35. climate control fan at high speed, heated seats, engine cooling fans, Battery Power Protection trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature shuts off the dome and accessory power outlets. reading lamps if they are left on for EPM works to prevent excessive more than 10 minutes when the discharge of the battery. It does this ignition is off. This will keep the by balancing the generator's output battery from running down. and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message might be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction Infotainment Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) System ...... 7-36 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Infotainment System ...... 7-46 Read the following pages to Introduction become familiar with the audio Phone system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Overview (Radio with Trademarks and License { WARNING CD (MP3)) ...... 7-3 Agreements Overview (Radio with USB, CD, Trademarks and License Taking your eyes off the road for and DVD (MP3)) ...... 7-5 Agreements ...... 7-55 extended periods could cause a Operation ...... 7-6 crash resulting in injury or death Radio to you or others. Do not give AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 extended attention to infotainment Satellite Radio ...... 7-11 tasks while driving. Radio Reception ...... 7-14 Rear Side Window This system provides access to Antenna ...... 7-15 many audio and non audio listings. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-16 To minimize taking your eyes off the Audio Players road while driving, do the following CD Player ...... 7-16 while the vehicle is parked: CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 . Become familiar with the Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-31 operation and controls of the audio system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

. Set up the tone, speaker The vehicle has Retained adjustments, and preset radio Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, stations. the audio system can be played For more information, see Defensive even after the ignition is turned off. Driving on page 9‑3. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑24 for more This vehicle's audio system may be information. equipped with a noise reduction system which can work improperly if Navigation/Radio System the audio amplifier, engine For vehicles with a navigation radio calibrations, exhaust system, system, see the separate Navigation microphones, radio, or speakers are System manual. modified or replaced. This could result in more noticeable engine noise at certain speeds. Theft-Deterrent Feature ® Notice: Contact your dealer TheftLock is designed to before adding any equipment. discourage theft of the vehicle's radio by learning a portion of the Adding audio or communication Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). equipment could interfere with The radio does not operate if it is the operation of the engine, radio, stolen or moved to a different or other systems, and could vehicle. damage them. Follow federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone equipment. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD (MP3)) C. MENU . Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. D. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. E. EQ (Equalizer) . Press to adjust the equalizer. F. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble. . Turn to manually select radio stations. Overview (Radio with CD (MP3)) G. CAT (Category) A. 4 (Information) B. FAV (Favorites Pages) . Press to display a list of . XM categories. . Press to show information Press to scroll through the on the current station or favorite pages. H. H (Clock) track. . Press to set the clock. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

I. BAND O. CD/AUX . Press to scroll through the . Press to scroll through available bands AM, FM, selecting the CD or a or XM if equipped. auxiliary device. J. © SEEK P. Z Eject . Seeks the previous station. . Press to eject the loaded CD. K. ¨ SEEK . Seeks the next station. L. P (Power/Volume) . Press to turn the infotainment system on or off. . Turn to adjust the volume. M. s REV (Reverse) . Press to and hold to go backward fast through a track. N. \ FWD (Forward) . Press to and hold to fast forward through a track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)) C. MENU . Press to open the tone menu to adjust the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. D. DVD Slot E. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. F. EQ (Equalizer) . Press to adjust the equalizer settings. G. f (Tone/Tune) . Press to set the bass or treble.

. Overview (Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3)) Turn to manually select radio stations. A. 4 (Information) B. FAV (Favorites Pages) H. Z DVD . . Press to show information Press to scroll through the . Press to eject the on the current station or favorite pages. loaded DVD. track. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

I. CAT (Category) P. s REV (Reverse) Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD . radio may have a Rear Seat Press to display a list of . Press to and hold to go XM categories. Entertainment (RSE) system. See backward fast through a Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) J. H (Clock) track. System on page 7‑36 for more information on the vehicle's RSE . Q. \ FWD (Forward) Press to set the clock. system. K. BAND . Press to and hold to fast forward through a track. The DVD player is the top slot on . Press to scroll through the the radio faceplate. The player is available bands AM, FM, R. Z CD capable of reading the DTS or XM if equipped. programmed DVD Audio or DVD . Press to eject the Video media, (DTS and DTS Digital L. © SEEK loaded CD. Surround are registered trademarks . Seeks the previous station. S. DVD/CD/AUX of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.). M. ¨ SEEK . Press to scroll through Manufactured under license from selecting the DVD, CD, Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the . Seeks the next station. or an auxiliary device. double-D symbol are trademarks of P Dolby Laboratories. N. (Power/Volume) Operation . Press to turn the Using the Radio Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD infotainment system on ® O (Power/Volume): Press to turn or off. radio have a Bose Surround the system on and off. Sound System. Some of its features . Turn to adjust the volume. are explained later in this section Turn clockwise or counterclockwise O. CD Slot under, “Adjusting the Speakers to increase or decrease the volume. (Balance/Fade).” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

4 (Information) (If Available): 2. Press the MENU button to This feature is most effective at Press to switch the display between display the radio setup menu. lower radio volume settings where the radio station frequency and the 3. Press the softkey under the background noise can affect how time. While the ignition is off, press AUTO VOLUM (automatic well the music is heard. At higher this button to display the time. Press volume) tab on the radio display. volume settings, where the music is to display additional text information much louder than the background related to the current FM-RDS or 4. Press the softkey under the noise, there might be little or no XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA desired Speed Compensated adjustments by AudioPilot. Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, song. If information is available To activate: during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA or High) to select the level of playback, the song title information radio volume compensation. The 1. Set the radio volume to the displays on the top line of the display times out after desired level. display and artist information approximately 10 seconds. Each 2. Press the MENU button to displays on the bottom line. When higher setting allows for more display the radio setup menu. information is not available, NO radio volume compensation at “ 3. Press the softkey under the INFO displays. faster vehicle speeds. ” AUTO VOLUM (automatic Speed Compensated Volume Noise Compensation volume) tab on the radio display. (SCV): Radios with Speed Technology: Vehicles with the LTZ 4. Press the softkey under the ON Compensated Volume (SCV) package and a Bose Audio System ® tab. The display times out after automatically adjusts the radio include the Bose AudioPilot noise approximately 10 seconds. volume to compensate for road and compensation technology. When wind noise as the vehicle's speed turned on, AudioPilot continuously For additional information on changes while driving, so that the adjusts the audio system AudioPilot, please visit volume level stays consistent. equalization, to compensate for www.bose.com/audiopilot. background noise, so that music To activate SCV: always sounds the same at the set 1. Set the radio volume to the volume level. desired level. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Setting the Tone (Bass/ To quickly adjust bass, midrange, Digital Signal Processing (DSP): Midrange/Treble) or treble to the middle position, Press the EQ button to change the press the softkey positioned under DSP settings (only available on BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for Bose systems with the LTZ option or Treble): To adjust the bass, more than two seconds. A beep package). DSP settings provide a midrange, or treble: sounds and the level adjusts to the choice of different listening 1. Press the f knob until the tone middle position. experiences. control tabs display. To quickly adjust all tone and The following DSP settings are speaker controls to the middle available: 2. Highlight the desired tone f control tab by doing one of the position, press the knob for more . Normal — Select this setting to following: than two seconds until a beep adjust the audio for normal sounds. mode. This provides the best . Pressing the f knob. EQ (Equalization): Press this sound quality for all seating . Press the softkey under the button to choose bass and treble positions. desired tab. equalization settings designed for . Driver — Select this setting to 3. Adjust the setting by doing one different types of music. Selecting adjust the audio for the driver to of the following: MANUAL or changing bass or receive the best possible sound treble, returns the EQ to the manual quality. . Turn the f knob clockwise bass and treble settings. . or counterclockwise. Rear — Select this setting to Unique EQ settings can be saved adjust the audio for the rear seat . Press the ¨ SEEK, or © for each source. passengers to receive the best SEEK button. If the radio has a Bose audio possible sound quality. system, the EQ settings are either . Press the \ FWD, or s MANUAL or TALK. REV button. If a station's frequency is weak or if there is static, decrease the treble. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

® . Surround (Centerpoint ) — 3. Adjust the setting by doing one Radio Messages Select this setting to enable of the following: Bose Centerpoint. Centerpoint Calibration Error: The audio signal processing produces a . Turn the f knob clockwise system has been calibrated for the surround sound listening or counterclockwise. vehicle from the factory. experience from a CD or XM If Calibration Error displays, it . stereo digital audio source. Press the ¨ SEEK, or © means that the radio has not been Centerpoint delivers five SEEK button. configured properly for the vehicle and it must be returned to your independent audio channels . \ s Press the FWD, or dealer for service. from conventional two channel REV button. stereo recordings. (Not available Locked or Loc: One of these for AM or FM.) To quickly adjust all speaker and messages will display when the tone controls to the middle position, ® Adjusting the Speakers TheftLock system has locked up press the f knob for more than the radio. Take the vehicle to your (Balance/Fade) two seconds. dealer for service. BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is If any error occurs repeatedly or if adjust the balance or fade: turned on, the radio disables FADE an error cannot be corrected, 1. Press the f knob until the and mutes the rear speakers. contact your dealer. speaker control tabs display. 2. Highlight the desired speaker control tab by doing one of the following:

. Pressing the f knob. . Press the softkey under the desired tab. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

Radio display and artist information stations. The radio only seeks and displays on the bottom line. When scans stations with a strong signal AM-FM Radio information is not available, “NO that are in the selected band. INFO” displays. s REV: Press to manually tune to Radio Data System (RDS) Finding a Station a radio station in descending order. For radios with the Radio Data BAND: Press to switch between \ FWD: Press to manually tune to System (RDS) feature, it only works AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. a radio station in ascending order. with FM stations that broadcast f FAV (Favorites): Press to select RDS information. This system relies (Tune): Turn to manually select different favorite pages for stored upon receiving specific information radio stations. radio stations. from these stations and only works © SEEK: Press to seek the when the information is available. previous radio station. Press and Storing Radio Stations While the radio is tuned to an hold for a few seconds until a beep FM-RDS station, the station name Drivers are encouraged to store sounds to scan for radio stations in radio station while the vehicle is or call letters displays. In rare descending order, press the © cases, a radio station could parked, see Defensive Driving on SEEK button again to stop scanning page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio broadcast incorrect information that radio stations. The radio only seeks causes the radio features to work stations using the presets, favorites and scans stations with a strong button, and steering wheel controls, improperly. If this happens, contact signal that are in the selected band. the radio station. if the vehicle has this feature. 4 ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next Up to 36 stations can be (Information) (RDS Features): radio station. Press and hold for a For vehicles with RDS features, programmed as favorites using the 4 few seconds until a beep sounds to sixbutton. Press the FAV button to press to display additional text scan for radio stations in ascending go through up to six pages of information related to the current order, press the ¨ SEEK button favorites, each having six favorite FM-RDS station. If information is again to stop scanning radio stations available per page. Each available, the song title information displays on the top line of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

page of favorites can contain any 3. Select the number of favorites For more information, contact combination of AM, FM, or XM, pages by pressing the softkey SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or if equipped, stations. located below the displayed call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and page numbers. www.xmradio.ca or call Storing a Radio Station as a 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). Favorite 4. Press the FAV button, or let the menu time out, to return to the 4 (Information) (SiriusXM Satellite To store a station as a favorite: original main radio screen Radio Service): For vehicles with 1. Tune to a radio station. showing the radio station SiriusXM, press 4 to display 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin the additional text information related to the page where the station will process of programming the current SiriusXM channel. be stored. favorites. If information is available, the song title information displays on the top 3. Press and hold one of the Satellite Radio line of the display and artist six softkeys until a beep sounds. ® information displays on the bottom 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to SiriusXM Satellite Radio line. When information is not store additional radio stations. Service available, “NO INFO” displays. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service The number of favorites pages can Finding a Channel be setup using the MENU button. To that is based in the 48 contiguous setup the number of favorites United States and 10 Canadian BAND: Press to switch between pages: provinces. SiriusXM Satellite Radio AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. has a wide variety of programming f 1. Press the MENU button. (Tune): Turn to manually select and commercial-free music, an SiriusXM channel. 2. Press the softkey located below coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality the FAV 1-6 tab. sound. A service fee is required to © SEEK: Press to go to the receive the SiriusXM service. If the previous SiriusXM channel. service needs to be reactivated, the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next radio will display “No Subscription SiriusXM channel. Please Renew on channel XM1.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

s REV: Press to go to the 2. Press either of the two softkeys 2. Press the softkey located below previous SiriusXM category. below the desired category tab the XM CAT tab. to immediately tune to the first f \ FWD: Press to go to the next SiriusXM station in that category. 3. Turn the knob to display the SiriusXM category. category to add or remove. To go to the previous or next FAV (Favorites): Press to select SiriusXM station in the selected 4. Press the softkey located under different favorites pages for stored category, do one of the the Add or Remove tab. radio stations. following: To restore all removed CAT (Category): The CAT button is categories, press the softkey . Turn the f knob. used to find SiriusXM channels under the Restore All tab. when the radio is in the XM mode. . Press the softkey below the 5. Repeat the steps to remove right or left arrows in the more categories. Finding a Category (CAT) category tab. Station Storing SiriusXM Channels . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. To find XM channels in a category: Drivers are encouraged to store 1. Press the CAT button to display 3. To exit the category search SiriusXM channels while the vehicle the category tabs. Continue mode, press the FAV button or is parked; see Defensive Driving on BAND button to display the pressing the CAT button until the page 9‑3. Tune to stored radio desired category name displays. favorites again. stations using the presets, favorites button, and steering wheel controls, . Radios with CD and DVD Adding and Removing Categories if the vehicle has this feature. can also navigate the Categories cannot be added or category list by pressing the removed while the vehicle is moving Up to 36 stations can be \ FWD or the s REV faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). programmed as favorites using the buttons. six softkeys below the radio station To add or remove a category: frequency tabs and by using the 1. Press the MENU button. FAV button. Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

favorites, each having six favorite 3. Select the number of favorites SiriusXM signal. When the vehicle is stations available per page. Each pages by pressing the softkey moved into an open area, the signal page of favorites can contain any located below the displayed should return. combination of AM, FM, page numbers. Loading XM: The audio system is or SiriusXM, if equipped, stations. 4. Press the FAV button, or let the acquiring and processing audio and Storing an SiriusXM Channel as a menu time out, to return to the text data. No action is needed. This Favorite original main radio screen message should disappear shortly. showing the radio station To store a station as a favorite: Channel Off Air: This channel is frequency tabs and to begin the not currently in service. Tune in to 1. Tune to an SiriusXM channel. process of programming another channel. favorites. 2. Press the FAV button to display Channel Unauth: This channel is the page where the station will SiriusXM Radio Messages blocked or cannot be received with be stored. XL (Explicit Language your SiriusXM subscription package. 3. Press and hold one of the six Channels): These channels, or any Channel Unavail: This previously softkeys until a beep sounds. others, can be blocked at a assigned channel is no longer 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to customer's request, by calling assigned. Tune to another station. store additional radio stations. 1-866-635-2349 (US) or If this station was one of the 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). The number of favorites pages can presets, choose another station for be set up using the MENU button. XM Updating: The encryption code that preset button. To set up the number of favorites in the receiver is being updated, and No Artist Info: No artist pages: no action is required. This process information is available at this time should take no longer than 1. Press the MENU button. on this channel. The system is 30 seconds. working properly. 2. Press the softkey located below No XM Signal: The system is the FAV 1-6 tab. functioning correctly, but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

No Title Info: No song title XM Theftlocked: The SiriusXM XM Not Available: If this message information is available at this time receiver in the vehicle could have does not clear within a short period on this channel. The system is previously been in another vehicle. of time, the receiver could have a working properly. For security purposes, SiriusXM fault. Consult with your dealer. No CAT Info: No category receivers cannot be swapped information is available at this time between vehicles. If this message is Radio Reception on this channel. The system is received after having the vehicle serviced, check with your dealer. Frequency interference and static working properly. can occur during normal radio No Information: No text or XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, reception if items such as cell phone informational messages are this message alternates with the chargers, vehicle convenience available at this time on this SiriusXM Radio eight-digit radio ID accessories, and external electronic channel. The system is working label. This label is needed to devices are plugged into the properly. activate the service. accessory power outlet. If there is interference or static, unplug the No Subscription Please Renew: Unknown: If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, item from the accessory power The SiriusXM subscription needs to outlet. be reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at there could be a receiver fault. www.siriusxm.com or call Consult with your dealer. AM 1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and Check Antenna: If this message The range for most AM stations is www.xmradio.ca or call does not clear within a short period greater than for FM, especially at 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). of time, the receiver or antenna night. The longer range can cause could have a fault. Consult with your CAT Not Found: There are no station frequencies to interfere with dealer. channels available for the selected each other. For better radio category. The system is working Check XM Receiver: If this reception, most AM radio stations properly. message does not clear within a boost the power levels during the short period of time, the receiver day, and then reduce these levels could have a fault. Consult with your during the night. Static can also dealer. occur when things like storms and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

power lines interfere with radio Cellular Phone Usage There is enough space between the reception. When this happens, try grid lines to attach a cellular Cellular phone usage may cause reducing the treble on the radio. telephone antenna without interference with the vehicle's radio. interfering with radio reception. FM Stereo This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls, Notice: Using a razor blade or FM signals only reach about charging the phone's battery, sharp object to clear the inside of 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although or simply having the phone on. This the rear side windows may affect the radio has a built-in electronic interference causes an increased radio reception or damage the circuit that automatically works to level of static while listening to the rear side window antenna. reduce interference, some static can radio. If static is received while Repairs would not be covered by occur, especially around tall listening to the radio, unplug the the warranty. Do not clear the buildings or hills, causing the sound cellular phone and turn it off. inside of the rear side windows to fade in and out. with sharp objects. ® SiriusXM Satellite Radio Rear Side Window Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Service Antenna glass tinting with metallic film. The metallic film in some tinting SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service The AM-FM antenna is located in gives digital radio reception from materials will interfere with or the passenger rear side windows. distort the incoming radio coast to coast in the 48 contiguous Make sure the inside surfaces of the United States, and in Canada. Just reception. Any damage caused to rear side windows are not scratched the antenna due to metallic tinting as with FM, tall buildings or hills can and that the lines on the glass are interfere with satellite radio signals, materials will not be covered by not damaged. If the inside surfaces the warranty. causing the sound to fade in and are damaged, they could interfere out. In addition, traveling or standing with radio reception. under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss If a cellular telephone antenna of the SiriusXM signal for a period needs to be attached to the glass, of time. make sure that the grid lines for the AM-FM antenna are not damaged. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Satellite Radio Antenna Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, The XM Satellite Radio antenna is and debris. located on the roof of the vehicle. CD Player Keep the antenna clear of If an error displays, see “CD Player obstructions for clear radio Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. reception. Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs It could get caught in the CD. If a If the vehicle has a sunroof, the If playing a CD-R, the sound quality performance of the XM system (if CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or equipped) may be affected if the CD-RW quality, the method of sunroof is open. needed, try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, and the The use of CD lens cleaners for way the CD-R or CD-RW has been CDs is not advised, due to the risk handled. Handle them carefully. of contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective CD player mechanism. cases and away from direct sunlight Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

If the surface of a CD is soiled, CD is controlled by the buttons on portable audio player is not clean it with a soft, lint free cloth or the radio faceplate or by the RSA connected, “No Input Device Found” dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) displays. neutral detergent solution mixed System on page 7‑46 for more 4 (Information): Press to display with water. Make sure the wiping information. additional text information related to process starts from the center to When a CD is inserted, the CD the current song. If information is the edge. symbol displays on the left side of available, the song title information Inserting a CD the radio display. As each new track displays on the top line of the starts to play, the track number display and artist information Insert a CD partway into the slot, displays. displays on the bottom line. When label side up. The player pulls it in information is not available, “NO and the CD should begin playing. The CD player can play the smaller 8 cm (3 inch) single CDs with an INFO” displays. Ejecting a CD adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on Z EJECT: Press and release to smaller CDs are loaded in the same the CD that is currently playing. eject the disc. Remove the CD manner. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of when Remove Disc displays. If the CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to the current track, if more than ten disc is not removed, after several cycle through CD or Auxiliary when seconds on the CD have played. seconds, the disc is automatically listening to the radio. The CD icon Press to go to the previous track if pulled back into the player. and a message showing the disc less than ten seconds on the CD and/or track number displays when have played. Playing a CD a CD is in the player. Press again If the ignition or radio is turned off, and the system automatically Press and hold, or press multiple with a CD in the player, it stays in searches for an auxiliary input times to continue moving backward the player. When the ignition or device, see, Auxiliary Devices on through the tracks on the CD. radio is turned on, the CD starts page 7‑31 for more information. If a ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next playing where it stopped, if it was track. the last selected audio source. The Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

Press and hold, or press multiple Format . Up to 255 files. times to continue moving forward Radios that have the capability of . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl through the tracks on the CD. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma extension. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press files that were recorded onto a . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda and hold to reverse playback quickly CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can file extension. within a track. be recorded with the following fixed Root Directory \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, and hold to advance playback 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, The root directory is treated as a quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, folder. Files are stored in the root 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or directory when the disc or storage RDM (Random): Press to listen to a variable bit rate. device does not contain folders. tracks in random, rather than Files accessed from the root sequential order. To use random: Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Discs directory of a CD display as 1. Press the softkey positioned F1 ROOT. under the RDM tab until Random The radio can play discs that Empty Folder Current Disc displays. contain both uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files. If both formats Folders that do not contain files are 2. Press the softkey again to turn are on the disc, the radio reads all skipped, and the player advances to off random play. MP3 files first, then the the next folder that contains files. uncompressed CD audio files. MP3 Supported Files Order of Play The Radio with CD (MP3) and the CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File and Folder Structure Compressed audio files are Radio with USB and CD (MP3), accessed in the following order: have the capability of playing an The radio supports: MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . Playlists (Px). . Up to 50 folders. . Files stored in the root directory. . Up to eight folders in depth. . Files stored in folders in the root . Up to 50 playlists. directory. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Tracks are played in the following Track names longer than 32 can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW order: characters or four pages are contains more than the maximum of shortened. The display does not 50 folders, 15 playlists, and . Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues show parts of words on the last 512 folders and files, the player sequentially through all tracks in page of text and the extension of allows access and navigates up to each playlist. When the last the filename is not displayed. the maximum, but all items over the maximum are not accessible. track of the last playlist has Preprogrammed Playlists played, play continues from the Playing an MP3 first track of the first playlist. CDs that have preprogrammed playlists that were created using 4 (Information): Press to display . Play begins from the first track in WinAmp™, MusicMatch™, or Real additional text information related to the first folder and continues Jukebox™ software can be the current song. If information is sequentially through all tracks in accessed, however, there is no available, the song title information each folder. When the last track playlist editing capability using the displays on the top line of the of the last folder has played, radio. These playlists are treated as display and artist information play continues from the first special folders containing displays on the bottom line. When track of the first folder. compressed audio song files. information is not available, “NO File System and Naming Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls INFO” displays. f The song name that displays is the file extension and are stored on a (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files song name that is contained in the USB device may be supported by on the CD currently playing. the radio with a USB port. ID3 tag. If the song name is not © SEEK: Press to go to the start of present in the ID3 tag, then the Playlists can be changed by using the track, if more than ten seconds radio displays the file name without the softkeys below the S c and have played. Press and hold or the extension (such as .mp3) as the c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK press multiple times to continue track name. button or the ¨ SEEK button. An moving backward through tracks. MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been recorded without using file folders Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM (Random): Press to listen to To listen to files by another artist, track. Press and hold or press tracks in random, rather than press the softkey located below multiple times to continue moving sequential order. To use random: either arrow tab. The disc goes to forward through tracks. 1. Press the softkey positioned the next or previous artist in alphabetical order. Continue s REV (Reverse): Press and hold under the RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. pressing either softkey below the to reverse playback quickly. Sound arrow tab until the desired artist is heard at a reduced volume and 2. Press the softkey again to turn displays. the elapsed time of the file displays. off random play. To change from playback by artist to Release s REV to resume playing. h (Music Navigator): Press the playback by album: \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press h softkey below the tab to have 1. Press the softkey located below and hold to advance playback the files played in order by artist or the Sort By tab. quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced album. The player scans the disc to volume and the elapsed time of the sort the files by artist and album ID3 2. Press one of the softkeys below file displays. Release \ FWD to tag information. It can take several the album tab from the sort resume playing. The elapsed time of minutes to scan the disc depending screen. the file displays. on the number of files on the disc. 3. Press the softkey below the The radio may begin playing while it S c (Previous Folder): Press back tab to return to the main is scanning in the background. music navigator screen. the softkey below the S c tab to go to the first track in the previous When the scan is finished, the disc The album name displays on the folder. begins playing files in order by second line between the arrows and c artist. The current artist playing is songs from the current album T (Next Folder): Press the shown on the second line of the begins to play. Once all songs from softkey below the c T tab to go to display. Once all songs by that artist that album have played, the player the first track in the next folder. are played, the player moves to the moves to the next album in next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing files by that artist. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

alphabetical order on the CD and . The label could be caught in the Notice: If a label is added to a begins playing MP3 files from that CD player. CD, more than one CD is inserted album. If the CD is not playing correctly, for into the slot at a time, or an To exit music navigator mode, press any other reason, try a known attempt is made to play scratched the softkey below the Back tab to good CD. or damaged CDs, the CD player return to normal MP3 playback. could be damaged. While using If any error occurs repeatedly or if the CD player, use only CDs in CD Player Messages an error cannot be corrected, good condition without any label, contact your dealer. If the radio load one CD at a time, and keep CHECK DISC: If this message displays an error message, write it the CD player and the loading slot displays and/or the CD ejects, it down and provide it to your dealer free of foreign materials, liquids, could be for one of the following when reporting the problem. and debris. reasons: If an error displays, see “CD . It is very hot. When the CD/DVD Player Messages” later in this section. temperature returns to normal, Care of the CD and DVD Player the CD should play. Care of CDs and DVDs Do not add any label to a disc. . The road is very rough. When If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the the road becomes smoother, the It could get caught in the CD or DVD player. If a disc is recorded on sound quality can be reduced due to CD should play. a personal computer and a CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, description label is needed, try of recording, the quality of the music or upside down. labeling the top of the recorded disc that has been recorded, and the with a marking pen. way the CD-R or CD-RW has been . The air is very humid. If so, wait handled. Handle them carefully. about an hour and try again. The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners is Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their . There could have been a not advised, due to the risk of original cases or other protective problem while burning the CD. contaminating the lens of the optics cases and away from direct sunlight with lubricants internal to the CD and dust. The CD or DVD player and DVD player mechanism. scans the bottom surface of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

disc. If the surface of a disc is Front seat passengers can listen to Inserting a Disc damaged, such as cracked, broken, the radio (AM, FM, or XM if Insert a disc partway into either slot, or scratched, the disc does not play equipped) by pressing the BAND label side up. The player pulls it in properly or not at all. Do not touch button or the DVD/CD AUX button to and the disc should begin playing. the bottom side of a disc while select CD slot, DVD slot, front (Loading a disc into the system, handling it; this could damage the auxiliary input, USB port, or rear depending on media type and surface. Pick up discs by grasping auxiliary input (if available). format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds the outer edges or the edge of the If a playback device is plugged into for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a hole and the outer edge. the radio’s front auxiliary input jack, DVD to begin playing.) If the surface of a disc is soiled, USB port, or the rear auxiliary jack, clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or the front seat passengers are able Ejecting a Disc dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, to listen to playback from this Z CD (Eject): Press and release neutral detergent solution mixed source through the vehicle to eject the disc that is currently with water. Make sure the wiping speakers. See “Using the Auxiliary playing. The CD ejects from the process starts from the center to Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on bottom slot. A beep sounds and the edge. page 7‑31, or “Audio/Video (A/V) Ejecting Disc displays. Once the Jacks” under Rear Seat Audio Output disc is ejected, Remove Disc Entertainment (RSE) System on displays. The disc can be removed. Only one audio source can be heard page 7‑36 for more information. If the disc is not removed, after through the speakers at one time. In some vehicles, depending on several seconds the disc An audio source is defined as DVD audio options, the rear speakers automatically pulls back into the slot, CD slot, XM, FM‐AM, front can be muted when the RSA power player. auxiliary jack, USB port, or rear is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio Z DVD (Eject): Press and auxiliary jack. (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for release to eject the disc that is Press the O button to turn the radio more information. currently playing in the top slot. on. The radio can be heard through A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc all of the vehicle speakers. displays. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

If loading and reading of a disc When a CD is inserted, the text tab If a front auxiliary device is cannot be completed, due to DVD or CD symbol displays on the connected, the DVD/CD AUX button unknown format, etc., and the disc left side of the radio display. As cycles through all available options, fails to eject, press and hold for each new track starts to play, the such as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front more than five seconds to force the track number displays. Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if disc to eject. The CD player can play the smaller available). See “Using the Auxiliary 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on Playing a CD (in Either the page 7‑31 or “Audio/Video (A/V) DVD or CD Slot) adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same Jacks” under Rear Seat If the ignition or radio is turned off manner. Entertainment (RSE) System on with a CD in the player, it stays in page 7‑36 for more information. DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to the player. When the ignition or If a disc is inserted into the top DVD radio is turned on, the CD starts cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn playing where it stopped, if it was on the video screen and use the the last selected audio source. The DVD/CD text tab and a message showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD CD is controlled by the buttons on (tracks only) through the remote the radio faceplate or by the RSA number will display when a disc is in either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX control. unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) 4 System on page 7‑46 for more button again and the system (Information): Press to display information. The DVD/CD decks automatically searches for an additional text information related to (the upper slot is the DVD deck and auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary the current song. If information is the lower slot is the CD deck) of the Devices on page 7‑31 for more available, the song title information radio are compatible with most information. If a portable audio displays on the top line of the audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, player is not connected, “No Aux display and artist information and MP3s. Input Device” displays. If a disc is in displays on the bottom line. When both the DVD slot and the CD slot, information is not available, “NO the DVD/CD AUX button cycles INFO” displays. between the two sources and does not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on RDM (Random): Press to listen to The CD player reads both the disc that is currently playing. tracks in random, rather than uncompressed audio and MP3/ sequential order. To use random: WMA files on a mixed mode disc. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of 1. Press the softkey under the Uncompressd audio is played the current track, if more than before MP3/WMA files. Press the five seconds on the CD have RDM tab until Random Current Disc displays. CAT (category) button to toggle played. between uncompressed audio and Press to go to the previous track if 2. Press the softkey again to turn MP3/WMA files. less than five seconds on the CD off random play. CD R or CD RW Supported File have played. ‐ ‐ MP3 and WMA Supported Files and Folder Structure Press and hold, or press multiple The DVD player supports: times, to continue moving backward Format through the tracks on the CD. The radio can play.mp3 or .wma . Up to 255 folders. SEEK: Press to go to the next files that were recorded onto a . Up to eight folders in depth. ¨ CD-R or CD-RW disc. track. . Up to 15 playlists. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode Press and hold, or press multiple . Up to 40 sessions. times, to continue moving forward Discs through the tracks on the CD. The radio plays discs that contain . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl extension. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press both uncompressed CD audio and and hold to reverse playback quickly MP3/WMA files depending on which . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda within a track. slot the disc is loaded into. file extension. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The DVD player only reads The CD player supports: uncompressed audio and ignores and hold to advance playback . Up to 512 files and folders. quickly within a track. MP3/WMA files on a mixed mode disc. . Up to 8 folders in depth. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

. Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl recorded without folders or playlists. track of the last playlist has extension. When displaying the name of the played, play continues from the . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda folder, the radio displays ROOT. first track of the first playlist. file extension. When the disc contains only . Play begins from the first track in Root Directory playlists and compressed audio the first folder and continues files, but no folders, all files are sequentially through all tracks in The root directory of the disc is located under the root folder. The each folder. When the last track treated as a folder. If the root folder down and the folder up of the last folder has played, directory has compressed audio buttons search playlists first and play continues from the first files, the directory displays as F1 then go to the root folder. When the track of the first folder. ROOT on the radio. radio displays the name of the When play enters a new folder, the If a disc contains both folder, the radio displays ROOT. display does not automatically show uncompressed CD audio and MP3/ Order of Play the new folder name unless the WMA files, a folder under the root folder mode has been chosen as directory called CD accesses all of Compressed audio files are the default display. The new track the CD audio tracks on the disc. accessed in the following order: name displays. . Playlists (Px). Empty Folder File System and Naming . Files stored in the root directory. Folders that do not contain files are The song name that displays is the skipped, and the player advances to . Files stored in folders in the root song name that is contained in the the next folder that contains files. directory. ID3 tag. If the song name is not No Folder Tracks are played in the following present in the ID3 tag, then the order: radio displays the file name without When the disc contains only the extension (such as .mp3) as the compressed files, the files are . Play begins from the first track in track name. located under the root folder. The the first playlist and continues next and previous folder function sequentially through all tracks in does not function on a disc that was each playlist. When the last Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Track names longer than f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA c T (Next Folder): Press the 32 characters or 4 pages are files. softkey below the c T tab to go to shortened. Parts of words on the the first track in the next folder. last page of text and the extension © SEEK: Press to go to the start of of the file name do not display. the track, if more than five seconds RDM (Random): Press to listen to have played. Press and hold or tracks in random, rather than Preprogrammed Playlists press multiple times, if less than sequential order. five seconds have played, to Preprogrammed playlists that were To use random: created using WinAmp™, continue moving backward through MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ tracks. 1. Press the softkey under the software can be accessed; however, ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM tab until Random Current they cannot be edited using the track. Disc displays radio. These playlists are treated as Press and hold, or press multiple 2. Press the same softkey again to special folders containing times, to continue moving forward turn off random play. compressed audio song files. through tracks. h (Music Navigator): Press the Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls s REV (Reverse): Press and hold softkey below the h tab to play file extension and are stored on a to reverse playback quickly. files in order by artist or album. USB device may be supported by the radio with a USB port. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The player scans the disc to sort the and hold to advance playback files by artist and album ID3 tag Playing an MP3 or WMA (in quickly. information. It can take several Either the DVD or CD Slot) S c (Previous Folder): Press minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of files on the disc. If a disc is inserted into the top DVD the softkey below the S c tab to slot, the rear seat operator can turn The radio may begin playing while it go to the first track in the previous on the video screen and use the is scanning in the background. folder. remote control to navigate the CD When the scan is finished, the disc (tracks only). begins playing files in order by artist. The current artist playing is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

shown on the second line of the that album have played, the player DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and DVD display. Once all songs by that artist moves to the next album in +R/RW media, along with MP3 and are played, the player moves to the alphabetical order on the CD and WMA formats. next artist in alphabetical order and begins playing MP3 files from that If an error message displays on the begins playing files by that artist. album. video screen or the radio, see “DVD To listen to files by another artist, To exit music navigator mode, press Display Error Messages” under press the softkey located below the softkey below the Back tab to Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) either arrow tab. The disc goes to return to normal MP3 playback. System on page 7‑36, and “CD/DVD the next or previous artist in Player Messages” later in this alphabetical order. Continue Using the DVD Player section for more information. pressing either softkey below the The DVD player can be controlled arrow tab until the artist displays. by the buttons on the remote Inserting a Disc To change from playback by artist to control, the RSA system, or by the Insert a disc partway into the top playback by album: buttons on the radio faceplate. See slot, label side up. The player pulls “Remote Control” under Rear Seat it in and the disc should begin 1. Press the softkey below the Sort Entertainment (RSE) System on playing. “Loading Disc” shows on By tab. page 7‑36 and Rear Seat Audio the radio display. At the same time, 2. Press one of the softkeys below (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for the radio displays a softkey menu of the Album tab from the sort more information. option(s). Some discs automatically screen. The DVD player is only compatible play the movie while others default with DVDs of the appropriate region to the softkey menu display, which 3. Press the softkey below the requires the Play, Enter, Back tab to return to the main code printed on the jacket of most DVDs. or Navigation softkeys to be music navigator screen. pressed, either by softkey or by the The album name displays on the The DVD slot of the radio is rear seat passenger using the second line between the arrows, compatible with most audio CDs remote control. and songs from the current album and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, begin to play. Once all songs from Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Loading a disc into the system, auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary O (Power): Press to turn the radio depending on media type and Devices on page 7‑31 for more on or off. Turn clockwise or format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds information. If a portable audio counterclockwise to increase or for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for player is not connected, “No Aux decrease the volume. Press and a DVD. Input Device” displays. If a disc is in hold for more than two seconds to both the DVD slot and the CD slot, Ejecting a Disc turn off the entire radio and Rear the DVD/CD AUX button cycles Seat Entertainment (RSE) system Z DVD (Eject): Press and between the two sources and does and to start the Parental Control release to eject the disc currently not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” feature. Parental Control prevents playing in the top slot. A beep If a front auxiliary device is the rear seat occupant from sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. connected, the DVD/CD AUX button operating the Rear Seat Audio cycles through all available options, If loading and reading of a disc (RSA) system or remote control. such as: DVD slot, CD slot, front cannot be completed, due to auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if A lock symbol displays next to the unknown format, etc., and the disc available). See Using the Auxiliary clock display. The Parental Control fails to eject, press and hold for “ Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on feature remains on until the knob is more than five seconds to force the ” page 7 31 or Audio/Video (A/V) pressed and held for more than disc to eject. ‑ “ Jacks” under Rear Seat two seconds again, or until the Playing a DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on driver turns the ignition off and exits page 7‑36 for more information. the vehicle. DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD a CD or DVD. when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn DVD/CD text tab and a message on the video screen and use the © SEEK: Press to return to the start showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD of the current track or chapter. number will display when a disc is in (tracks only) through the remote Press again to go to the previous either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX control. track or chapter. This button might button again and the system automatically searches for an Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

not work when the DVD is playing Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V If the DVD still does not play, refer the copyright information or the (Video) to the on-screen instructions, previews. Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio if available. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next display menu shows several tab c (Stop): Press to stop playing, track or chapter. This button might options for playback. Press the rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. not work when the DVD is playing softkey located under any tab option r (Enter): Press to select the the copyright information or the during DVD-V playback. choices that are highlighted in previews. r / j (Play/Pause): Press either any menu. s REV (Fast Reverse): Press to the Play or Pause tab displayed on y (Menu): Press to access the quickly reverse the CD or DVD at the radio, to toggle between pausing DVD menu. The DVD menu is five times the normal speed. To stop or restarting playback of a DVD. different on every DVD. Use the fast reversing, press again. This If the forward arrow is showing on softkeys located under the button might not work when the the display, the system is in pause navigation arrows to navigate the DVD is playing the copyright mode. If the Pause tab is showing cursor through the DVD menu. After information or the previews. on the display, the system is in making a selection press this \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press to playback mode. If the DVD screen button. This button only operates fast forward the CD or DVD at is off, press the play button to turn when using a DVD. the screen on. five times the normal speed. To stop Nav (Navigate): Press to display fast forwarding, press again. This Some DVDs begin playing after the directional arrows for navigating button might not work when the previews have finished, although through the menus. DVD is playing the copyright there could be a delay of up to information or the previews. 30 seconds. If the DVD does not q (Return): Press to exit the begin playing the movie current active menu and return to automatically, press the softkey the previous menu. This button located under the play/pause operates only when a DVD is symbol tag displayed on the radio. playing and a menu is active. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

The rear seat passenger can the display, the system is in pause It must be manually turned on by navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A mode. If the pause tab is showing the rear seat occupant through the menus and controls through the on the display, the system is in remote control power button. remote control. See “Remote playback mode. Control” under Rear Seat Stopping and Resuming q Group r : Press to cycle Playback Entertainment (RSE) System on through musical groupings on the page 7‑36 for more information. The DVD-A disc. To stop playing a DVD without video screen automatically turns on turning off the system, press the c when the DVD-V is inserted into the Nav (Navigate): Press to display button on the remote control, DVD slot, and does not directional arrows for navigating or press the softkey located under automatically power on when the through the menus. the c or the / j tabs displayed DVD-A is inserted into the DVD slot. e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle r on the radio. If the radio is sourced It must be manually turned on by through audio stream formats to something other than DVD-V, the rear seat occupant through the located on the DVD-A disc. The press the DVD/CD AUX button to remote control power button. video screen shows the audio make DVD-V the active source. Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A stream changing. To resume DVD playback, press the (Audio) The rear seat passenger can / j button on the remote control, navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A r Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio or press the softkey located under display menu shows several tab menus and controls through the the / j tab on the radio. The DVD options for playback. Press the remote control. See “Remote r should resume play from where it softkey located under any tab option Control” under Rear Seat during DVD-A playback. Entertainment (RSE) System on last stopped if the disc has not been page 7‑36 for more information. The ejected and the stop button has not r / j (Play/Pause): Press either video screen automatically turns on been pressed twice on the remote the play or pause icon displayed on when the DVD-V is inserted into the control. If the disc has been ejected the radio, to toggle between pausing DVD slot, and does not or the stop button has been pressed or restarting playback of a DVD. automatically power on when the If the forward arrow is showing on DVD-A is inserted into the DVD slot. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

twice on the remote control, the disc Player Error: This message displays an error message, write it resumes playing at the beginning of displays if there are disc load or down and provide it to your dealer the disc. disc eject problems. when reporting the problem. CD/DVD Player Messages . It is very hot. When the temperature returns to normal, Auxiliary Devices Disc Format Error: This message the disc should play. displays if the disc is inserted with Using the Auxiliary Input Jack . The road is very rough. When the disc label wrong side up, or if Radios with an auxiliary input jack the road becomes smoother, the the disc is damaged. located on the lower right side of the disc should play. Disc Region Error: This message faceplate can connect to an external ® displays if the disc is not from a . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, audio device such as an iPod , correct region. or upside down. MP3 player, CD player, for use as another source for audio listening. No Disc Inserted: This message . The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour and try again. This input jack is not an audio displays if no disc is present when output; do not plug headphones into the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is . There was a problem while the front auxiliary input jack. pressed on the radio. burning the disc. Drivers are encouraged to set up Optical Error: This message . The label is caught in the CD/ any auxiliary device while the displays if the disc was inserted DVD player. vehicle is in P (Park). See upside down. If the disc is not playing correctly, for Defensive Driving on page 9‑3 for Disk Read Error: This message any other reason, try a known more information on driver displays if a disc was inserted with good disc. distraction. an invalid or unknown format. If any error occurs repeatedly or if To use a portable audio player, an error cannot be corrected, connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to contact your dealer. If the radio the radio's front auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, press Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

the radio CD/AUX button to begin player. If a portable audio player is Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) playing audio from the device over not connected, “No Input Device System on page 7‑36 for more the vehicle speakers. Found” displays. information. For optimal sound quality, increase DVD/CD AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Using the USB Port the portable audio device's volume Press to cycle through DVD, CD, to the loudest level. or Auxiliary when listening to the Radios with a USB port can control radio. The DVD/CD text tab and a a USB storage device or an iPod It is always best to power the using the radio buttons and knobs. portable audio device through its message showing track or chapter own battery while playing. number displays when a disc is in USB Support either slot. Press again and the O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise system automatically searches for The USB connector is located on or counterclockwise to increase or an auxiliary input device, such as a the instrument panel or in the center decrease the volume of the portable portable audio player. If a portable console, and uses the USB 2.0 player. Additional volume audio player is not connected, “No standard. adjustments might have to be made Aux Input Device” displays. If a disc USB Supported Devices from the portable device if the is in both the DVD slot and the CD volume is not loud or soft enough. slot the DVD/CD AUX button cycles . USB Flash Drives BAND: Press to listen to the radio between the two sources and not . Portable USB Hard Drives indicate No Aux Input Device . If a when a portable audio device is “ ” . Fifth generation or later iPod playing. The portable audio device front auxiliary device is connected, continues playing. the DVD/CD AUX button cycles . iPod nanos through all available options, such . iPod touch CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to as: DVD slot, CD slot, Front play a CD when a portable audio Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary (if . iPod classic device is playing. Press again and available). See “Using the Auxiliary Not all iPods and USB Drives are the system begins playing audio Input Jack(s)” in this section, compatible with the USB port. from the connected portable audio or “Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks” under, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT16 The iPod charges while it is ® firmware from Apple for proper . FAT32 connected to the vehicle if the operation. iPod firmware can be vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY updated using the latest iTunes® Connecting a USB Storage or ON/RUN position. When the application. See www.apple.com/ Device or iPod vehicle is turned off, the iPod itunes. The USB Port can be used to automatically powers off and will not For help with identifying your iPod, control an iPod or a USB storage charge or draw power from the go to www.apple.com/support. device. vehicle's battery. Radios that have a USB port can To connect a USB storage device, If you have an older iPod model that play.mp3 and .wma files that are connect the device to the USB port is not supported, it can still be used stored on a USB storage device as located in the center console or on by connecting it to the Auxiliary well as AAC files that are stored on the instrument panel. Input Jack using a standard 3.5 mm an iPod. (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the To connect an iPod, connect one Auxiliary Input Jack” earlier for more USB Supported File and Folder end of the USB cable that came information. Structure with the iPod to the iPod’s dock connector and connect the other Using the Radio to Control a The radio supports: end to the USB port located in the USB Storage Device or iPod . Up to 700 folders. center console or on the instrument The radio can control a USB panel. If the vehicle is on and the . Up to 8 folders in depth. storage device or an iPod using the USB connection works, “OK to radio buttons and knobs and display . Up to 65,535 files. disconnect and a GM logo may ” song information on the radio’s . Folder and file names up to appear on the iPod and iPod display. 64 bytes. appears on the radio display. The f iPod music appears on the radio’s (Tune): Turn to select files. . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file display and begins playing. extension. . AAC files stored on an iPod. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

© SEEK: Press to go to the start of Using Softkeys to Control a c (Folder View): Press the the track, if more than ten seconds USB Storage Device or iPod softkey below c to view the have played. Press and hold or The five softkeys below the radio contents of the current folder on the press multiple times to continue display are used to control the USB drive. To browse and select moving backward through tracks. functions listed below. files: SEEK: Press to go to the next ¨ To use the softkeys: 1. Press the softkey below c. track. Press and hold or press multiple times to continue moving 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 2. Turn f to scroll through the list below the radio display to forward through tracks. of folders. display the functions listed s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below, or press the softkey 3. Press f to select the desired to reverse playback quickly. Sound below the function if it is is heard at a reduced volume. folder. If there is more then one currently displayed. folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until Release s REV to resume playing. 2. Press the softkey below the tab the desired folder is reached. The elapsed time of the file with the function on it to use that displays. 4. Turn f to scroll through the files function. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press in the selected folder. j (Pause): Press the softkey below and hold to advance playback j to pause the track. The tab 5. Press f to select the desired file quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced appears raised when pause is being to be played. volume. Release \ FWD to used. Press the softkey below j To skip through large lists, the five resume playing. The elapsed time of again to resume playback. softkeys can be used to navigate in the file displays. the following order: Back: Press the softkey below the 4 (Information): Press to display back tab to go back to the main . First softkey, first item in the list. additional information about the display screen on an iPod, or the selected track. . Second softkey, 1% through the root directory on a USB storage list each time the softkey is device. pressed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

. Third softkey, 5% through the list 3. Press f to select the Repeat Functionality each time the softkey is pressed. desired menu. To use Repeat: . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each time the softkey is 4. Turn f to scroll through the Press the softkey below " or ' pressed. folders or files in the to select between Repeat All and selected menu. Repeat Track. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. f (Repeat All): Press the softkey h (Music Navigator): Press the 5. Press to select the desired file " to be played. below to repeat all tracks. The softkey below h to view and " tab appears lowered when Repeat select a file on an iPod, using the To skip through large lists, the five All is being used. This is the default iPod's menu system. Files are softkeys can be used to navigate in mode when a USB storage device sorted by: the following order: or iPod is first connected. . Playlists . First softkey, first item in the list. ' (Repeat Track): Press the . . Second softkey, 1% through the Artists softkey below to repeat one list each time the softkey is ' . Albums pressed. track. The tab appears raised when Repeat Track is being used. . Genres . Third softkey, 5% through the list . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. Shuffle Functionality . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the To use Shuffle: To select files: list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, pressed. C h or = to select between 1. Press the softkey below . . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ 2. Turn f to scroll through the list Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. of menus. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

> (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat In severe or extreme weather softkey below to turn shuffle conditions, the RSE system might 2 Infotainment not work until the temperature is off. This is the default mode when a within the operating range. The USB storage device or iPod is first operating range for the RSE system connected. Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System is above −20°C (−4°F) or below 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have an the vehicle is outside this range, = or C to shuffle all songs on Overhead DVD Rear Seat heat or cool the vehicle until the the USB storage device or iPod. Entertainment (RSE) system. The temperature is within the operating C (Shuffle Album): Press the RSE system works with the range of the RSE system. vehicle's audio system. The DVD softkey below > to shuffle all player is part of the front radio. The Parental Control songs in the current album on RSE system includes a radio with a The RSE system may have a an iPod. DVD player, a video display screen, Parental Control feature, depending = (Shuffle Folder): Press the and if the vehicle has a third row on which radio the vehicle has. To softkey below > to shuffle all seat, it could have a second video start Parental Control, press and songs in the current folder on a USB display screen, audio/video jacks, hold the radio power button for more storage device. two headphones, and a than two seconds to stop all system remote control. See CD/DVD Player features such as: radio, video on page 7‑21 for more information screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), on the vehicle's DVD system. DVD, and/or CD. While Parental Control is on, a padlock icon Before Driving displays. The RSE is designed for rear seat The radio can be turned back on passengers only. The driver cannot with a single press of the power safely view the video screen while button, but the RSE system will driving and should not try to do so. remain under Parental Control. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

To turn Parental Control off, press A. Battery cover on. If the light comes on, but there and hold the radio power button for B. Channel 1 or 2 switch is intermittent sound and/or static on more than two seconds. The RSE the headphones, or if the indicator returns from where it was previously C. Power button light does not come on, the batteries left and the padlock icon disappears D. Volume control might need to be replaced. See from the radio display. “Battery Replacement” later in this E. Power indicator light Parental Control can also be turned section for more information. Switch off by inserting or ejecting any disc, The RSE includes two 2-channel the headphones to Off when not pressing the play icon on the radio wireless headphones that are in use. DVD display menu, or changing an dedicated to this system. Channel 1 Infrared transmitters are located at ignition position. is dedicated to the video screen, the rear of the overhead console. while Channel 2 is dedicated to The headphones shut off Headphones Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. automatically to save the battery These headphones can be used to power if the RSE system and RSA listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, are shut off, or if the headphones MP3s, DVD-As, or any auxiliary are out of range of the transmitters source connected to A/V jacks or for more than three minutes. If you the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle move too far forward or step out of has this feature. The wireless the vehicle, the headphones lose headphones have a power button, the audio signal. channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume control. To adjust the volume on the headphones, use the volume control If the vehicle has a third row video located on the right side. screen display, it has two additional headphones. For optimal audio performance, the headphones must be worn correctly. Push the power button to turn on Headphones should be worn with the headphones. An indicator light the headband over the top of the located on the headphones comes Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

head for best audio reception. The Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks symbol L (Left) appears on the To change the batteries on the outside bottom edge of the ear cup headphones: and should be positioned on the left ear. The symbol R (Right) appears 1. Turn the screw to loosen the on the outside bottom edge of the battery door located on the left ear cup and should be positioned on side of the headphones. Slide the right ear. the battery door open. Notice: Do not store the 2. Replace the two batteries in the headphones in heat or direct compartment. Make sure that sunlight. This could damage the they are installed correctly, using headphones and repairs will not the diagram on the inside of the be covered by the warranty. battery compartment. Storage in extreme cold can 3. Replace the battery door and weaken the batteries. Keep the tighten the door screw. headphones stored in a cool, dry Yellow: Video Input place. If the headphones are to be stored for a long period of time, remove the White: Left Audio Input If the foam ear pads attached to the batteries and keep them in a cool, Red: Right Audio Input headphones become worn or dry place. damaged, the pads can be replaced The A/V jacks are color coded to separately from the headphone set. match typical home entertainment To purchase replacement ear pads, system equipment. call 1-888-293-3332, then prompt The A/V jacks, located on the rear zero (0), or contact your dealer. of the floor console, allow audio or video signals to be connected from an auxiliary device such as a camcorder or a video game unit to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

the RSE system. Adapter the wired headphones. See “Using Audio Output connectors or cables (not included) the Auxiliary Input Jack under ” Audio from the DVD player or may be required to connect the Auxiliary Devices on page 7 31 for ‑ auxiliary inputs can be heard auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. more information about changing through the following possible Refer to the manufacturer s the source. ’ sources: instructions for proper usage. How to Change the RSE Video . Wireless headphones Power for auxiliary devices is not Screen Settings supplied by the radio system. . Vehicle speakers The screen display mode (normal, To use the auxiliary inputs of the full, and zoom), screen brightness, . Vehicle-wired headphone jacks RSE system, connect an external and setup menu language can be on the RSA system, if the auxiliary device to the color-coded changed from the on screen setup vehicle has this feature. A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary menu. To change any feature: The RSE system always transmits device and the video screen power 1. Press the z (display menu) the audio signal to the wireless on. If the video screen is in the DVD headphones, if there is audio player mode, pressing the AUX button on the remote control. available. See “Headphones” earlier (auxiliary) button on the remote 2. Use the remote control n, q, in this section for more information. control switches the video screen p o from the DVD player mode to the , (navigation) arrows and The DVD player is capable of auxiliary device. The audio of the the r (enter) button to use the outputting audio to the wired connected source can be listened to setup menu. headphone jacks on the RSA over the speakers by sourcing the system, if the vehicle has this 3. Press the z button again to radio to the auxiliary device or by feature. The DVD player can be sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux remove the setup menu from the selected as an audio source on the and listening with the wireless screen. RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio headphones on Channel 2 or with (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

When a device is connected to the If a DVD is playing and the screen Remote Control A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary is raised to its locked position, the input jack if the vehicle has this screen remains on. This is normal, feature, the rear seat passengers and the DVD continues to play are able to hear audio from the through the previous audio source. auxiliary device through the wireless Use the remote control power button or wired headphones. The front seat or eject the disc to turn off the passengers are able to listen to screen. playback from this device through The overhead console contains the the vehicle speakers by selecting infrared transmitters for the wireless AUX as the source on the radio. headphones and the infrared Video Screen(s) receivers for the remote control. They are located at the rear of the The video screen(s) are located in console. the overhead console. Notice: Avoid directly touching To use the remote control, aim it at To use the video screen(s): the video screen, as damage may the transmitter window at the rear of 1. Push the release button located occur. See “Cleaning the Video the RSE overhead console and on the overhead console. Screens” later in this section for press the desired button. Direct more information. sunlight or very bright light could 2. Move the screen to the desired affect the ability of the RSE position. transmitter to receive signals from When the video screen is not in the remote control. If the remote use, push it up into its locked control does not seem to be position. working, the batteries might need to be replaced. See “Battery Replacement” later in this section. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

Objects blocking the line of sight Remote Control Buttons r (Enter): Press this button to could also affect the function of the O (Power): Press this button to select the choice that is highlighted remote control. turn the video screen on and off. in any menu. If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD P (Illumination): Press this button z (Display Menu): Press this slot, the remote control O (power) to turn the remote control backlight button to adjust the brightness, button can be used to turn on the on. The backlight automatically screen display mode (normal, full, video screen display and start the times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no or zoom), and display the disc. The radio can also turn on the other button is pressed while the language menu. video screen display. See CD/DVD backlight is on. q (Return): Press this button to Player on page 7‑21 for more v exit the current active menu and information. (Title): Press this button to return the DVD to the main menu of return to the previous menu. This Notice: Storing the remote the DVD. This function could vary button operates only when the control in a hot area or in direct for each disc. display menu or a DVD menu is sunlight can damage it, and the active. y (Main Menu): Press this button repairs will not be covered by the to access the DVD menu. The DVD c (Stop): Press this button to stop warranty. Storage in extreme cold menu is different on every DVD. playing, fast reversing, or fast can weaken the batteries. Keep Use the navigation arrows to move forwarding a DVD. Press this button the remote control stored in a twice to return to the beginning of cool, dry place. the cursor around the DVD menu. After making a selection press the the DVD. If the remote control becomes lost enter button. This button only s (Play/Pause): Press this or damaged, a new universal operates when using a DVD. button to start playing a DVD. Press remote control can be purchased. n q p o this button while a DVD is playing to If this happens, make sure the , , , (Menu Navigation Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to pause it. Press it again to continue universal remote control uses a ® navigate through a menu. playing the DVD. code set of Toshiba . Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

While the DVD is playing, the DVD u (Next Track/Chapter): Press To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio can be played slowly by pressing this button to go to the beginning of or CD, release the fast forward the play/pause button then pressing the next chapter or track. This button. This button might not work the fast forward button. The DVD button might not work while the while the DVD is playing the continues playing in a slow play DVD is playing the copyright copyright information or the mode. Also, reverse can be played information or the previews. previews. slowly by pressing the play/pause e (Audio): Press this button to button and then pressing the fast r (Fast Reverse): Press this button to quickly reverse the DVD or change audio tracks on DVDs that reverse button. To cancel slow play have this feature when the DVD is mode, press the play/pause button. CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD video, press the play/pause button. playing. The format and content of t (Previous Track/Chapter): To stop fast reversing a DVD audio this function vary for each disc. Press this button to return to the or CD, release the fast reverse { (Subtitles): Press this button to start of the current track or chapter. button. This button might not work turn on or off subtitles and to move Press this button again to go to the when the DVD is playing the through subtitle options when a previous track or chapter. This copyright information or the DVD is playing. The format and button might not work when the previews. content of this function vary for DVD is playing the copyright each disc. information or the previews. [ (Fast Forward): Press this button to fast forward the DVD or AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD to switch the system between the video, press the play/pause button. DVD player and an auxiliary source. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

If the vehicle has a third row video 2 (Camera): Press this button to Battery Replacement screen, the AUX button controls the change camera angles on DVDs To change the remote control source display on the second row that have this feature while a DVD is batteries: video screen, and the third row playing. The format and content of video screen as described in the this function vary for each disc. 1. Slide the rear cover back on the table below: remote control. 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): Aux Second Third Row The numeric keypad provides the 2. Replace the two batteries in the Button Row Screen capability of direct chapter or track compartment. Make sure they Press Screen number selection. are installed correctly using the diagram on the inside of the Default DVD DVD \ (Clear): Press this button within remote control. State (No Media Media three seconds after entering a Press) numeric selection, to clear all 3. Replace the battery cover. First Aux Video Aux Video numerical inputs. If the remote control is to be stored Press Source Source } 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press for a long period of time, remove the this button to select chapter or track batteries and keep them in a cool, Second DVD Aux Video dry place. Press Media Source numbers greater than nine. Press this button before entering the Third Aux Video DVD number. Press Source Media Fourth Return to Return to Press Default Default State State Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides, or the pressing the display menu button on the remote control. picture looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, and pushing Play, sometimes If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player the DVD starts where it left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running, but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers, or use a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones are lost. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Region Error: This message It might be necessary to turn off the displays if the disc is not from a DVD player when operating one of The DVD display error message correct region. these devices in or near the vehicle. depends on the radio that is in the vehicle. The video screen can No Disc Inserted: This message *Excludes the OnStar® System. display one of the following: displays if no disc is present when Z or DVD AUX is pressed on the Cleaning the RSE Overhead Disc Load/Eject Error: This radio. Console message displays when there are disc load or eject problems. DVD Distortion When cleaning the RSE overhead console surface, use only a clean Disc Format Error: This message Video distortion can occur when cloth dampened with clean water. displays if the disc is inserted with operating cellular phones, scanners, the disc label wrong side up, or if CB radios, Global Position Systems the disc is damaged. (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile machines, or walkie talkies. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

Cleaning the Video Screen The radio functionality is controlled by both the RSA and the front radio. When cleaning the video screen, Only one band can be tuned to at use only a clean cloth dampened one time. Changing the band on the with clean water. Use care when RSA or the front radio will change directly touching or cleaning the the band on the other system, screen, as damage could result. if they are both sourced to the radio. Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions operate even when the main radio is off. The front System audio system will display the P (Power): Press the P button to headphone icon when the RSA is Vehicles with this feature allow the turn the RSA on or off. rear seat passengers to listen to on, and will disappear from the and control any of the music display when it is off. Volume: To increase or decrease headphone volume, turn the knobs sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired located next to the SRCE or PROG auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged buttons. The left knob controls the seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the left headphones and the right knob the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can controls the right headphones. passengers are not listening to also be heard on Channel 2 of the (except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. SRCE (Source): Press this button control is allowed). For example, to switch between the radio (AM/ The audio system mutes the rear rear seat passengers can control FM), XM (if equipped), CD, and if speakers when the RSA audio is ™ and listen to a CD through the the vehicle has these features, active through the headphones. headphones, while the driver listens DVD, front auxiliary, and rear to the radio through the front auxiliary. speakers. The rear seat passengers have control of the volume for each set of headphones. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

© ¨ (Seek): When listening to FM, inactive, with some radios, if the When a disc is playing in the CD or AM, or XM™ (if equipped), press front seat passengers are listening DVD changer, press this button to the left or right seek arrow to go to the disc. select the next disc, if multiple discs © ¨ are loaded. This function is inactive, to the previous or to the next station When a DVD video menu is being with some radios, if the front seat or channel and stay there. This displayed, press the left © or right ¨ passengers are listening to the disc. function is inactive, with some seek arrow to perform a cursor up radios, if the front seat passengers or down on the menu. Hold the left When a DVD video menu is being are listening to the radio. © or right ¨ arrow to perform a displayed, press the PROG button to perform the menu function, enter. Press and hold the left © or right ¨ cursor left or right on the menu. seek arrow until the display flashes, PROG (Program): Press this to tune to an individual station. The button to go to the next preset radio display stops flashing after the station or channel set on the main buttons have not been pushed for radio. This function is inactive, with more than two seconds. This some radios, if the front seat function is inactive, with some passengers are listening to the radios, if the front seat passengers radio. are listening to the radio. When a CD or DVD audio disc is While listening to a disc, press the playing, press this button to go to left © seek arrow to go back to the the beginning of the CD or DVD start of the current track or chapter audio. This function is inactive, with (if more than ten seconds have some radios, if the front seat passengers are listening to the disc. played). Press the right ¨ seek arrow to go to the next track or chapter on the disc. This function is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands-Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones work with the a hands-free mode. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ www.gm.com/bluetooth for more address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section for information on compatible phones. the vehicle. more information. Voice Recognition To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING before driving, and with the vehicle The Bluetooth system uses voice parked: recognition to interpret voice When using a cell phone, it can commands to dial phone numbers . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long or and name tags. features of the cell phone. too often at the screen of the Organize the phone book and phone or the infotainment For additional information, say contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking your “Help” while you are in a voice duplicate or rarely used entries. eyes off the road too long or too recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial often could cause a crash Noise: Keep interior noise levels to or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Focus a minimum. The system may not . Review the controls and your attention on driving. recognize voice commands if there operation of the infotainment is too much background noise. system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

. The pairing process is disabled When to Speak: A short tone / (Push to Talk): Press to b g when the vehicle is moving. sounds after the system responds answer incoming calls, confirm indicating when it is waiting for a system information, and start . Pairing only needs to be voice command. Wait until the tone speech recognition. completed once, unless the and then speak. pairing information on the cell / (End): Press to end a call, c x phone changes or the cell phone How to Speak: Speak clearly in a reject a call, or cancel an operation. calm and natural voice. is deleted from the system. Pairing . Audio System Only one paired cell phone can A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time. system, sound comes through the system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are vehicle's front audio system vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the speakers and overrides the audio the cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first system. Use the audio system guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the volume knob, during a call, to pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired change the volume level. The phone is not connected, calls will be to the system. To connect to a adjusted volume level remains in made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see memory for later calls. To prevent Calling, if equipped. See OnStar Connecting to a Different missed calls, a minimum volume “ Overview on page 14‑1. Phone later in this section. level is used if the volume is turned ” down too low. Pairing Information Pairing a Phone . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Bluetooth Controls 1. Press and hold / for capability cannot be paired to b g Use the buttons on the steering the vehicle as a phone and an two seconds. wheel to operate the in-vehicle MP3 player at the same time. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command Bluetooth system. See Steering . Up to five cell phones can be can be skipped. Wheel Controls on page 5 2. ‑ paired to the Bluetooth system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone with instructions and a four-digit Phones To connect to a different cell phone, Personal Identification Number The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the 4. Start the pairing process on the also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell cell phone that you want to pair. system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on For help with this process, see after that phone name. which cell phone you want to the cell phone manufacturer's connect to, you may have to use user guide. 1. Press and hold b / g for this command several times. two seconds. 5. Locate the device named “Your 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Vehicle” in the list on the cell two seconds. phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” on the cell phone to enter the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Deleting a Paired Phone PIN provided in Step 3. After the 3. Say “Change phone.” PIN is successfully entered, the If the phone name you want to . system prompts you to provide a If another cell phone is delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be name for the paired cell phone. Paired and Connected Phones.” This name will be used to “ is now indicate which phones are 1. Press and hold b / g for connected.” paired and connected to the two seconds. . If another cell phone is not vehicle. The system responds 2. Say “Bluetooth.” found, the original phone with “ has been remains connected. successfully paired” after the 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks pairing process is complete. which phone to delete. 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair 4. Say the name of the phone you additional phones. want to delete. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command repeats back the digit it heard Numbers followed by a tone. After the last 1. Press and hold b / g for digit has been entered, say The system can store up to 30 two seconds. “Store,” and then follow the phone numbers as name tags in the 2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system to Hands-Free Directory that is shared save a name tag for this number. between the Bluetooth and OnStar 3. Say the phone number or group systems, if equipped. of numbers you want to store all Using the “Delete” Command at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used follow the directions given by the 1. Press and hold b / g for to delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for two seconds. Store: This command will store a this number. 2. Say “Delete.” phone number, or a group of numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command 3. Say the name tag you want to delete. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say Using the “Delete All Name Tags” name tag by entering the digits one “Clear” at any time to clear the last Command number. at a time. This command deletes all stored Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers name tags in the Hands-Free delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say Calling Directory and the OnStar “Verify” at any time. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, Delete All Name Tags: This if equipped. command deletes all stored name 1. Press and hold b / g for tags in the Hands-Free Calling two seconds. To delete all name tags: Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” 1. Press and hold / for Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, b g two seconds. if equipped. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, that you want to store. After 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” each digit is entered, the system Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

Listing Stored Numbers Using the “Dial” or “Call” After each digit is entered, the Command system repeats back the digit it The list command will list all stored heard followed by a tone. numbers and name tags. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. If an unwanted number is Using the “List” Command recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 1. Press and hold b / g for “Clear” at any time to clear the last two seconds. 3. Say the entire number without number. pausing, or say the name tag. To hear all of the numbers 2. Say “Directory.” Once connected, the person called recognized by the system, say 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” will be heard through the audio “Verify” at any time. speakers. 4. Say “List.” 1. Press and hold b / g for Making a Call Calling 911 Emergency two seconds. Calls can be made using the 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Digit Dial.” following commands. two seconds. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Dial or Call: The dial or call 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each command can be used digit is entered, the system 3. Say 911. interchangeably to dial a phone “ ” repeats back the digit it heard number or a stored name tag. 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, Digit Dial: This command allows a Once connected, the person called say “Dial.” phone number to be dialed by will be heard through the audio entering the digits one at a time. speakers. Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio Re-dial: This command is used to Using the “Digit Dial” Command speakers. dial the last number used on the cell The digit dial command allows a phone. phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Using the “Re-dial” Command . Press b / g again to return to Muting a Call the original call. 1. Press and hold b / g for During a call, all sounds from inside two seconds. . To ignore the incoming call, no the vehicle can be muted so that the action is required. person on the other end of the call 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” cannot hear them. . Once connected, the person called Press c / x to disconnect the . will be heard through the audio current call and switch to the call To mute a call, press b / g , and speakers. on hold. then say “Mute call.” Receiving a Call Three-Way Calling . To cancel mute, press b / g , and then say “Un-mute call.” When an incoming call is received, Three-way calling must be the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and Transferring a Call tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service carrier. Audio can be transferred between . Press b / g to answer the call. the Bluetooth system and the cell 1. While on a call, press b / g. phone. . Press / to ignore a call. c x 2. Say “Three-way call.” The cell phone must be paired and Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party to be called. transferred. The connection process the cell phone and enabled by the can take up to two minutes after the wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, ignition is turned to ON/RUN. . Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers incoming call when another call together. is active. The original call is Ending a Call placed on hold. Press c / x to end a call. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Transferring Audio from the To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone phone: During a Call During a call with the audio in the 1. Press and hold b / g for 1. Press b / g. The system vehicle: two seconds. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 1. Press b / g. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command can be skipped. 2. Say Dial. 2. Say “Transfer Call.” “ ” 3. Say Voice. The system 3. Say the number or name tag Transferring Audio to the “ ” responds OK, accessing to send. Bluetooth System from a Cell “ . Phone ” Clearing the System The cell phone's normal prompt During a call with the audio on the messages will go through their cycle Unless information is deleted out of cell phone, press b / g. The audio according to the phone's operating the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it transfers to the vehicle. If the audio instructions. will be retained indefinitely. This does not transfer to the vehicle, use includes all saved name tags in the the audio transfer feature on the cell Dual Tone Multi-Frequency phone book and phone pairing phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones information. For information on how to delete this information, see the manufacturer's user guide for more The Bluetooth system can send previous section Deleting a Paired information. numbers and the numbers stored as “ Phone and the previous sections name tags during a call. You can ” Voice Pass-Thru on deleting name tags. use this feature when calling a Voice pass-thru allows access to the menu-driven phone system. voice recognition commands on the Account numbers can also be cell phone. See your cell phone stored for use. manufacturer's user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

Other Information Trademarks and The Bluetooth® word mark and License Agreements logos are owned by the Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Manufactured under license from See Radio Frequency Statement on Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the page 13‑20 for information double-D symbol are trademarks of regarding Part 15 of the Federal Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license under Communications Commission (FCC) U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; rules and Industry Canada 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks and DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS Inc. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-3 Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate Control Only) ...... 8-9 Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio) . . . . . 8-10 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-12

A. Fan Control G. Rear Window Defogger B. REAR (Rear Climate Control) Temperature Control: Move the C. Recirculation thumbwheels up or down to increase or decrease the D. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature on the driver side or E. Air Conditioning the passenger side of the vehicle for the dual zone system. F. Driver and Passenger Temperature Controls Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

9 (Fan Control): Turn the left outlets. In this mode, the system automatically in this setting, unless knob clockwise or counterclockwise automatically selects outside air. the outside temperature is close to to increase or decrease the fan Recirculation cannot be selected freezing. speed. Turn the knob all the way when in Floor Mode. Do not drive the vehicle until all the counterclockwise to turn the front - (Defog): The defog mode is windows are clear. system off. used to clear the windows of fog or # (Air Conditioning): Press this Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn moisture. Air is directed to the button to turn the air conditioning clockwise or counterclockwise to windshield, floor outlets, and side system on or off. An indicator light change the airflow direction inside window vents. In this mode, the comes on to show that the air the vehicle. By positioning the knob system turns off recirculation and conditioning is on. The air between two modes, a combination runs the air conditioning compressor conditioning can be selected in any of those modes is selected. unless the outside temperature is mode as long as the fan switch close to freezing. The recirculation is on. Select from the following modes: mode cannot be selected while in H (Vent): Air is directed to the the defog mode. On hot days, open the windows to instrument panel outlets. let hot inside air escape; then close 0 (Defrost): The defrost mode is them. This helps to reduce the time ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided used to remove fog or frost from the it takes for the vehicle to cool down. between the instrument panel and windshield more quickly. Air is It also helps the system to operate floor outlets. Some air is directed directed to the windshield and side more efficiently. towards the windshield and side window vents, with some directed to window outlets. Cooler air is the floor vents. In this mode, the The air conditioning system directed to the upper outlets and system automatically forces outside removes moisture from the air, so a warmer air to the floor outlets. air into the vehicle. The recirculation small amount of water might drip mode cannot be selected while in under the vehicle while idling or (Floor): Air is directed to the 6 the defrost mode. The air after turning off the engine. This is floor outlets, with some of the air conditioning compressor runs normal. directed to the windshield, side window, and second row floor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

h (Recirculation): Press this REAR: Press to turn the rear Notice: Do not use anything button to turn the recirculation mode heating and air conditioning on. See sharp on the inside of the rear on or off. An indicator light comes Rear Climate Control System (Rear window. If you do, you could cut on to show that recirculation is on. Climate Control Only) on page 8‑9 or damage the warming grid, and or Rear Climate Control System the repairs would not be covered This mode recirculates and helps to (with Rear Seat Audio) on by the vehicle warranty. Do not quickly cool the air inside the page 8‑10 for more information. attach a temporary vehicle vehicle. It can be used to help license, tape, a decal, or anything prevent outside air and odors from Rear Window Defogger similar to the defogger grid. entering the vehicle. The rear window defogger uses a The recirculation mode cannot be warming grid to remove fog from the Dual Automatic Climate used with floor, defrost, or defogging rear window. Control System modes. If recirculation is selected 1 (Rear Window Defogger): The heating, cooling, and ventilation while in one of those modes, the Press this button to turn the rear indicator flashes three times and in the vehicle can be controlled with window defogger on or off. The this system. The vehicle also has a turns off. The air conditioning system automatically turns off compressor will also come on when flow-through ventilation system several minutes after it has been described later in this section. this mode is activated. While in activated. The defogger can also be recirculation mode the windows may turned off by turning off the engine. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the fog when the weather is cold and Do not drive the vehicle until all the hybrid supplement for more damp. To clear the fog, select either windows are clear. information. the defog or defrost mode and increase the fan speed. The For vehicles with heated outside recirculation mode can also be rearview mirrors, the mirrors will turned off by turning off the engine. heat to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

with the system off, the display illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The system can be turned back on by pressing either O, D, C, # , the defrost or the AUTO button. Driver and Passenger Side Temperature Control The driver and passenger side temperature buttons are used to adjust the temperature of the air coming through the system on the A. Fan Control L. PASS driver or passenger side of the vehicle. The temperature can be B. AUTO (Automatic Operation) M. Passenger Temperature Control adjusted even if the system is C. Defrost O (On/Off): Press to turn the turned off. This is possible since outside air always flows through the D. Recirculation climate control system on or off. Outside air still enters the vehicle, system as the vehicle is moving E. REAR (Rear Climate Control) and is directed to the floor. This forward unless it is set to F. Air Delivery Mode Control direction can be changed by recirculation mode. See pressing the mode button. “Recirculation” later in this section. G. Driver Temperature Control Recirculation can be selected once Press the + or − buttons to increase H. Display you have selected vent or bi-level or decrease the cabin temperature. mode. The temperature can also be I. Power Button The driver side or passenger side adjusted using either temperature temperature display shows the J. Rear Window Defogger button. If the air delivery mode or temperature setting decreasing or K. Air Conditioning temperature settings are adjusted increasing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

The passenger temperature setting When AUTO is selected, the air maximum cooling setting. If a can be set to match the driver conditioning operation and air temperature setting of 32°C temperature setting by pressing the inlet will be automatically (90°F) is chosen, the system PASS button and turning off the controlled. The air conditioning remains at the maximum heat PASS indicator. compressor will run when the setting. Choosing either When in defrost mode the outside temperature is over maximum setting will not cause passenger temperature setting about 4°C (40°F). The air inlet the vehicle to heat or cool any cannot be changed. will normally be set to outside faster. air. If it is hot outside, the air Do not cover the solar sensor Automatic Operation inlet may automatically switch to located on the top of the instrument recirculate inside air to help AUTO (Automatic): When panel near the windshield. This quickly cool down the vehicle. automatic operation is active the sensor regulates air temperature The light on the button comes on system will control the inside based on sun load and also turns in recirculation. temperature, the air delivery, and on the headlamps. For more the fan speed. 2. Set the driver and passenger information on the solar sensor, see temperature. Sensors later in this section. Use the steps below to place the “ ” entire system in automatic mode: To find your comfort setting, start To avoid blowing cold air in cold with a 23°C (74°F) temperature weather, the system will delay 1. Press the AUTO button. setting and allow about turning on the fan until warm air is When AUTO is selected, the 20 minutes for the system to available. The length of delay display will change to show the regulate. Use the driver or depends on the engine coolant current temperature(s) and passenger temperature buttons temperature. Pressing the fan AUTO will be lit on the display. to adjust the temperature setting switch will override this delay and The current delivery mode and as necessary. If a temperature change the fan to a selected speed. fan speed will also be displayed setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, for approximately 5 seconds. the system remains at the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Manual Operation H (Vent): Air is directed to the windshield and side window vents, with some directed to the floor DC (Fan Control): Press these instrument panel outlets. vents. In this mode, the system buttons to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided automatically forces outside air into fan speed. between the instrument panel and the vehicle and runs the air Pressing either fan button while in floor outlets. Some air is directed conditioning compressor unless the automatic control places the fan towards the windshield and side outside temperature is close to under manual control. The fan window outlets. freezing. The recirculation mode setting remains displayed and the 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the cannot be selected while in the AUTO light turns off. The air floor outlets, with some to the defrost mode. delivery mode remains under windshield, side window outlets, and The passenger temperature control automatic control. second row floor outlets. In this cannot be activated while in defrost HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): mode, the system automatically mode. If the PASS button is Press these buttons to change the selects outside air. pressed, the button indicator flashes direction of the airflow in the vehicle. - (Defog): This mode clears the three times and will not work. If the Repeatedly press either button until windows of fog or moisture. Air is passenger temperature buttons are the desired mode appears on the directed to the windshield, floor adjusted, the driver temperature display. Pressing either mode button outlets, and side window vents. In indicator changes. The passenger while the system is off changes the this mode, the system turns off temperature will not be displayed. air delivery mode without turning the recirculation and runs the air If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is system on. Pressing either mode conditioning compressor unless the selected again, the climate control button while in automatic control outside temperature is close to system displays the previous places the mode under manual freezing. The recirculation mode temperature settings. control. cannot be selected while in the Do not drive the vehicle until all the The air delivery mode setting is defog mode. windows are clear. displayed and the AUTO light turns 0 (Defrost): This mode removes off. The fan remains under fog or frost from the windshield automatic control. more quickly. Air is directed to the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

# (Air Conditioning): Press to under the vehicle while idling or The recirculation mode can also be turn the air conditioning (A/C) after turning off the engine. This is turned off by turning off the ignition. compressor on and off. An indicator normal. PASS: Press to set the passenger light comes on to show that the air @ (Recirculation): Press to turn temperature setting to match the conditioning is on. the recirculation mode on or off. An driver temperature setting. The If this button is pressed when the air indicator light comes on to show PASS indicator will turn off. When conditioning compressor is that the recirculation is on. the passenger temperature setting unavailable, the indicator flashes This mode recirculates and helps to is set different than the driver three times and then turns off. If the quickly cool the air inside the setting, the indicator on the PASS air conditioning is on and the vehicle. It can be used to help button illuminates and both the outside temperature drops below a prevent outside air and odors from driver side and passenger side temperature which is too cool for air entering the vehicle. temperature displays are shown. conditioning to be effective, the air REAR: For vehicles with the rear conditioning light turns off to show The recirculation mode cannot be used with floor, defog, or defrost heat and air conditioning controls. that the air conditioning mode has Press to turn the rear climate control been canceled. modes. If recirculation is selected with one of those modes, the system on or off. See Rear Climate On hot days, open the windows long indicator light flashes three times Control System (Rear Climate enough to let hot inside air escape. and then turns off. The air Control Only) on page 8‑9 or Rear This helps to reduce the time it conditioning compressor also comes Climate Control System (with Rear takes for the vehicle to cool down. on when this mode is activated. Seat Audio) on page 8‑10. It also helps the system to operate While in recirculation mode the Rear Window Defogger more efficiently. windows may fog when the weather The rear window defogger uses a The air conditioning system is cold and damp. To clear the fog, select either the defog or defrost warming grid to remove fog from the removes moisture from the air, so a rear window. small amount of water might drip mode and increase the fan speed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

1 (Rear Window Defogger): Sensors Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. It automatically turns off several minutes after it has been activated. The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. Notice: Do not use a razor blade The interior temperature sensors or sharp object to clear the inside located in the headliner above the rear window. Do not adhere driver side seat and if equipped, in anything to the defogger grid the headliner above the second row lines in the rear glass. These seats measure the temperature of actions may damage the rear the air inside the vehicle. defogger. Repairs would not be The solar sensor, located in the covered by your warranty. defrost grille in the middle of the 1 instrument panel, monitors the solar Heated Mirrors: Press to help heat. Do not cover the solar sensor clear fog or frost from the surface of or the system will not work properly. the outside mirror. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑16. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls 8-9

There is also an exterior Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate temperature sensor located behind the front grille. This sensor reads Control Only) the outside air temperature and For vehicles with this system, the rear controls are three knobs located in helps maintain the temperature the headliner. The system can also be controlled with the front controls. inside the vehicle. Any cover on the front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature. The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by adjusting the outlet temperature, fan speed, and the air delivery mode. The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures. A. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems on B. Temperature Control page 8‑1 or Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑3. The C. Air Delivery Mode Control rear system can also be turned off REAR: Press the REAR button on by turning the rear fan knob to the the front climate control system to 9 position. turn the rear climate control system on or off. An indicator comes on when the rear system is on. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

8-10 Climate Controls

Mimic Mode: This mode matches outlets are located directly behind the rear climate control to the front the second row seats. The flow can climate control airflow settings. be divided between vent and floor It comes on when REAR is pressed outlets depending upon where the the first time. knob is placed between the settings. Independent Mode: This mode 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the directs rear seating airflow floor outlets. The rear system floor according to the settings of the rear outlets are located directly behind controls. It comes on when any rear the second row seats. control is adjusted. Temperature Control: Turn Rear Climate Control clockwise or counterclockwise to System (with Rear Seat increase or decrease the airflow Audio) temperature into the passenger area. For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are Fan Control: Turn clockwise or integrated with the rear seat audio counterclockwise to increase or controls located in the center decrease the fan speed. console. The system can be Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn controlled from the front controls as clockwise or counterclockwise to well as the rear controls. change the direction of the airflow. H (Vent): Air is directed through the headliner outlets. ) (Bi-Level): Air is directed through the floor and headliner outlets. The rear system floor Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Climate Controls 8-11

To turn the system on from the rear, press any rear climate control button, except the C button. Automatic Operation, If Equipped AUTO: Press the air delivery mode button until this setting is selected to control the inside temperature, air delivery, and fan speed. AUTO appears in the display when automatic operation is active. Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls + or − (Increase/Decrease Temperature): Press the + or − A. Fan Control system on from the rear seats, buttons to increase or decrease the B. Air Delivery Mode Control press any rear climate control cabin temperature. The rear control button, except the C button. temperature display will show the C. Temperature Control Mimic Mode: This mode matches temperature setting increasing or REAR: Press the REAR button on the rear climate control to the front decreasing. the front climate control system to climate control airflow settings. The display only indicates climate turn the rear climate control system It comes on when REAR is pressed control functions when the system is on or off. An indicator comes on the first time. in rear independent mode. when the rear system is on. Independent Mode: This mode The rear climate control system can directs rear seating airflow also be turned off by pressing and according to the settings of the rear holding the C button. To turn the controls. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

8-12 Climate Controls

Manual Operation Air Vents . Keep the air path under the front DC seats clear of objects. This helps (Fan Control): Press these Use the air outlets located in the air to circulate throughout the buttons on the rear seat audio center and on the side of the vehicle. control panel to increase or instrument panel to direct the . Adding outside equipment to the decrease the airflow. Pressing the airflow. fan up button when the system is off front of the vehicle, such as will turn the system on. The air Operation Tips hood-air deflectors, may affect the performance of the heating delivery mode will remain under . Keep the hood and front air automatic control. and air conditioning system. inlets free of ice, snow, or any Check with your dealer before + or − (Temperature Control): other obstruction (such as adding equipment to the outside Press these buttons to adjust the leaves). The heater and of the vehicle. temperature of the air flowing into defroster will work far better, the passenger area. Press the + reducing the chance of fogging button for warmer air and press the the inside of the windows. − button for cooler air. . When you enter a vehicle in cold N (Air Delivery Mode Control): weather, press the fan up button Press the mode button to change to the maximum fan level before the direction of the airflow in the driving. This helps clear the vehicle. Repeatedly press the intake ducts of snow and button until the desired mode moisture, and reduces the appears on the display. Multiple chance of fogging the inside of presses will cycle through the the window. delivery selections. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Retained Accessory Brakes Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Antilock Brake Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 9-24 System (ABS) ...... 9-40 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-26 Parking Brake ...... 9-41 Parking over Things Brake Assist ...... 9-41 Driving Information That Burn ...... 9-27 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-41 Active Fuel Management® . . . 9-27 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Ride Control Systems Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-42 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Locking Rear ...... 9-45 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Running the Vehicle While Continuous Damping Braking ...... 9-3 Parked ...... 9-28 Control (CDC) ...... 9-45 Steering ...... 9-4 Automatic Level Control . . . . . 9-45 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Automatic Transmission Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-28 Cruise Control Off-Road Driving ...... 9-5 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Cruise Control ...... 9-46 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-32 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Object Detection Systems Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-11 Drive Systems Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-48 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed Side Blind Zone If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-14 Automatic Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-49 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Transfer Case) ...... 9-33 Rear Vision Four-Wheel Drive (Single Camera (RVC) ...... 9-52 Starting and Operating Speed Automatic New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-19 Transfer Case) ...... 9-38 Fuel Adjustable Throttle and Brake Fuel ...... 9-55 Pedal ...... 9-20 Recommended Fuel ...... 9-56 Ignition Positions ...... 9-20 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-56 Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 Fuel Engine Heater ...... 9-23 Requirements ...... 9-56 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-57 Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel Additives ...... 9-57 passenger to handle potential distractions. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-58 Distracted Driving Filling the Tank ...... 9-59 . Become familiar with vehicle Filling a Portable Fuel Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as Container ...... 9-60 and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Towing task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate judgment and do not let other General Towing control and seat settings. Information ...... 9-61 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Driving Characteristics and from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Towing Tips ...... 9-61 governments have enacted laws driving. regarding driver distraction. Become Trailer Towing ...... 9-64 . Wait until the vehicle is parked familiar with the local laws in Towing Equipment ...... 9-69 to retrieve items that have fallen your area. Trailer Sway to the floor. Control (TSC) ...... 9-77 To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. Conversions and Add-Ons on the wheel, and mind on the drive. Add-On Electrical . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in Equipment ...... 9-78 carrier or restraint. Adding a Snow Plow or demanding driving situations. Similar Equipment ...... 9-78 Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

careless and make mistakes. { WARNING Anticipate what they might do WARNING (Continued) and be ready. Taking your eyes off the road too Do not drink and drive or ride with long or too often could cause a . Allow enough following distance a driver who has been drinking. crash resulting in injury or death. between you and the driver in Ride home in a cab; or if you are Focus your attention on driving. front of you. with a group, designate a driver . Focus on the task of driving. who will not drink. Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that Drunk Driving Control of a Vehicle system, including pairing and using Death and injury associated with a cell phone. drinking and driving is a global Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to tragedy. If equipped, refer to the navigation control a vehicle while driving. manual for information on that system, including pairing and using { WARNING a cell phone. Braking Drinking and then driving is very Braking action involves perception Defensive Driving dangerous. Your reflexes, time and reaction time. Deciding to perceptions, attentiveness, and push the brake pedal is perception Defensive driving means “always judgment can be affected by even time. Actually doing it is expect the unexpected. The first ” a small amount of alcohol. You reaction time. step in driving defensively is to wear can have a serious or even the safety belt. See Safety Belts on — Average driver reaction time is fatal collision if you drive after page 3‑16. — about three-quarters of a second. In drinking. that time, a vehicle moving at . Assume that other road users (Continued) 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (pedestrians, bicyclists, and (66 ft), which could be a lot of other drivers) are going to be distance in an emergency. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind If assist is lost . Holding both sides of the include: because the engine stops or steering wheel allows you to turn because of a system malfunction, 180 degrees without removing . Keep enough distance between a hand. you and the vehicle in front the vehicle can be steered but may of you. required increased effort. See your . Antilock Brake System (ABS) dealer if there is a problem. allows steering while braking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the . Keep pace with traffic. hybrid supplement for more Off-Road Recovery If the engine ever stops while the information. vehicle is being driven, brake Curve Tips normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the . Take curves at a reasonable pedal harder to push down. If the speed. engine stops, there will be some . Reduce speed before entering a power brake assist but it will be curve. used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it . Maintain a reasonable steady can take longer to stop and the speed through the curve brake pedal will be harder to push. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating Steering gently into the straightaway. Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies Your vehicle has hydraulic power . There are some situations when steering. It may require steering around a problem may maintenance. See Power Steering be more effective than braking. Fluid on page 10‑20. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Steering or Cornering Skid — material on the road. Learn to off the edge of a road onto the too much speed or steering in a recognize warning clues — such shoulder while driving. Follow curve causes tires to slip and as enough water, ice, or packed these tips: lose cornering force. snow on the road to make a 1. Ease off the accelerator and . Acceleration Skid — too much mirrored surface — and slow then, if there is nothing in the throttle causes the driving down when you have any doubt. way, steer the vehicle so that it wheels to spin. . Try to avoid sudden steering, straddles the edge of the Defensive drivers avoid most skids acceleration, or braking, pavement. by taking reasonable care suited to including reducing vehicle speed 2. Turn the steering wheel about existing conditions, and by not by shifting to a lower gear. Any one-eighth of a turn, until the overdriving those conditions. But sudden changes could cause right front tire contacts the skids are always possible. the tires to slide. pavement edge. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help 3. Turn the steering wheel to go these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. straight down the roadway. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the Off-Road Driving Loss of Control way you want the vehicle to go. Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles Skidding Be ready for a second skid if it without four-wheel drive and There are three types of skids that occurs. vehicles not equipped with All correspond to the vehicle's three . Slow down and adjust your Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) control systems: driving according to weather tires must not be driven off-road except on a level, solid surface. To . Braking Skid wheels are not conditions. Stopping distance — contact the tire manufacturer for rolling. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when more information about the original traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

equipment tires, see the Limited . Read all the information about Loading the Vehicle for Warranty and Owner Assistance four-wheel-drive vehicles in this Off-Road Driving Information manual. manual. Controlling the vehicle is the key to . Make sure all underbody { WARNING successful off-road driving. One of shields, if equipped, are properly the best ways to control the vehicle attached. . Unsecured cargo on the load is to control the speed. . Know the local laws that apply to floor can be tossed about off-road driving. when driving over rough { WARNING terrain. You or your To gain more ground clearance if passengers can be struck by needed, it may be necessary to When driving off-road, bouncing flying objects. Secure the remove the front fascia lower and quick changes in direction cargo properly. air dam. can easily throw you out of . Keep cargo in the cargo area position. This could cause you to Notice: Operating the vehicle for as far forward and as low as lose control and crash. You and extended periods without the possible. The heaviest things your passengers should always front fascia lower air dam should be on the floor, wear safety belts. installed can cause improper air forward of the rear axle. flow to the engine. Re‐attach the front fascia air dam after off-road . Heavy loads on the roof raise Before Driving Off-Road driving. the vehicle's center of gravity, making it more likely to roll . Have all necessary maintenance over. You can be seriously or and service work completed. fatally injured if the vehicle . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, rolls over. Put heavy loads and check inflation pressure in inside the cargo area, not on all tires, including the spare, the roof. if equipped. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

For more information about loading . Use headlamps even during the the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits { WARNING day to make the vehicle more and Tires. visible. Many hills are simply too steep Environmental Concerns for any vehicle. Driving up hills { WARNING . Always use established trails, can cause the vehicle to stall. roads, and areas that have been Driving down hills can cause loss Driving to the top of a hill at high set aside for public off-road of control. Driving across hills can speed can cause an accident. recreational driving and obey all cause a rollover. You could be There could be a drop-off, posted regulations. injured or killed. Do not drive on embankment, cliff, or even steep hills. another vehicle. You could be . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, or grasses or disturb seriously injured or killed. As you wildlife. Before driving on a hill, assess the near the top of a hill, slow down steepness, traction, and and stay alert. . Do not park over things that obstructions. If the terrain ahead burn. See Parking over Things cannot be seen, get out of the That Burn on page 9‑27. . Never go downhill forward or vehicle and walk the hill before backward with either the Driving on Hills driving further. transmission or transfer case in Driving safely on hills requires good When driving on hills: N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose judgment and an understanding of . Use a low gear and keep a firm control. what the vehicle can and cannot do. grip on the steering wheel. . Maintain a slow speed. . When possible, drive straight up or down the hill. . Slow down when approaching the top of the hill. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

. Never try to turn the vehicle { WARNING { WARNING around. If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, If the vehicle has the two‐speed Heavy braking when going down it is steep enough to cause automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to it to roll over. the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could . If you cannot make it up the can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or hill, back straight down even if the transmission is in others could be injured or killed. the hill. P (Park). This is because the Apply the brakes lightly when N (Neutral) position on the descending a hill and use a low . Never back down a hill in transfer case overrides the gear to keep vehicle speed under N (Neutral) using only the transmission. You or someone control. brake. else could be injured. If leaving . The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you the vehicle, set the parking brake If the vehicle stalls on a hill: and shift the transmission to could lose control. 1. Apply the brakes to stop the P (Park). Shift the transfer case to . If driving downhill when the vehicle, and then apply the any position but N (Neutral). vehicle stalls, shift to a parking brake. lower gear, release the . When driving down a hill, keep 2. Shift into P (Park) and then parking brake, and drive the vehicle headed straight restart the engine. straight down the hill. down. Use a low gear because . If driving uphill when the 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted the engine will work with the vehicle stalls, shift to after stalling, set the parking brakes to slow the vehicle and R (Reverse), release the brake, shift an automatic help keep the vehicle under parking brake, and back transmission into P (Park), and control. straight down. turn the vehicle off. 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

3.2. Stay clear of the path the . If an incline must be driven affects steering, accelerating, and vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to braking. Drive at a reduced speed rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should and avoid sharp turns or abrupt help straighten out the vehicle maneuvers. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. across the incline of the hill. Traction is reduced on hard packed A hill that can be driven straight snow and ice and it is easy to lose up or down might be too steep to { WARNING control. Reduce vehicle speed when drive across. Driving across an Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow incline puts more weight on the and ice. downhill side when stopped downhill wheels which could across an incline is dangerous. cause a downhill slide or a { WARNING rollover. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. Always get Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, . Surface conditions can be a out on the uphill side of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice problem. Loose gravel, muddy vehicle and stay well clear of the conditions vary greatly and the spots, or even wet grass can rollover path. cause the tires to slip sideways, vehicle could fall through the ice; downhill. If the vehicle slips you and your passengers could sideways, it can hit something Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, drown. Drive your vehicle on safe that will trip it – a rock, a rut, or Ice surfaces only. etc. and roll over. – Use a low gear when driving in . Hidden obstacles can make the mud – the deeper the mud, the steepness of the incline more lower the gear. Keep the vehicle severe. If a rock is driven across moving to avoid getting stuck. with the uphill wheels, or if the Traction changes when driving on downhill wheels drop into a rut sand. On loose sand, such as on or depression, the vehicle can tilt beaches or sand dunes, the tires even more. tend to sink into the sand. This Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Driving in Water the tailpipe is under water, you will Driving on Wet Roads not be able to start the engine. Rain and wet roads can reduce { WARNING When going through water, the brakes get wet, and it might take vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Driving through rushing water can longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Always drive slower in these types be dangerous. Deep water can Roads. of driving conditions and avoid sweep your vehicle downstream After Off-Road Driving driving through large puddles and and you and your passengers deep‐standing or flowing water. could drown. If it is only shallow Remove any brush or debris that water, it can still wash away the has collected on the underbody, { WARNING ground from under your tires. or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire Traction could be lost, and the hazard. Wet brakes can cause crashes. vehicle could roll over. Do not They might not work as well in a drive through rushing water. After operation in mud or sand, quick stop and could cause have the brake linings cleaned and pulling to one side. You could checked. These substances can lose control of the vehicle. Notice: Do not drive through cause glazing and uneven braking. standing water if it is deep Check the body structure, steering, After driving through a large enough to cover the wheel hubs, suspension, wheels, tires, and puddle of water or a car/vehicle or exhaust pipe. Deep water exhaust system for damage and wash, lightly apply the brake can damage the axle and other check the fuel lines and cooling pedal until the brakes work vehicle parts. system for any leakage. normally. If the standing water is not too deep, More frequent maintenance service Flowing or rushing water creates drive slowly through it. At faster is required. Refer to the speeds, water splashes on the strong forces. Driving through Maintenance Schedule for more flowing water could cause the ignition system and the vehicle can information. stall. Stalling can also occur if you vehicle to be carried away. If this get the tailpipe under water. While (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

. Pass with caution. Hill and Mountain Roads WARNING (Continued) . Keep windshield wiping Driving on steep hills or through equipment in good shape. happens, you and other vehicle mountains is different than driving occupants could drown. Do not . Keep the windshield washer fluid on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for ignore police warnings and be reservoir filled. driving in these conditions include: very cautious about trying to drive . Have good tires with proper . Keep the vehicle serviced and in through flowing water. tread depth. See Tires on good shape. page 10‑40. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Hydroplaning . Turn off cruise control. tires, cooling system, and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water transmission. can build up under the vehicle's Highway Hypnosis . Shift to a lower gear when going tires so they actually ride on the Always be alert and pay attention to down steep or long hills. water. This can happen if the road is your surroundings while driving. wet enough and you are going fast If you become tired or sleepy, find a { WARNING enough. When the vehicle is safe place to park the vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no and rest. If you do not shift down, the contact with the road. Other driving tips include: brakes could get so hot that they There is no hard and fast rule about would not work well. You would hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. then have poor braking or even slow down when the road is wet. . Keep the interior none going down a hill. You could crash. Shift down to let the engine Other Rainy Weather Tips temperature cool. assist the brakes on a steep . Keep your eyes moving scan Besides slowing down, other wet — the road ahead and to the sides. downhill slope. weather driving tips include: . Check the rearview mirror and . Allow extra following distance. vehicle instruments often. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. { WARNING signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. or with the ignition off is appropriate action. dangerous. The brakes will have The Antilock Brake System (ABS) to do all the work of slowing down Winter Driving improves vehicle stability during and they could get so hot that hard stops on slippery roads, but they would not work well. You Driving on Snow or Ice apply the brakes sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock would then have poor braking or Drive carefully when there is snow Brake System (ABS) on page 9‑40. even none going down a hill. or ice between the tires and the Steering may also be affected road, creating less traction or grip. Allow greater following distance on when ignition is off. You could Wet ice can occur at about 0°C any slippery road and watch for crash. Always have the engine (32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery spots. Icy patches can running and the vehicle in gear fall, resulting in even less traction. occur on otherwise clear roads in when going downhill. Avoid driving on wet ice or in shaded areas. The surface of a freezing rain until roads can be curve or an overpass can remain icy treated with salt or sand. when the surrounding roads are . Stay in your own lane. Do not clear. Avoid sudden steering swing wide or cut across the Drive with caution, whatever the maneuvers and braking while center of the road. Drive at condition. Accelerate gently so on ice. speeds that let you stay in your traction is not lost. Accelerating too own lane. quickly causes the wheels to spin Turn off cruise control on slippery and makes the surface under the surfaces. . Be alert on top of hills; tires slick, so there is even less something could be in your lane traction. (stalled car, accident). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See vehicle unless there is help nearby. cause unconsciousness and even “Climate Control Systems” in If possible, use Roadside death. the Index. Assistance. See Roadside For more information about Assistance Program (Mexico) on If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: carbon monoxide, see Engine page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance . Clear away snow from around Exhaust on page 9 27. Program (U.S. and Canada) on the base of your vehicle, ‑ page 13‑11. To get help and keep especially any that is blocking everyone in the vehicle safe: the exhaust pipe. To save fuel, run the engine for only short periods as needed to warm . Turn on the hazard warning . Check again from time to flashers. time to be sure snow does the vehicle and then shut the engine not collect there. off and close the window most of . Tie a red cloth to an outside the way to save heat. Repeat this mirror. . Open a window about 5 cm until help arrives but only when you (2 in) on the side of the feel really uncomfortable from the { WARNING vehicle that is away from the cold. Moving about to keep warm wind to bring in fresh air. also helps. Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on If it takes some time for help to under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument arrive, now and then when you run cause exhaust gases to get panel. the engine, push the accelerator inside. Engine exhaust contains pedal slightly so the engine runs carbon monoxide (CO) which . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that faster than the idle speed. This (Continued) circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart vehicle and set the fan speed the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little (Continued) as possible to save fuel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck For information about using tire vehicle out after a few tries, it might chains on the vehicle, see Tire need to be towed out. Recovery Slowly and cautiously spin the Chains on page 10‑61. hooks can be used, if the vehicle wheels to free the vehicle when has them. If the vehicle does need stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Rocking the Vehicle to Get to be towed out, see Towing the If the vehicle has a traction system, it Out Vehicle on page 10‑82. it can often help to free a stuck Turn the steering wheel left and Recovery Hooks vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's right to clear the area around the traction system in the Index. If stuck front wheels. For four-wheel-drive too severely for the traction system vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel High { WARNING to free the vehicle, turn the traction or, if the vehicle has a two-speed system off and use the rocking automatic transfer case, Four-Wheel Never pull on recovery hooks method. Low. For vehicles with StabiliTrak®, from the side. The hooks could turn the traction control part of the break and you and others could { WARNING system off. Shift back and forth be injured. When using recovery between R (Reverse) and a forward hooks, always pull the vehicle If the vehicle's tires spin at high gear, spinning the wheels as little as from the front. speed, they can explode, and you possible. To prevent transmission or others could be injured. The wear, wait until the wheels stop vehicle can overheat, causing an spinning before shifting gears. engine compartment fire or other Release the accelerator pedal while damage. Spin the wheels as little shifting, and press lightly on the as possible and avoid going accelerator pedal when the above 56 km/h (35 mph). transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

vehicle capacity weight and Tire and Loading Information includes the weight of all Label occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it was designed to carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

{ WARNING Notice: Never use recovery hooks to tow the vehicle. Your Do not load the vehicle any vehicle could be damaged and it heavier than the Gross would not be covered by Vehicle Weight Rating Label Example warranty. (GVWR), or either the A vehicle specific Tire and For vehicles with recovery hooks at maximum front or rear Gross Loading Information label is the front of the vehicle, you can use Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). attached to the center pillar them if you are stuck off-road and This can cause systems to (B-pillar). With the driver door need to be pulled to some place break and change the way the open, you will find the label where you can continue driving. vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock cause loss of control and a post (striker). The tire and Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also loading information label shows It is very important to know how shorten the life of the vehicle. the number of occupant seating much weight your vehicle can carry. This weight is called the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct and luggage load capacity is vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit 650 lbs (1400 − 750 kilograms and pounds. (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). 1. Locate the statement “The The Tire and Loading combined weight of 5. Determine the combined Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo size of the original equipment never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle. tires (C) and the recommended XXX lbs” on your vehicle's That weight may not safely cold tire inflation pressures (D). placard. exceed the available cargo For more information on tires 2. Determine the combined and luggage load capacity and inflation see Tires on weight of the driver and calculated in Step 4. page 10 40 andTire Pressure on ‑ passengers that will be riding 6. If your vehicle will be towing page 10 49. ‑ in your vehicle. a trailer, the load from your There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined trailer will be transferred to information on the vehicle weight of the driver and your vehicle. Consult this Certification/Tire label. It tells manual to determine how this you the Gross Vehicle Weight passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. reduces the available cargo Rating (GVWR) and the Gross and luggage load capacity of Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle. See Trailer the front and rear axles. See the available amount of cargo Towing on page 9‑64 for “Certification/Tire Label” later in and luggage load capacity. important information on this section. For example, if the “XXX” towing a trailer, towing safety amount equals 1400 lbs and rules and trailering tips. there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (300 lbs) (750 lbs) (1,000 lbs) C. Available Occupant and Cargo C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) Refer to your vehicle's tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all { WARNING your vehicle's capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. Do not load the vehicle any Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also heavier than the Gross tells you the maximum weights Vehicle Weight Rating for the front and rear axles, (GVWR), or either the called Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum front or rear Gross (GAWR). To find out the actual Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). loads on your front and rear This can cause systems to axles, you need to go to a weigh break and change the way the station and weigh your vehicle. vehicle handles. This could Your dealer can help you with cause loss of control and a this. Be sure to spread out your crash. Overloading can also load equally on both sides of the shorten the life of the vehicle. centerline. Never exceed the GVWR for Notice: Overloading the A vehicle specific Certification/ your vehicle, or the GAWR for vehicle may cause damage. Tire label is found on the rear either the front or rear axle. Repairs would not be covered edge of the driver door. The by the vehicle warranty. Do The Certification/Tire label also label shows the size of your not overload the vehicle. contains information about your vehicle's original tires and the Front Axle Reserve Capacity. The label will help you decide inflation pressures needed to how much cargo and installed And, if you do have a heavy obtain the gross weight capacity equipment your truck can carry. of your vehicle. This is called load, you should spread it out. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

Using heavier suspension WARNING (Continued) Starting and components to get added Operating durability might not change your . Never stack heavier weight ratings. Ask your dealer things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In to help you load your vehicle the inside the vehicle so that right way. some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not If you put things inside your the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it vehicle like suitcases, tools, will perform better in the long run — . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: packages, or anything unsecured child restraint . Keep the vehicle speed at else — they go as fast as the in the vehicle. vehicle goes. If you have to stop 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for or turn quickly, or if there is a . When you carry something the first 805 km (500 miles). crash, they will keep going. inside the vehicle, secure . Do not drive at any one it whenever you can. constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km { WARNING . Do not leave a seat folded (500 miles). Do not make down unless you need to. Things you put inside the full-throttle starts. Avoid vehicle can strike and injure downshifting to brake or people in a sudden stop or There is also important loading slow the vehicle. turn, or in a crash. information for off-road driving in . Avoid making hard stops for this manual. See “Loading Your the first 322 km (200 miles) or . Put things in the cargo Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” so. During this time the new area of the vehicle. Try to under Off-Road Driving on brake linings are not yet spread the weight evenly. page 9‑5. broken in. Hard stops with (Continued) new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

breaking-in guideline every Ignition Positions time you get new brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Trailer Towing on page 9‑64 for the trailer towing capabilities of the The control used to adjust the vehicle and more pedals is located on the instrument information. panel below the climate control system. Following break‐in, engine speed and load can be gradually Press the bottom of the control to increased. move the pedals closer. Press the top of the control to move the Adjustable Throttle and pedals away. Brake Pedal Before you start driving, fully press The ignition switch has four different the brake pedal to confirm the positions. On vehicles with this feature, you adjustment is right for you. While To shift out of P (Park), the ignition can change the position of the driving, make only small must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ throttle and brake pedals. adjustments. ACCESSORY and the regular brake No adjustment to the pedals can be The vehicle may have a memory pedal must be applied. made when the vehicle is in function which lets pedal settings be A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ R (Reverse) or while using cruise saved and recalled. See Memory LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is control. Seats on page 3‑6. stopped, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

will remain active. See Retained If the vehicle must be shut off in an Accessory Power (RAP) on emergency: { WARNING page 9‑24. 1. Brake using a firm and steady Turning off the vehicle while This position locks the ignition. pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power It also locks the transmission on brakes repeatedly. This may assist in the brake and steering automatic transmission vehicles. deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. The key can be removed in increased brake pedal force. While driving, only shut the LOCK/OFF. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. The steering can bind with the This can be done while the wheels turned off center. If this vehicle is moving. After shifting If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, happens, move the steering wheel to N (Neutral), firmly apply the and must be shut off while driving, from right to left while turning the brakes and steer the vehicle to a turn the ignition to ACC/ key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this safe location. ACCESSORY. does not work, then the vehicle 3. Come to a complete stop, shift Notice: Using a tool to force the needs service. to P (Park), and turn the ignition key to turn in the ignition could Do not turn the engine off when the to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with cause damage to the switch or vehicle is moving. This will cause a an automatic transmission, the break the key. Use the correct loss of power assist in the brake shift lever must be in P (Park) to key, make sure it is all the way in, and steering systems and disable turn the ignition switch to the and turn it only with your hand. the airbags. LOCK/OFF position. If the key cannot be turned by 4. Set the parking brake. See hand, see your dealer. Parking Brake on page 9 41. ‑ B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This position lets things like the radio and the windshield wipers operate Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

while the engine is off. Use this D (START): This is the position that Starting Procedure position if the vehicle must be starts the engine. When the engine 1. With your foot off the accelerator pushed or towed. starts, release the key. The ignition pedal, turn the ignition to START. switch returns to ON/RUN for C (ON/RUN): This position can be When the engine starts, let go of driving. used to operate the electrical the key. The idle speed will go accessories and to display some A warning tone will sound when the down as the engine warms. Do instrument panel cluster warning driver door is opened and the not race the engine immediately and indicator lights. This position ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or after starting it. Operate the can also be used for service and LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the engine and transmission gently diagnostics, and to verify the proper ignition. to allow the oil to warm up and operation of the malfunction lubricate all moving parts. indicator lamp as may be required Starting the Engine The vehicle has a for emission inspection purposes. Computer-Controlled Cranking The switch stays in this position If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the System. This feature assists in when the engine is running. The hybrid supplement for more starting the engine and protects transmission is also unlocked in this information. components. If the ignition key is position on automatic transmission Move the shift lever to P (Park) or turned to the START position, vehicles. N (Neutral). The engine will not start and then released when the in any other position. To restart the If you leave the key in the ACC/ engine begins cranking, the engine when the vehicle is already ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position engine will continue cranking for moving, use N (Neutral) only. with the engine off, the battery could a few seconds or until the be drained. You may not be able to Notice: Do not try to shift to vehicle starts. If the engine does start the vehicle if the battery is P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. not start and the key is held in allowed to drain for an extended If you do, you could damage the START, cranking will be stopped period of time. transmission. Shift to P (Park) after 15 seconds to prevent only when the vehicle is stopped. cranking motor damage. To prevent gear damage, this system also prevents cranking if Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

the engine is already running. 2. If the engine does not start after Notice: If you add electrical parts Engine cranking can be stopped 5-10 seconds, especially in very or accessories, you could change by turning the ignition switch to cold weather (below −18°C or the way the engine operates. Any the ACC/ACCESSORY or 0°F), it could be flooded with too resulting damage would not be LOCK/OFF position. much gasoline. Try pushing the covered by the vehicle warranty. When the Low Fuel warning accelerator pedal all the way to See Add-On Electrical Equipment lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL the floor and holding it there as on page 9‑78. LOW message is displayed in you hold the key in START for the Driver Information Center up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Engine Heater (DIC), the Computer-Controlled Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the The engine coolant heater can Cranking System is disabled to provide easier starting and better prevent possible vehicle cranking motor to cool down. When the engine starts, let go of fuel economy during engine component damage. When this warm-up in cold weather conditions happens, hold the ignition switch the key and accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then at or below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles in the START position to with an engine heater should be continue engine cranking. stops again, repeat these steps. This clears the extra gasoline plugged in at least four hours before Notice: Cranking the engine for from the engine. Do not race the starting. An internal thermostat in long periods of time, by returning engine immediately after starting the plug-end of the cord may exist the key to the START position it. Operate the engine and which will prevent engine coolant immediately after cranking has transmission gently until the oil heater operation at temperatures ended, can overheat and damage warms up and lubricates all above −18°C (0°F). the cranking motor, and drain the moving parts. battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

To Use the Engine Coolant . OnStar System (if equipped) Heater WARNING (Continued) . Sunroof (if equipped) 1. Turn off the engine. If the cord will not reach, use a These features work when the key 2. Open the hood and unwrap the heavy-duty three-prong extension is in ON/RUN or ACC/ electrical cord. The cord is cord rated for at least 15 amps. ACCESSORY. Once the key is secured to the engine turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, the windows and sunroof continue compartment fuse block with a 4. Before starting the engine, be clip. Carefully remove the wire to work up to 10 minutes until any sure to unplug and store the door is opened. The radio continues tie which secures the electrical cord as it was before to keep it cord. Do not cut the to work for up to 10 minutes or until away from moving engine parts. the driver door is opened. electrical cord. If you do not, it could be 3. Plug the cord into a normal, damaged. Shifting Into Park grounded 110-volt AC outlet. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on { WARNING { WARNING several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the It can be dangerous to get out of Plugging the cord into an vehicle for the best advice on this. the vehicle if the shift lever is not ungrounded outlet could cause an fully in P (Park) with the parking electrical shock. Also, the wrong Retained Accessory brake firmly set. The vehicle can kind of extension cord could Power (RAP) roll. If you have left the engine overheat and cause a fire. You The following vehicle accessories running, the vehicle can move could be seriously injured. Plug suddenly. You or others could be the cord into a properly grounded can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off: injured. To be sure the vehicle will three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. not move, even when you are on . Audio System (Continued) (Continued) . Power Windows Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

4. Turn the ignition key to WARNING (Continued) LOCK/OFF. WARNING (Continued) fairly level ground, use the steps 5. Remove the key and take it with And, if you leave the vehicle with that follow. If the vehicle has a you. If you can leave the vehicle the engine running, it could four-wheel drive transfer case with the ignition key in your overheat and even catch fire. You with a N (Neutral) position, and hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). or others could be injured. Do not the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Leaving the Vehicle With the leave the vehicle with the engine the vehicle will be free to roll, Engine Running running unless you have to. even if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer { WARNING If you have to leave the vehicle with case is in a drive gear. If towing a the engine running, be sure your trailer, see Driving Characteristics It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle is in P (Park) and the and Towing Tips on page 9‑61. vehicle with the engine running. parking brake is firmly set before The vehicle could move suddenly you leave it. After you move the shift 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then if the shift lever is not fully in lever into P (Park), hold the regular set the parking brake. P (Park) with the parking brake brake pedal down. Then, see if you firmly set. can move the shift lever away from See Parking Brake on page 9‑41 P (Park) without first pulling it toward for more information. If you have four-wheel drive and you. If you can, it means that the 2. Move the shift lever into the the transfer case is in N (Neutral), shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park) position by pulling the the vehicle will be free to roll, P (Park). shift lever toward you and even if the shift lever is in moving it up as far as it will go. P (Park). So be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear — not in 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a N (Neutral). drive gear — not in N (Neutral). (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park To shift out of P (Park) use the following: If you are parking on a hill and you This vehicle is equipped with an do not shift your transmission into electronic shift lock release system. 1. Apply the brake pedal. P (Park) properly, the weight of the The shift lock release is 2. Move the shift lever to the vehicle may put too much force on designed to: desired position. the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult . Prevent ignition key removal If you still are unable to shift out of to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). unless the shift lever is in P (Park): This is called lock. To P (Park) with the shift lever button fully released. 1. Ease the pressure on the shift prevent torque lock, set the parking lever. brake and then shift into P (Park) . Prevent movement of the shift 2. While holding down the brake properly before you leave the driver lever out of P (Park), unless the seat. To find out how, see Shifting ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ pedal, press the shift lever all the way into P (Park). Into Park on page 9‑24. ACCESSORY and the regular When you are ready to drive, move brake pedal is applied. 3. Move the shift lever to the the shift lever out of P (Park) before The shift lock release is always desired position. you release the parking brake. functional except in the case of an If you are still having a problem If torque lock does occur, you may uncharged or low voltage (less than shifting, then have the vehicle need to have another vehicle push 9 volt) battery. serviced soon. yours a little uphill to take some of If the vehicle has an uncharged the pressure from the parking pawl battery or a battery with low voltage, in the transmission, then you will be try charging or jump starting the able to pull the shift lever out of battery. See Jump Starting on P (Park). page 10‑77 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Parking over Things Active Fuel Management® Engine Exhaust That Burn Vehicles with V8 may have Active Fuel Management. This { WARNING { WARNING system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders, Engine exhaust contains carbon Things that can burn could touch depending on the driving conditions. monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO hot exhaust parts under the When less power is required, such vehicle and ignite. Do not park as cruising at a constant vehicle can cause unconsciousness and over papers, leaves, dry grass, speed, the system will operate in even death. or other things that can burn. the half cylinder mode, allowing the Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: vehicle to achieve better fuel . economy. When greater power The vehicle idles in areas demands are required, such as with poor ventilation (parking accelerating from a stop, passing, garages, tunnels, deep snow or merging onto a freeway, the that may block underbody system will maintain full-cylinder airflow or tail pipes). operation. . The exhaust smells or If the vehicle has an Active Fuel sounds strange or different. Management indicator, see Driver . The exhaust system leaks Information Center (DIC) on due to corrosion or damage. page 5 26 for more information on ‑ . The vehicle exhaust system using this display. has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle WARNING (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the engine running. damage or aftermarket hybrid supplement for more modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine information. completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to If the vehicle is has an automatic be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or transmission, it has an electronic See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑24 if it is suspected that exhaust is shift position indicator within the and Engine Exhaust on page 9‑27. coming into the vehicle: instrument panel cluster. This If parking on a hill and pulling a display comes on when the ignition . Drive it only with the windows trailer, see Driving Characteristics key is turned to the ON/RUN completely down. and Towing Tips on page 9‑61. position. . Have the vehicle repaired There are several different positions immediately. for the shift lever. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.

Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic Transmission Shown (Light Duty Similar) See “Range Selection Mode” under Manual Mode on page 9‑31. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

P (Park): This position locks the R (Reverse): Use this gear to rear wheels. It is the best position to WARNING (Continued) back up. use when starting the engine Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) because the vehicle cannot move move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on while the vehicle is moving easily. When parked on a hill, forward could damage the especially when the vehicle has a page 9‑24 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips transmission. The repairs would heavy load, you might notice an not be covered by the vehicle on page 9‑61. increase in the effort to shift out of warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under after the vehicle is stopped. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑24 for more information. To rock the vehicle back and forth to { WARNING get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If { WARNING If the vehicle has a four-wheel the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑14. drive transfer case with a It is dangerous to get out of the N (Neutral) position, and the N (Neutral): In this position, the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully transfer case is in N (Neutral), the engine does not connect with the in P (Park) with the parking brake vehicle will be free to roll — even wheels. To restart the engine when firmly set. The vehicle can roll. if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be the vehicle is already moving, use Do not leave the vehicle when the sure the transfer case is in a drive N (Neutral) only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is running. If you have left gear, Two-Wheel Drive High or being towed. the engine running, the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive High or can move suddenly. You or others Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in could be injured. To be sure the N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park vehicle will not move, even when on page 9‑24. Always set the you are on fairly level ground, parking brake. always set the parking brake and (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

D (Drive): This position is for The vehicle has a shift stabilization { WARNING normal driving. It provides the best feature that adjusts the transmission fuel economy. If you need more shifting to the current driving Shifting into a drive gear while the power for passing, and you are: conditions in order to reduce rapid engine is running at high speed is upshifts and downshifts. This shift . Going less than about 55 km/h dangerous. Unless your foot is stabilization feature is designed to firmly on the brake pedal, the (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. determine, before making an vehicle could move very rapidly. upshift, if the engine is able to You could lose control and hit . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or maintain vehicle speed by analyzing people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all things such as vehicle speed, into a drive gear while the engine the way down. throttle position, and vehicle load. is running at high speed. By doing this, the vehicle shifts If the shift stabilization feature down to the next gear and has determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or more power. transmission does not upshift and N (Neutral) with the engine D (Drive) can be used when towing instead holds the current gear. In running at high speed may a trailer, carrying a heavy load, some cases, this could appear to be damage the transmission. The driving on steep hills, or for off-road a delayed shift, however the repairs would not be covered by driving. You might want to shift the transmission is operating normally. the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission to a lower gear engine is not running at high selection if the transmission shifts The vehicle's transmission uses speed when shifting the vehicle. too often. adaptive shift controls. Adaptive shift controls continually compares Downshifting the transmission in key shift parameters to slippery road conditions could result pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in skidding. See “Skidding” under in the transmissions computer. The Loss of Control on page 9‑5. transmission constantly makes adjustments to improve vehicle performance according to how the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

vehicle is being used, such as with spin the tires. When stopping on Manual Mode a heavy load or when the a hill, use the brakes to hold the temperature changes. During this vehicle in place. Range Selection Mode adaptive shift control process, (Hydra-Matic® 6-Speed Normal Mode Grade Braking shifting might feel different as the Transmission) transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking is settings. enabled when the vehicle is started, When temperatures are very cold, but is not enabled in Range shifting could be delayed providing Selection Mode. It assists in more stable shifts until the engine maintaining desired vehicle speeds warms up. Shifts could be more when driving on downhill grades by noticeable with a cold transmission. using the engine and transmission Base Trim Shown (Uplevel Similar) This difference in shifting is normal. to slow the vehicle. The first time the system engages for each The vehicle may have a Range M (Manual Mode): This position ignition key cycle, a DIC message Selection Mode. The Range lets drivers select the range of gears will be displayed. See Transmission Selection Mode helps control the appropriate for current driving Messages on page 5‑42. vehicle's transmission and vehicle conditions. If the vehicle has this speed while driving down hill or feature, see Range Selection To disable or enable Normal Mode “ towing a trailer by letting you select Mode under Manual Mode on Grade Braking within the current ” a desired range of gears. page 9‑31. ignition key cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for To use this feature, do the following: Notice: Spinning the tires or three seconds. A DIC message holding the vehicle in one place displays. See Transmission 1. Move the shift lever to on a hill using only the Messages on page 5‑42. M (Manual Mode). accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will For other forms of grade braking, not be covered by the vehicle see Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑32 warranty. If you are stuck, do not and Cruise Control on page 9‑46. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

2. Press the plus/minus buttons, Notice: Spinning the tires or Tow/Haul Mode located on the steering column holding the vehicle in one place shift lever, to select the desired on a hill using only the range of gears for the current accelerator pedal may damage driving conditions. the transmission. The repair will When M (Manual Mode) is selected not be covered by the vehicle a number displays next to the M, warranty. If you are stuck, do not indicating the current gear. spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the This number is the highest gear that vehicle in place. The vehicle has a Tow/Haul Mode. can be used. However, the vehicle The selector button is located on the can automatically shift to lower Low Traction Mode end of the column shift lever. You gears as it adjusts to driving If the vehicle has the Hydra-Matic® can use this feature to assist when conditions. This means that all 6-Speed Automatic Transmission driving down steep hills or mountain gears below that number are with the 6.0L engine, it has a Low grades, towing, or hauling a heavy available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, Traction Mode that assists in vehicle load, or if there is a need to charge 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are acceleration when road conditions a battery installed in a trailer. See automatically shifted by the vehicle, are slippery, such as with ice or Towing Equipment on page 9‑69 but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until snow. While the vehicle is at a stop, and Hill and Mountain Roads on the plus/minus button located on the select the second gear range using page 9‑11 for more information. steering column lever is used to Range Selection Mode. This will change to the gear. limit torque to the wheels helping to Grade Braking is not available when prevent the tires from spinning. Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑32. While using Range Selection Mode, Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

desired vehicle speeds when driving Drive Systems on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. Four-Wheel Drive (Two To disable or enable Tow/Haul Speed Automatic Grade Braking within the current Transfer Case) When Tow/Haul Mode is selected ignition key cycle, press and hold If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, the tow/haul indicator light will come the Tow/Haul button for you can send the engine's driving on. See Tow/Haul Mode Light on three seconds. A DIC message will power to all four wheels for extra page 5 22. ‑ be displayed. See Transmission traction. Read the following before The Tow/Haul Mode works with the Messages on page 5‑42. using four-wheel drive. Autoride® feature, if the vehicle has See Towing Equipment on Notice: Driving on clean, dry this, to enhance the ride when page 9‑69 for more information. pavement in Four-Wheel Drive trailering or with a loaded vehicle. For other forms of grade braking, High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for See Continuous Damping Control see Automatic Transmission on an extended period of time may (CDC) on page 9‑45. page 9‑28 and Cruise Control on cause premature wear on the Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking page 9‑46. vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive (6-Speed Automatic on clean, dry pavement in Transmission) Four-Wheel Drive High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is extended periods of time. only enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is While driving on clean dry pavement not in the Range Selection Mode. and during tight turns, you may experience a vibration in the See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed previously and Manual Mode on steering system. page 9‑31. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in maintaining Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

The vehicle has StabiliTrak®. The transfer case knob is located to AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low the left of the instrument panel Drive): This setting is ideal for use will turn Traction Control and cluster. when road surface traction ® StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak Use this dial to shift into and out of conditions are variable. When System on page 9‑42. four-wheel drive. driving the vehicle in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the Front Axle You can choose among five driving vehicle's power is sent to the front The front axle engages and settings: and rear wheels automatically disengages automatically when you Indicator lights in the switches show based on driving conditions. Driving shift the transfer case. Some delay you which setting you are in. The in this mode results in slightly lower for the axle to engage or disengage indicator lights will come on briefly fuel economy than Two-Wheel is normal. when you turn on the ignition and Drive High. Automatic Transfer Case the last chosen setting will stay on. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use If the lights do not come on, you the Four-Wheel Drive High position should take the vehicle to your when you need extra traction, such dealer for service. An indicator light as on snowy or icy roads or in most will flash while shifting. It will stay on off-road situations. This setting also when the shift is completed. If for engages your front axle to help some reason the transfer case drive the vehicle. This is the best cannot make a requested shift, it will setting to use when plowing snow. return to the last chosen setting. 4 (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This 2 (Two-Wheel Drive High): This n m setting also engages the front axle setting is used for driving in most and delivers extra torque. You may street and highway situations. The never need this setting. It sends front axle is not engaged in maximum power to all four wheels. two-wheel drive. This setting also You might choose Four-Wheel Drive provides the best fuel economy. Low if you are driving off-road in Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Shifting Into Four-Wheel and while climbing or descending message stays on, you should take Drive Low steep hills. the vehicle to your dealer for When Four-Wheel Drive Low is The vehicle has StabiliTrak. Shifting service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL engaged, vehicle speed should be into Four-Wheel Drive Low will turn DRIVE” message under kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. Transmission Messages on Extended high-speed operation See StabiliTrak® System on page 5‑42. in 4L may damage or shorten the life page 9‑42. Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive of the drivetrain. High or AUTO (Automatic To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive { WARNING Four-Wheel Drive) Low position, the ignition must be in Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel ON/RUN and the vehicle must be Shifting the transfer case to Drive High or AUTO position. This stopped or moving less than 5 km/h N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle can be done at any speed, except (3 mph) with the transmission in to roll even if the transmission is when shifting from Four-Wheel N (Neutral). The preferred method in P (Park). You or someone else Drive Low. The indicator light will for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive could be seriously injured. Be flash while shifting. It will remain on Low is to have the vehicle moving sure to set the parking brake when the shift is completed. 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the before placing the transfer case in knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on Shifting Into Two-Wheel position. You must wait for the Drive High page 9‑41. Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator light Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel to stop flashing and remain on Drive High position. This can be before shifting the transmission N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's done at any speed, except when into gear. transfer case to N (Neutral) only shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. when towing the vehicle. See Notice: Shifting the transmission Recreational Vehicle Towing on See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel into gear before the requested page 10‑82 or Towing the Vehicle Drive Low” in this section for more mode indicator light has stopped on page 10‑82 for more information. information. flashing could damage the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

transfer case. To help avoid Shifting Out of Four-Wheel for the mode indicator lights to damaging the vehicle, always wait Drive Low stop flashing before shifting the for the mode indicator lights to To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low transmission into gear. stop flashing before shifting the to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, The vehicle may have significant transmission into gear. or Two-Wheel Drive High, the engagement noise and bump when The vehicle may have significant vehicle must be stopped or moving shifting between Four-Wheel Drive engagement noise and bump when less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the Low and Four-Wheel Drive High shifting between Four-Wheel Drive transmission in N (Neutral) and the ranges or from N (Neutral) while the Low and Four-Wheel Drive High ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred engine is running. ranges or from N (Neutral) while the method for shifting out of If the knob is turned to the engine is running. Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, If the knob is turned to the your vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h or Two-Wheel Drive High switch Four-Wheel Drive Low position (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the position when the vehicle is in gear when the vehicle is in gear and/or Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, and/or moving more than 5 km/h moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), or Two-Wheel Drive High position. (3 mph), the Four-Wheel Drive High, the Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator You must wait for the Four-Wheel AUTO, or Two-Wheel Drive High light will flash for 30 seconds and Drive High, AUTO, or Two-Wheel indicator light will flash for not complete the shift. After Drive High indicator light to stop 30 seconds but will not complete the 30 seconds the transfer case will flashing and remain on before shift. With the vehicle moving less shift to Four-Wheel Drive shifting the transmission into gear. than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the High mode. With the vehicle moving Notice: Shifting the transmission transmission is in N (Neutral), less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear before the requested attempt the shift again. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt mode indicator light has stopped the shift again. flashing could damage the transfer case. To help avoid damaging the vehicle, always wait Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Shifting into N (Neutral) 7. If the engine is running, verify 3. Turn the transfer case dial to the To shift the transfer case to that the transfer case is in desired transfer case shift N (Neutral) do the following: N (Neutral) by shifting the position (Two-Wheel Drive High, transmission to R (Reverse) for Four-Wheel Drive High, 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked one second, then shift the or AUTO). so that it will not roll. transmission to D (Drive) for After the transfer case has 2. Set the parking brake and apply one second. shifted out of N (Neutral), the the regular brake pedal. See 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ N (Neutral) light will go out. Parking Brake on page 9‑41 for ACCESSORY, which will turn the more information. 4. Release the parking brake prior engine off. to moving the vehicle. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift ignition to ON/RUN. Notice: Shifting the transmission lever in P (Park). into gear before the requested 4. Put the transmission in 10. Release the parking brake prior mode indicator light has stopped N (Neutral). to moving the vehicle. flashing could damage the 5. Shift the transfer case to 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. transfer case. To help avoid Two-Wheel Drive High. damaging the vehicle, always wait Shifting Out of N (Neutral) for the mode indicator lights to 6. Turn the transfer case dial To shift out of N (Neutral) do the stop flashing before shifting the clockwise to N (Neutral) until it transmission into gear. stops and hold it there until the following: N (Neutral) light starts blinking. 1. Set the parking brake and apply 5. Start the engine and shift the This will take at least the regular brake pedal. transmission to the desired 10 seconds. Then slowly release position. 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the dial to the Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer Low position. The N (Neutral) the engine off, and shift the transmission to N (Neutral). case into or out of the different light will come on when the modes may cause the transfer case transfer case shift to N (Neutral) to enter the shift protection mode. is complete. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

This will protect the transfer case While driving on clean dry pavement The transfer case knob is located to from possible damage and will only and during tight turns, you may the left of the instrument panel allow the transfer case to respond to experience a vibration in the cluster. one shift per 10 seconds. The steering system. Use this dial to shift into and out of transfer case may stay in this mode four-wheel drive. for up to three minutes. Front Axle The front axle engages and The vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive with StabiliTrak®. For information on Four-Wheel Drive (Single disengages automatically when you ® Speed Automatic shift the transfer case. Some delay StabiliTrak, see StabiliTrak System for the axle to engage or disengage on page 9‑42. Transfer Case) is normal. You can choose among three If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, Automatic Transfer Case driving settings: you can send the engine's driving Indicator lights in the switch show power to all four wheels for extra you which setting you are in. The traction. Read the following before indicator lights will come on briefly using four-wheel drive. when you turn on the ignition and Notice: Driving on clean, dry the last chosen setting will stay on. pavement in Four-Wheel Drive If the lights do not come on, you High for an extended period of should take the vehicle to your time may cause premature wear dealer for service. An indicator light on the vehicle's powertrain. Do will flash while shifting. It will stay on not drive on clean, dry pavement when the shift is completed. If for in Four-Wheel Drive High for some reason the transfer case extended periods of time. cannot make a requested shift, it will return to the last chosen setting. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This Service Four‐Wheel Drive Shifting Into Two-Wheel setting is used for driving in most If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Drive High street and highway situations. The message stays on, you should take Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel front axle is not engaged in the vehicle to your dealer for Drive High position. This can be two-wheel drive. This setting also service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL done at any speed. The indicator provides the best fuel economy. DRIVE” message under light will flash while shifting. It will AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Transmission Messages on remain on when the shift is Drive): This setting is ideal for use page 5‑42. completed. when road surface traction Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive Excessively shifting the transfer conditions are variable. When High or AUTO (Automatic case into or out of the different driving the vehicle in AUTO, the Four-Wheel Drive) modes may cause the transfer case front axle is engaged, and the to enter the shift protection mode. Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel vehicle's power is sent to the front This will protect the transfer case Drive High or AUTO position. This and rear wheels automatically from possible damage and will only can be done at any speed. The based on driving conditions. Driving allow the transfer case to respond to indicator light will flash while in this mode results in slightly lower one shift per 10 seconds. The shifting. It will remain on when the fuel economy than Two-Wheel transfer case may stay in this mode shift is completed. Drive High. for up to three minutes. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use the Four-Wheel Drive High position when you need extra traction, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations. This setting also engages the front axle to help drive the vehicle. This is the best setting to use when plowing snow. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it suddenly slows or stops. Always becomes necessary to slam on the leave enough room up ahead to brakes and continue braking to stop, even with ABS. Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels Using ABS are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold wheels is about to stop rolling, the System (ABS), an advanced the brake pedal down firmly and let computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps ABS work. You might hear the ABS brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. pump or motor operating and feel ABS can change the brake pressure the brake pedal pulsate, but this is When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster normal. vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help checks itself. A momentary motor or Braking in Emergencies the driver steer around the obstacle clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. ABS allows the driver to steer and this test is going on, and it might brake at the same time. In many even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best on wheel speed and controls braking. braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑22. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Parking Brake brake is fully released and the power brake system under brake warning light is off before conditions where the driver has driving. quickly and forcefully applied the To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates. If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is system warning light will flash and a normal and the driver should chime will sound warning you that continue to apply the brake pedal as the parking brake is still on. the driving situation dictates. The brake assist feature will Set the parking brake by holding the If you are towing a trailer and are automatically disengage when the regular brake pedal down, then parking on a hill, see Driving brake pedal is released or brake pushing down the parking brake Characteristics and Towing Tips on pedal pressure is quickly pedal. page 9‑61. decreased. If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on. Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) See Brake System Warning Light on This vehicle has a brake assist Non‐hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak page 5‑21. feature designed to assist the driver have a Hill Start Assist (HSA) Notice: Driving with the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle feature, which may be useful when brake on can overheat the brake speed in emergency driving the vehicle is stopped on a grade. system and cause premature conditions. This feature uses the This feature is designed to prevent wear or damage to brake system stability system hydraulic brake the vehicle from rolling, either parts. Make sure that the parking control module to supplement the forward or rearward, during vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

drive off. After the driver completely Ride Control Systems When the vehicle is started and stops and holds the vehicle in a begins to move, the system complete standstill on a grade, HSA ® performs several diagnostic checks will be automatically activated. StabiliTrak System to insure there are no problems. During the transition period between The vehicle has a vehicle stability The system may be heard or felt when the driver releases the brake enhancement system called while it is working. This is normal pedal and starts to accelerate to StabiliTrak. It is an advanced and does not mean there is a drive off on a grade, HSA holds the computer-controlled system that problem with the vehicle. braking pressure for a maximum of assists the driver with directional If cruise control is being used when two seconds to ensure that there is control of the vehicle in difficult StabiliTrak activates, the cruise no rolling. The brakes will driving conditions. control automatically disengages. automatically release when the The cruise control can be accelerator pedal is applied within StabiliTrak activates when the computer senses a discrepancy re-engaged when road conditions the two‐second window. If the allow. See Cruise Control on vehicle is equipped with the between the intended path and the page 9‑46. Integrated Trailer Brake Control direction the vehicle is actually (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply traveling. StabiliTrak selectively If the system fails to turn on or the trailer brakes. It will not activate applies braking pressure at any one activate, the StabiliTrak light along if the vehicle is in a drive gear and of the vehicle's brakes to assist the with a message will be displayed on facing downhill or if the vehicle is driver with keeping the vehicle on the Driver Information Center (DIC). facing uphill and in R (Reverse). the intended path. If a DIC message appears, make There may be situations on minor StabiliTrak is on automatically sure the StabiliTrak system has not hills (less than 5% grade) with a whenever the vehicle is started. To been turned off using the Traction loaded vehicle or while pulling a assist with directional control of the Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak trailer where HSA will not activate. vehicle, the system should always button. Then turn the vehicle off, be left on. Trailer Sway Control wait 15 seconds, and then turn it (TSC) is also on automatically when back on again to reset the system. the vehicle is started. See Trailer If any of the messages still appear Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑77. on the DIC, the vehicle should be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

taken in for service. For more The traction control part of When the TCS or StabiliTrak system information on the DIC messages, StabiliTrak can be turned off by is turned off, the StabiliTrak light see Ride Control System Messages pressing and releasing the TCS/ and the appropriate message will be on page 5‑40. StabiliTrak button if both systems displayed on the DIC to warn the (traction control and StabiliTrak) driver. The vehicle will still have were previously on. brake-traction control when traction control is off, but will not be able to use the engine speed management system. See “Traction Control Operation” next for more information. The StabiliTrak light will flash on the When the TCS has been turned off, instrument panel cluster when the system noises may still be heard as system or the TSC feature is both To disable both TCS and a result of the brake-traction control on and activated. StabiliTrak, press and hold the TCS/ coming on. StabiliTrak button until the The system may be heard or felt It is recommended to leave the StabiliTrak OFF light illuminates and while it is working; this is normal. system on for normal driving the appropriate DIC message conditions, but it may be necessary displays. This will also disable the to turn the system off if the vehicle TSC feature. is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, Traction control and StabiliTrak can and you want to “rock” the vehicle to be turned on by pressing and attempt to free it. It may also be releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button necessary to turn off the system if they are not automatically shut off when driving in extreme off-road The TCS/StabiliTrak button is for any other reason. This will also conditions where high wheel spin is located on the instrument panel. enable the TSC feature. required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑14. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

When the transfer case is in 4LO, disabled. In this mode, engine If cruise control is being used when the stability system is automatically power is not reduced automatically the system activates, the StabiliTrak disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes and the driven wheels can spin light will flash and cruise control will on, and the appropriate message more freely. This can cause the automatically disengage. Cruise will appear on the DIC. Both traction brake-traction control to activate control may be reengaged when control and StabiliTrak are constantly. road conditions allow. See Cruise automatically disabled in this Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle Control on page 9‑46. condition. is allowed to spin excessively StabiliTrak may also turn off ® Traction Control Operation while the StabiliTrak , ABS, brake automatically if it determines that a warning lights, and any relevant problem exists with the system. The TCS is part of the StabiliTrak DIC messages are displayed, the If the problem does not clear itself system. Traction control limits wheel transfer case could be damaged. after restarting the vehicle, see your spin by reducing engine power to The repairs would not be covered dealer for service. the wheels (engine speed by the vehicle warranty. Reduce Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a management) and by applying engine power and do not spin the brakes to each individual wheel Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. wheel(s) excessively while these See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on (brake-traction control) as lights and messages are page 9‑77. necessary. displayed. The TCS is enabled automatically Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Hill The TCS may activate on dry or Start Assist (HSA) feature. See Hill when the vehicle is started. It will rough roads or under conditions Start Assist (HSA) on page 9‑41. activate and the StabiliTrak light will such as heavy acceleration while flash if it senses that any of the turning or abrupt upshifts/downshifts Adding non-dealer accessories can wheels are spinning or beginning to of the transmission. When this affect the vehicle's performance. lose traction while driving. If traction happens, a reduction in acceleration See Accessories and Modifications control is turned off, only the may be noticed, or a noise or on page 10‑3. brake-traction control portion of vibration may be heard. This is traction control will work. The normal. engine speed management will be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Locking Rear Axle independently adjust the damping rear of the vehicle to maintain level to provide the optimum proper vehicle height. The system is Vehicles with a locking rear axle can vehicle ride. activated when the ignition key is give more traction on snow, mud, turned to ON/RUN and will ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a Autoride also interact with the tow/ haul mode that, when activated, will automatically adjust vehicle height standard axle most of the time, but thereafter. The system may exhaust when traction is low, this feature will provide additional control of the shock absorbers. This additional (lower vehicle height) for up to allow the rear wheel with the most ten minutes after the ignition key traction to move the vehicle. control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the has been turned off. You may hear vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer. the air compressor operating when Continuous Damping the height is being adjusted. See “Tow/Haul Mode” under Trailer Control (CDC) Towing on page 9‑64 for more If a weight‐distributing hitch is being This vehicle may have a continuous information. used, it is recommended to allow damping control system called the shocks to inflate, thereby Autoride®. With this feature, Automatic Level Control leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting the hitch. improved vehicle ride and handling The automatic level control rear is provided under a variety of suspension is available on light‐duty passenger and loading conditions. vehicles and comes as a part of the Autoride is fully automatic and uses Continuous Damping Control (CDC) a computer controller to suspension, if equipped. continuously monitor vehicle speed, This type of level control is fully wheel to body position, lift/dive, and automatic and will provide a better steering position of the vehicle. The leveled riding position as well as controller then sends signals to better handling under a variety of each shock absorber to passenger and loading conditions. An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

Cruise Control If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the +RES (Resume/Accelerate): system begins to limit wheel spin, Press briefly to make the vehicle cruise control will automatically resume to a previously set speed, { WARNING disengage. See StabiliTrak® System or press and hold to accelerate. on page 9‑42. When road conditions SET− (Set/Coast): Press to set the Cruise control can be dangerous allow the cruise control to be safely where you cannot drive safely at speed and activate cruise control or used again, it can be turned make the vehicle decelerate. a steady speed. So, do not use back on. the cruise control on winding [ (Cancel): Press to disengage roads or in heavy traffic. cruise control without erasing the Cruise control can be dangerous set speed from memory. on slippery roads. On such roads, Setting Cruise Control fast changes in tire traction can If the cruise button is on when not in cause excessive wheel slip, and use, it could get bumped and go into you could lose control. Do not use cruise when not desired. Keep the cruise control on slippery roads. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. With cruise control, a speed of The cruise control light on the about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can instrument panel cluster comes on be maintained without keeping your after the cruise control has been set foot on the accelerator. Cruise to the desired speed. control does not work at speeds I (On/Off): Press to turn the below about 40 km/h (25 mph). system on or off. The indicator light 1. Press the I button. When the brakes are applied, cruise is on when cruise control is on and 2. Get up to the desired speed. turns off when cruise control is off. control is turned off. 3. Press the SET− button located on the steering wheel and release it. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

4. Take your foot off the . To increase vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control on Hills accelerator. small amounts, press the +RES button. Each time this is done, How well the cruise control works Resuming a Set Speed the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h on hills depends on the vehicle (1 mph) faster. speed, the load, and the steepness If the cruise control is set at a of the hills. When going up steep desired speed and then the brakes Reducing Speed While Using hills, pressing the accelerator pedal are applied, the cruise control is Cruise Control may be necessary to maintain disengaged without erasing the set vehicle speed. When going speed from memory. If the cruise control system is already activated, downhill, Cruise Grade Braking Once the vehicle speed reaches helps maintain the driver selected about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, . Press and hold the SET– button speed. on the steering wheel until the press the +RES button on the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled steering wheel. The vehicle returns desired lower speed is reached, then release it. when the vehicle is started and to the previous set speed and stays Cruise Control is active. It is not there. . To slow down in small amounts, enabled in Range Selection Mode. Increasing Speed While Using press the SET– button on the It assists in maintaining driver Cruise Control steering wheel briefly. Each time selected speed when driving on this is done, the vehicle goes downhill grades by using the engine If the cruise control system is about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. and transmission to slow the already activated, Passing Another Vehicle While vehicle. . Press and hold the +RES button Using Cruise Control To disable and enable Cruise Grade on the steering wheel until the Braking for the current ignition key desired speed is reached, then Use the accelerator pedal to cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul release it. increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the button for three seconds. A DIC vehicle will slow down to the message displays. See previous set cruise speed. Transmission Messages on page 5‑42. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

For other forms of Grade Braking, Object Detection How the System Works see Automatic Transmission on URPA comes on automatically when page 9 28 andTow/Haul Mode on Systems ‑ the shift lever is moved into page 9 32. ‑ R (Reverse). A single tone sounds Ending Cruise Control Ultrasonic Parking Assist to indicate the system is working. There are three ways to end cruise If available, the Ultrasonic Rear URPA operates only at speeds less control: Parking Assist (URPA) system uses than 8 km/h (5 mph). sensors on the rear bumper to . To disengage cruise control, assist with parking and avoiding An obstacle is indicated by audible step lightly on the brake pedal. objects while in R (Reverse). beeps. The time between the beeps gets shorter as the vehicle . [ Press the on the steering approaches the obstacle. wheel. { WARNING A continuous tone is heard when . To turn off the cruise control, The URPA system does not the distance is less than 30 cm (12 in). press I on the steering wheel. detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects To be detected, objects must be at Erasing Speed Memory below the bumper or that are too least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground The cruise control set speed is close or too far from the vehicle. and below liftgate level. Objects erased from memory by pressing It is not available at speeds must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from the I button or if the ignition is greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To the rear bumper. This distance may turned off. prevent injury, death, or vehicle be less during warmer or humid damage, even with URPA, always weather. check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before backing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

Turning the System On and Off PARK ASSIST OFF: This message Other conditions may affect system occurs if the driver disables the performance, such as vibrations system or if the vehicle is driven from a jackhammer or the above 8 km/h (5 mph) in compression of air brakes on a very R (Reverse). large truck. PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE OWNERS MANUAL: This Side Blind Zone message can occur under the Alert (SBZA) Press this button, located next to following conditions: If available, the Side Blind Zone the radio, to disable URPA. . The ultrasonic sensors are not Alert system is a lane changing aid The indicator light comes on and clean. Keep the rear bumper that assists drivers with avoiding PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, crashes that occur with vehicles in Driver Information Center (DIC). slush, and frost. The message the side blind zones. See Object Detection System may not clear until frost or ice Messages on page 5‑39. has melted all around and inside { WARNING the sensor. When the System Does Not . SBZA does not detect vehicles Seem to Work Properly A trailer is attached to the vehicle, or a bicycle or an object rapidly approaching outside of the The following messages may be hanging out of the liftgate during side blind zones, pedestrians, displayed on the DIC: the current or last drive cycle. bicyclists, or animals. Failure to SERVICE PARK ASSIST: this URPA will return to normal use proper care when changing message occurs, take the vehicle to operation after it is determined lanes may result in injury, death, your dealer for repair. the object is removed. This or vehicle damage. Before could take a few drive cycles. making a lane change, always . A tow bar is attached to the (Continued) vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

is approximately between When the vehicle is started, both WARNING (Continued) 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2.0 m (6 ft) off the outside mirror SBZA displays will ground. briefly come on to indicate the check mirrors, glance over your Use caution while changing lanes system is operating. When the shoulder, and use the turn vehicle is moving forward, the left or signals. when towing a trailer, as the SBZA detection zones do not change right side mirror display will light up when a trailer is towed. if a vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated How the System Works and a vehicle is also detected on The SBZA symbol lights up in the the same side, the display will flash side mirrors when the system to give you extra warning not to detects a vehicle in the side blind change lanes. zone, indicating it may be unsafe to At speeds greater then 32 km/h change lanes. Before making a lane (20 mph), SBZA displays may come change, check the SBZA display, on when approaching or passing check all mirrors, glance over your other vehicles. SBZA displays may shoulder, and use the turn signals. come on when a passed vehicle remains in or drops back into the detection zone. SBZA can be disabled through the Driver SBZA Detection Zones Information Center (DIC). See Driver The SBZA sensor covers a zone of Information Center (DIC) on approximately one lane over from page 5‑26. If SBZA is disabled by both sides of the vehicle, 3.5 m Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror the driver, the SBZA mirror displays (11 ft). This zone starts at each side Display Display will not light up. mirror and goes back approximately 5.0 m (16 ft). The height of the zone Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

When the System Does Not Seem UNAVAILABLE message after vehicles in your blind zone, or the To Work Properly cleaning the bumper, see your vehicle is passing through an open Missed alerts can occur under dealer. field of view area, such as the normal circumstances and will The SBZA displays may remain on desert, where there is insufficient increase in wet conditions. The if a trailer is attached to the vehicle, data for operation. This message system does not need to be or a bicycle or object is extending may also activate during heavy rain serviced. SBZA is designed to out to either side of the vehicle. or due to road spray. The vehicle does not need service. For cleaning, ignore stationary objects; however, When SBZA is disabled for any the system may occasionally light see “Washing the Vehicle” under reason other than the driver turning Exterior Care on page 10‑87. up due to guard rails, signs, trees, it off, it cannot be turned back on. shrubs, and other stationary objects. The SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT ON SERVICE SIDE BLIND ZONE This is normal system operation, the option will not be selectable if the ALERT SYSTEM: If this message vehicle does not need service. conditions for normal system appears, both SBZA displays will If the SBZA displays do not light up operation are not met. remain on indicating there is a when the system is on and vehicles problem with the SBZA system. are in the blind zone, the system SBZA Error Messages If these displays remain on after may need service. Take the vehicle The following messages may continued driving, the system needs to your dealer. appear in the DIC: service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. SBZA does not operate when the SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT SBZA sensors in the left or right SYSTEM OFF: This message FCC Information corners of the rear bumper are indicates that the driver has turned See Radio Frequency Statement on covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, the system off. page 13‑20 for information slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM regarding Part 15 of the Federal cleaning instructions, see “Washing UNAVAILABLE: This message Communications Commission (FCC) the Vehicle” under Exterior Care on indicates that the SBZA system is rules and Industry Canada page 10‑87. If the DIC still displays disabled either because the sensor Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. the SIDE BLIND ZONE SYSTEM is blocked and cannot detect Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Rear Vision Vehicles without Navigation the vehicle. When the vehicle is System shifted into R (Reverse), the video Camera (RVC) image appears on the navigation If available, the Rear Vision Camera The RVC system displays a view of screen. After a delay, the navigation (RVC) system displays part of the the area behind the vehicle. When screen displays the last screen after scene behind the vehicle. the vehicle is on and shifted into the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) the video image R (Reverse). appears on the inside rearview { WARNING mirror. The video image disappears Turning the RVC System On or Off after the vehicle is shifted out of The RVC system does not display To turn the RVC system on or off: R (Reverse). children, pedestrians, bicyclists, 1. Shift into P (Park). animals, or any other object Turning the RVC System On or Off 2. Press MENU to enter the located outside the camera's field To turn off the RVC system, press configure menu options. Turn of view, below the bumper, and hold , located on the inside the Multifunction knob until the or under the vehicle. Perceived z rearview mirror, until the left Display feature is highlighted distances may be different from indicator light turns off. The RVC and press the Multifunction actual distances. Do not back the display is now disabled. knob. Or press the Display vehicle using only the RVC screen button screen, during longer, higher To turn the RVC system on, press speed backing maneuvers, and hold z until the left indicator 3. Select the Rear Camera Options or where there could be cross light comes on. The RVC system screen button. The Rear Camera Options screen displays. traffic. Failure to use proper care display will appear in the mirror. 4. Select the Video screen button. before backing may result in Vehicles with Navigation injury, death, or vehicle damage. When the Video screen button is System Always check behind and around highlighted the RVC the vehicle before backing. The RVC system is designed to system is on. help the driver when backing up by displaying a view of the area behind Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

The delay that is received after The symbols appear near objects Guidelines shifting out of R (Reverse) is detected by the URPA system. The The RVC system has a guideline approximately 10 seconds. The symbol may cover the object when overlay that can help the driver align delay can be canceled by viewing the navigation screen. the vehicle when backing into a performing one of the following: To turn the symbols on or off: parking spot. . Pressing a hard key on the 1. Make sure that URPA has not To turn the guidelines on or off: navigation system. been disabled. 1. Make sure that URPA has not . Shifting into P (Park). 2. Shift into P (Park). been disabled. . Reach a vehicle speed of 3. Press MENU to enter the 2. Shift into P (Park). 8 km/h (5 mph). configure menu options. Turn 3. Press MENU to enter the Symbols the Multifunction knob until the configure menu options. Turn Display feature is highlighted the Multifunction knob until the The navigation system may have a and press the Multifunction feature that allows for viewing Display feature is highlighted knob. Or press the Display and press the Multifunction parking assist symbols on the screen button navigation screen while using the knob. Or press the Display RVC. The Ultrasonic Rear Park 4. Select the Rear Camera Options screen button Assist (URPA) system must not be screen button. The Rear Camera 4. Select the Rear Camera Options disabled to use the caution symbols. Options screen displays. screen button. The Rear Camera If URPA has been disabled and the 5. Touch the Symbols screen Options screen displays. symbols have been turned on, the button. The screen button will be 5. Touch the Guidelines screen Rear Parking Assist Symbols highlighted when on. Unavailable error message may button. The screen button will be display. See Ultrasonic Parking highlighted when on. Assist on page 9‑48. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

RVC Location Displayed images may be further or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects which are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display. When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly The RVC system might not work properly or display a clear image if: . The RVC is turned off. See A. View displayed by the camera “Turning the RVC System On or Off” earlier in this section. The camera is located above the . It is dark. license plate. . The sun or the beam of This shows the field of view that the headlamps is shining directly camera provides. into the camera lens. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with A. View displayed by the camera water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. B. Corners of the rear bumper Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

. The back of the vehicle is in an The fast flash conditions are Fuel accident, the position and used to protect the video device mounting angle of the camera from high temperature Use of the recommended fuel is an can change or the camera can conditions. Once conditions important part of the proper be affected. Be sure to have the return to normal the device will maintenance of this vehicle. To help camera and its position and reset and the green indicator will keep the engine clean and maintain mounting angle checked at your stop flashing. optimum vehicle performance, we dealer. recommend the use of gasoline During any of these fault conditions, advertised as TOP TIER Detergent The RVC system display in the the display will be blank and the Gasoline. rearview mirror may turn off or not indicator will flash while the vehicle appear as expected due to one of is in R (Reverse) or until the Look for the TOP TIER label on the the following conditions. If this conditions return to normal. fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets occurs the left indicator light on the enhanced detergency standards mirror will flash. Press and hold z when the left developed by auto companies. A list indicator light is flashing to turn off . A slow flash may indicate a loss of marketers providing TOP TIER the video display along with the left of video signal, or no video Detergent Gasoline can be found at indicator light. signal present during the reverse www.toptiergas.com. TOP TIER cycle. gasoline is only available in the U.S. and Canada. . A fast flash may indicate that the display has been on for the maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display has reached an Over Temperature limit. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

Recommended Fuel California Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline with Requirements a posted octane rating of 87 or If the vehicle is certified to meet higher. If the octane rating is less California Emissions Standards, it is than 87, an audible knocking noise, designed to operate on fuels that commonly referred to as spark meet California specifications. See knock, might be heard when driving. the underhood emission control If this occurs, use a gasoline rated label. If this fuel is not available in at 87 octane or higher as soon as states adopting California Emissions possible. If heavy knocking is heard Standards, the vehicle will operate when using gasoline rated at satisfactorily on fuels meeting 87 octane or higher, the engine federal specifications, but emission The eighth digit of the Vehicle needs service. control system performance might Identification Number (VIN) shows be affected. The malfunction the code letter or number that Gasoline Specifications indicator lamp could turn on and the identifies the vehicle's engine. The vehicle might fail a smog check test. VIN is at the top left of the At a minimum, gasoline should meet ‐ See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on instrument panel. See Vehicle ASTM specification D 4814. Some page 5 19. If this occurs, return to Identification Number (VIN) on contain an ‑ your authorized dealer for diagnosis. page 12‑1. octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If it is determined that the condition Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend is caused by the type of fuel used, can use either unleaded gasoline or against the use of gasolines repairs might not be covered by the ethanol fuel containing up to 85% containing MMT. See Fuel Additives vehicle warranty. ethanol (E85). See Fuel E85 (85% on page 9‑57. Ethanol) on page 9‑58. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑56. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the Countries and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 15% ethanol must not be used in caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. warranty. detergency standards developed by Notice: This vehicle was not the auto companies. A list of To check the fuel availability, ask an designed for fuel that contains marketers providing TOP TIER auto club, or contact a major oil methanol. Do not use fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at company that does business in the containing methanol. It can www.toptiergas.com. country where you will be driving. corrode metal parts in the fuel For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic Fuel Additives TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can required to contain additives that Some gasolines that are not help clean deposits from fuel reformulated for low emissions can help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel deposits from forming, allowing the contain an octane-enhancing System Treatment PLUS is the only additive called emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by properly. In most cases, nothing methylcyclopentadienyl manganese General Motors. It is available at tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. However, some gasolines contain where you buy gasoline whether the only the minimum amount of Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend additive required to meet U.S. such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. Environmental Protection Agency reformulated gasolines might be Fuels containing MMT can reduce available in your area. We spark plug life and affect emission Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

control system performance. The indicating ethanol content. Do not E85 has less energy per liter malfunction indicator lamp might use the fuel if the ethanol content is (gallon) than gasoline, so you will turn on. If this occurs, return to your greater than 85%. need to refill the fuel tank more dealer for service. At a minimum, E85 should meet often when using E85 than when ASTM Specification D 5798 or you are using gasoline. See Filling Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling the Tank on page 9‑59. Vehicles that have a yellow fuel cap the tank with fuel mixtures that do Notice: Some additives are not can use either unleaded gasoline or not meet ASTM or CGSB compatible with E85 fuel and can ethanol fuel containing up to 85% specifications can affect driveability harm the vehicle's fuel system. ethanol (E85). For all other vehicles, and could cause the malfunction Do not add anything to E85. use only the unleaded gasoline indicator lamp to come on. As the Damage caused by additives described under Recommended outside temperature approaches would not be covered by the Fuel on page 9‑56. freezing, ethanol fuel distributors vehicle warranty. should supply winter grade ethanol, We encourage the use of E85 in Notice: This vehicle was not the same as with unleaded designed for fuel that contains vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline. The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” methanol. Do not use fuel fuel, meaning it is made from It is best not to alternate repeatedly containing methanol. It can renewable sources such as corn between gasoline and E85. If you corrode metal parts in the fuel and other crops. do switch fuels, it is recommended system and also damage plastic that you add as much fuel as and rubber parts. That damage Many service stations will not have possible — do not add less than would not be covered under the an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You vehicle warranty. available. The U.S. Department of should drive the vehicle immediately Energy has an alternative fuels after refueling for at least 11 km website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt locator/stations/) that can help you to the change in ethanol find E85 fuel. Those stations that do concentration. have E85 should have a label Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Filling the Tank WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING . Fuel can spray out if the fuel cap is opened too quickly. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is death. more likely in hot weather. . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly and and others, read and follow wait for any hiss noise to stop all the instructions on the fuel then unscrew the cap all pump island. the way . Turn off the engine when To open the fuel door, push the The tethered fuel cap is located refueling. rearward center edge in and release behind a hinged fuel door on the . and it will open. Keep sparks, flames, and driver side of the vehicle. If the smoking materials away vehicle has E85 fuel capability, the from fuel. fuel cap will be yellow and state that . Do not leave the fuel pump E85 or gasoline can be used. See unattended. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑58. . Do not reenter the vehicle while pumping fuel. . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

To remove the fuel cap, turn it allow fuel to evaporate into the tank and emissions system. See slowly counterclockwise. The fuel atmosphere. See Malfunction Malfunction Indicator Lamp on cap has a spring in it; if the cap is Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19. page 5‑19. released too soon, it will spring back If the vehicle has a Driver to the right. Information Center (DIC), the Filling a Portable Fuel While refueling, hang the tethered TIGHTEN GAS CAP message Container fuel cap from the hook on the displays if the fuel cap is not fuel door. properly installed. { WARNING Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a { WARNING Filling a portable fuel container few seconds after you have finished while it is in the vehicle can cause pumping before removing the If a fire starts while you are fuel vapors that can ignite either nozzle. Clean fuel from painted refueling, do not remove the by static electricity or other surfaces as soon as possible. See nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by means. You or others could be Exterior Care on page 10‑87. shutting off the pump or by badly burned and the vehicle notifying the station attendant. When replacing the fuel cap, insert could be damaged. Always: Leave the area immediately. the tether in its hole before . Use approved fuel tightening the cap. Turn the fuel cap containers. clockwise until it clicks. It will require Notice: If a new fuel cap is . Remove container from more effort to turn the fuel cap on needed, be sure to get the right vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed the last turn as you tighten it. Make type of cap from your dealer. The before filling. sure the cap is fully installed. The wrong type of fuel cap might not diagnostic system can determine if fit properly, might cause the . Place container on the the fuel cap has been left off or malfunction indicator lamp to ground. improperly installed. This would light, and could damage the fuel (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (61,1)

Driving and Operating 9-61

. Do not tow a trailer during the WARNING (Continued) Towing first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent damage to the engine, axle, . Place the nozzle inside the fill General Towing or other parts. opening of the container Information . before dispensing fuel, and Then during the first 800 km keep it in contact with the fill Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not opening until filling is been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and complete. Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle. dealer for assistance with preparing . . Do not smoke while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read pumping fuel. Shift the transmission to a lower the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑82. For towing the vehicle behind { WARNING another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle When towing a trailer, exhaust Towing on page 10‑82. gases may collect at the rear of the vehicle and enter if the Driving Characteristics liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most and Towing Tips window is open. When towing a trailer: Driving with a Trailer . Do not drive with the liftgate, When towing a trailer: trunk/hatch, or rear-most . Become familiar with the state window open. and local laws that apply to (Continued) trailer towing. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (62,1)

9-62 Driving and Operating

combination moving and then apply the left. To move the trailer to the WARNING (Continued) the trailer brake controller by hand right, move your hand to the right. to be sure the brakes work. Always back up slowly and, . Fully open the air outlets on During the trip, check occasionally if possible, have someone or under the instrument guide you. panel. to be sure that the load is secure and the lamps and any trailer . Making Turns Also adjust the climate brakes still work. control system to a setting Notice: Making very sharp turns that brings in only outside air. Following Distance while trailering could cause the See Climate Control System “ ” Stay at least twice as far behind the trailer to come in contact with the in the Index. vehicle ahead as you would when vehicle. The vehicle could be For more information about driving the vehicle without a trailer. damaged. Avoid making very Carbon Monoxide, see Engine This can help to avoid heavy sharp turns while trailering. Exhaust on page 9‑27. braking and sudden turns. When turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so Passing the trailer will not strike soft Towing a trailer requires a certain shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, amount of experience. The More passing distance is needed or other objects. Avoid jerky or combination you are driving is when towing a trailer. The sudden maneuvers. Signal well in longer and not as responsive as the combination will not accelerate as advance. vehicle itself. Get acquainted with quickly and is longer so it is the handling and braking of the rig necessary to go much farther If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn before setting out for the open road. beyond the passed vehicle before out, the arrows on the instrument returning to the lane. cluster will still flash for turns. It is Before starting, check all trailer hitch important to check occasionally to parts and attachments, safety Backing Up be sure the trailer bulbs are still chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Hold the bottom of the steering working. tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has wheel with one hand. To move the electric brakes, start the trailer to the left, move that hand to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (63,1)

Driving and Operating 9-63

Driving on Grades for a few minutes before turning the 3. When the wheel chocks are in engine off. If the overheat warning place, release the regular brakes Reduce speed and shift to a lower comes on, see Engine Overheating until the chocks absorb the load. gear before starting down a long or on page 10 18. steep downgrade. If the ‑ 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then transmission is not shifted down, the Parking on Hills apply the parking brake and shift brakes might get hot and no longer into P (Park). work well. { WARNING 5. Release the brake pedal. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if Parking the vehicle on a hill with Leaving After Parking on a Hill the transmission shifts too often the trailer attached can be 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. dangerous. If something goes under heavy loads and/or hilly 2. Start the engine. conditions. wrong, the rig could start to move. 3. Shift into a gear. The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if People can be injured, and both the transmission shifts too often. the vehicle and the trailer can be 4. Release the parking brake. damaged. When possible, always See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑32. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. park the rig on a flat surface. When towing at high altitude on 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is steep uphill grades, consider the clear of the chocks. following: Engine coolant will boil at If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick up a lower temperature than at normal 1. Press the brake pedal, but do and store the chocks. altitudes. If the engine is turned off not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn immediately after towing at high the wheels into the curb if facing altitude on steep uphill grades, the downhill or into traffic if facing vehicle may show signs similar to uphill. engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run while parked, 2. Have someone place chocks preferably on level ground, with the under the trailer wheels. automatic transmission in P (Park) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (64,1)

9-64 Driving and Operating

Maintenance when Trailer Notice: Pulling a trailer Towing { WARNING improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly The vehicle needs service more The driver can lose control when repairs not covered by the vehicle often when pulling a trailer. See pulling a trailer if the correct warranty. To pull a trailer Maintenance Schedule on equipment is not used or the correctly, follow the advice in this page 11‑2. Things that are vehicle is not driven properly. For section and see your dealer for especially important in trailer example, if the trailer is too important information about operation are automatic heavy, the brakes may not work towing a trailer with the vehicle. transmission fluid, engine oil, axle well or even at all. The driver — To identify the trailering capacity of lubricant, belts, cooling system, and and passengers could be the vehicle, read the information in brake system. It is a good idea to seriously injured. The vehicle may “Weight of the Trailer” that appears inspect these before and during also be damaged; the resulting the trip. later in this section. repairs would not be covered by Check periodically to see that all the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer Trailering is different than just hitch nuts and bolts are tight. only if all the steps in this section driving the vehicle by itself. have been followed. Ask your Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, Trailer Towing dealer for advice and information durability and fuel economy. about towing a trailer with the If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, Successful, safe trailering takes see the Hybrid supplement for more vehicle. correct equipment, and it has to be information. used properly. Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See New Vehicle Break-In on page 9‑19 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (65,1)

Driving and Operating 9-65

The following information has many Trailer weight rating (TWR) is time-tested, important trailering tips calculated assuming the tow vehicle and safety rules. Many of these are has only the driver but all required important for your safety and that of trailering equipment. Weight of your passengers. So please read additional optional equipment, this section carefully before pulling a passengers, and cargo in the tow trailer. vehicle must be subtracted from the trailer weight rating. Weight of the Trailer Use the following chart to determine How heavy can a trailer safely be? how much the vehicle can weigh, It depends on how the rig is used. based upon the vehicle model and Speed, altitude, road grades, options. outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later in this section for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (66,1)

9-66 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 1500 Series 2WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 313 kg (5,100 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 540 kg (5,600 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 4WD Short Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 359 kg (5,200 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 586 kg (5,700 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 720 kg (8,200 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) 1500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 5.3LV8 3.08 2 268 kg (5,000 lb) 4 990 kg (11,000 lb) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lb) 5 216 kg (11,500 lb) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (67,1)

Driving and Operating 9-67

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR* 2500 Series 2WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) 2500 Series 4WD Long Wheel Base 6.0LV8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue passengers and cargo in the vehicle information or advice, or write us at reduce the amount of tongue weight The tongue load (A) of any trailer is our Customer Assistance Offices, the vehicle can carry, which will also very important because it is also See Customer Assistance Offices reduce the trailer weight the vehicle part of the vehicle weight. The (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 5 or can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits on ‑ Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) Customer Assistance Offices page 9 15 for more information includes the curb weight of the ‑ (Mexico) on page 13 5. about the vehicle's maximum load ‑ vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and capacity. the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (68,1)

9-68 Driving and Operating

Maximum Tongue Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight 1500/2500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) 1500/2500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb)

Do not exceed the maximum proper. If they are not, adjustments allowable tongue weight for the might be made by moving some vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch items around in the trailer. extension that will position the hitch ball closest to the vehicle. This will Total Weight on the Vehicle's Trailer tongue weight (A) should be help reduce the effect of trailer Tires 10 percent to 15 percent of the tongue weight on the rear axle. Be sure the vehicle's tires are loaded trailer weight (B) up to the Trailer rating may be limited by the inflated to the inflation pressures maximums for vehicle series and vehicle's ability to carry tongue found on the Certification label on hitch type. weight. Tongue weight cannot cause the drivers door or see Vehicle Load the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Limits on page 9‑15 for more (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or information. Make sure not to the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle exceed the GVWR limit for the Weight Rating). See “Total Weight vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow on the Vehicle's Tires” later in this vehicle and trailer fully loaded for section for more information. the trip including the weight of the trailer tongue. If using a weight After loading the trailer, weigh the distributing hitch, make sure not to trailer and then the tongue, exceed the RGAWR before applying separately, to see if the weights are the weight distribution spring bars. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (69,1)

Driving and Operating 9-69

Weight of the Trailering See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” When using a weight-distributing Combination in Trailer Towing on page 9‑64 for hitch, the spring bars should be rating limits with various hitch types. adjusted so the distance (A) is the It is important that the combination Consider using sway controls with same after coupling the trailer to the of the tow vehicle and trailer does tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. not exceed any of its weight ratings any trailer. Ask a trailering — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer professional about sway controls or Safety Chains Weight Rating or Tongue Weight. refer to the trailer manufacturer's Always attach chains between the The only way to be sure it is not recommendations and instructions. vehicle and the trailer. Cross the exceeding any of these ratings is to Weight-Distributing Hitch safety chains under the tongue of weigh the tow vehicle and trailer the trailer to help prevent the tongue combination, fully loaded for the trip, Adjustment from contacting the road if it getting individual weights for each of becomes separated from the hitch. these items. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch Towing Equipment manufacturer or by the trailer Hitches manufacturer. If the trailer being towed weighs up to 2 271 kg The correct hitch equipment helps (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed maintain combination control. Most step bumper, safety chains may be small-to-medium trailers can be attached to the attaching points on towed with a weight carrying hitch the bumper, otherwise, safety which simply features a coupler chains should be attached to holes latched to the hitch ball. Larger on the trailer hitch platform. Always trailers may require a weight A. Body to Ground Distance leave just enough slack so the distributing hitch that uses spring combination can turn. Never allow bars to distribute the trailer tongue B. Front of Vehicle safety chains to drag on the ground. weight among the two vehicle and trailer axles. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (70,1)

9-70 Driving and Operating

Trailer Brakes The seven-wire harness contains Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness the following trailer circuits: Package A loaded trailer that weighs more than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal have its own brake system that is . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn adequate for the weight of the Signal trailer. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes . Brown: Taillamps so they are installed, adjusted and . White: Ground maintained properly. . Light Green: Back-up Lamps Since the vehicle is equipped with . StabiliTrak®, the trailer brakes Red: Battery Feed* cannot tap into the vehicle's . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* hydraulic system. *The fuses for these two circuits are Trailer Wiring Harness installed in the underhood electrical center, but the wires are not The vehicle is equipped with the The vehicle is equipped with the connected. They should be seven-wire trailer towing harness. following wiring harnesses for connected by your dealer or a This harness with a seven-pin towing a trailer. qualified service center. universal trailer connector is Basic Trailer Wiring attached to a bracket on the hitch platform. The trailer wiring harness, with a seven-pin connector, is located at The seven-wire harness contains the rear of the vehicle and is tied to the following trailer circuits: the vehicle's frame. The harness . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal connector can be plugged into a . seven-pin universal heavy-duty Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn trailer connector available through Signal your dealer. . Brown: Taillamps Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (71,1)

Driving and Operating 9-71

. White: Ground Electric Brake Control Wiring power both ITBC and aftermarket . Light Green: Back-up Lamps Provisions controllers to control the trailer brakes at the same time. . Red: Battery Feed* These wiring provisions are included with the vehicle as part of . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* Tow/Haul Mode the trailer wiring package. These *The fuses for these two circuits are provisions are for an electric brake installed in the underhood electrical controller. The instrument panel center, but the wires are not contains blunt cut wires near the connected. They should be data link connector for the trailer connected by your dealer or a brake controller. The harness qualified service center. contains the following wires: If charging a remote (non-vehicle) . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to Pressing this button at the end of battery, press the tow/haul mode Trailer Connector the shift lever turns on and off the button located at the end of the shift . tow/haul mode. lever. This will boost the vehicle Red/Black: Battery system voltage and properly charge . Light Blue/White: Brake Switch the battery. If the trailer is too light . White: Ground for tow/haul mode, turn on the headlamps as a second way to It should be installed by your dealer boost the vehicle system and or a qualified service center. charge the battery. If the vehicle is equipped with an ITBC, the blunt cuts exist, but are This indicator light on the instrument not connected further in the panel cluster comes on when the harness. If an aftermarket trailer tow/haul mode is on. brake controller is installed, the ITBC must be disconnected. Do not Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (72,1)

9-72 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul is a feature that assists Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul This symbol is located on the Trailer when pulling a heavy trailer or a when lightly loaded or with no trailer Brake Control Panel on vehicles large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul at all will not cause damage. with an Integrated Trailer Brake Mode on page 9‑32 for more However, there is no benefit to the Control System. The power output information. selection of Tow/Haul when the to the trailer brakes is based on the Tow/Haul is designed to be most vehicle is unloaded. Such a amount of brake pressure being effective when the vehicle and selection when unloaded may result applied by the vehicle’s brake trailer combined weight is at least in unpleasant engine and system. This available power output 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross transmission driving characteristics to the trailer brakes can be adjusted Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ to a wide range of trailering Haul is recommended only when situations. See “Weight of the Trailer” earlier in the section. Tow/Haul is most useful pulling a heavy trailer or a large or The ITBC system is integrated with heavy load. under the following driving the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake conditions: Integrated Trailer Brake and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering conditions that cause the vehicle s . When pulling a heavy trailer or a Control System ’ large or heavy load through anti-lock brake or StabiliTrak rolling terrain. systems to activate, power sent to the trailer's brakes will be . When pulling a heavy trailer or a automatically adjusted to minimize large or heavy load in stop and trailer wheel lock-up. This does not go traffic. imply that the trailer has the . When pulling a heavy trailer or a StabiliTrak system. large or heavy load in busy The vehicle may have an Integrated The vehicle may have a Trailer parking lots where improved low Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system Sway Control (TSC) feature. See speed control of the vehicle is for electric trailer brakes. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on desired. page 9‑77. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (73,1)

Driving and Operating 9-73

The vehicle may have a Hill Start Trailer Brake Control Panel Assist (HSA) feature. See Hill Start { WARNING Assist (HSA) on page 9‑41. Connecting a trailer that If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock has a surge, air, brake or StabiliTrak systems are not or electric-over-hydraulic trailer functioning properly, the ITBC brake system may result in system may not be fully functional reduced or complete loss of trailer or may not function at all. Make sure braking. There may be an all of these systems are fully increase in stopping distance or operational to ensure full trailer instability which could functionality of the ITBC system. result in personal injury or The ITBC system is powered damage to the vehicle, trailer, through the vehicle's electrical or other property. Use the ITBC system. Turning the ignition off will system only with electric brakes. A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply also turn off the ITBC system. The Lever ITBC system is fully functional only when the ignition is in ON or B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons in RUN. The ITBC system has a control The ITBC system can only be used panel located on the instrument with trailers with electric brakes. panel to the left of the steering column. The control panel allows adjustment to the amount of output, referred to as trailer gain, available to the electric trailer brakes and allows manual application the trailer brakes. The Trailer Brake Control Panel is used along with the Trailer Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (74,1)

9-74 Driving and Operating

Brake Display Page on the DIC to Gain setting. After the Trailer and hold a gain button to cause the adjust and display power output to Brake Display Page is displayed, Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. the trailer brakes. each press and release of the To turn the output to the trailer off, gain buttons will then cause the adjust the Trailer Gain setting to Trailer Brake DIC Display Page Trailer Gain setting to change. 0.0 (zero). The ITBC system displays . Activating the Manual Trailer 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default messages into the vehicle’s Driver Brake Apply lever setting. To properly adjust trailer Information Center (DIC). See gain, see the Trailer Gain Driver Information Center (DIC) on . Connecting a trailer equipped with electric trailer brakes Adjustment Procedure later in this page 5‑26 for more information. section. The display page indicates Trailer All DIC warning and service messages must first be TRAILER OUTPUT – This is Gain setting, power output to the displayed any time a trailer with electric trailer brakes, trailer acknowledged by the driver by pressing the odometer trip stem or electric brakes is connected. Output connection and system operational to the electric brakes is based on status. the DIC Vehicle Information button (if equipped) before the Trailer the amount of vehicle braking The Trailer Brake Display Page can Brake Display Page can be present and relative to the Trailer be displayed by performing any of displayed and Trailer Gain can be Gain setting. Output is displayed the following actions: adjusted. from 0 to 10 bars for each gain setting. . Scrolling through the DIC menu TRAILER GAIN – This setting is pages using the odometer trip displayed anytime the Trailer Brake Non-hybrid vehicles with Trailer stem or the DIC Vehicle Display Page is active. This setting Sway Control (TSC) or Hill Start Information button (if equipped). can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 Assist (HSA), output to the electric trailer brakes may be displayed . Pressing a Trailer Gain button – with either a trailer connected or If the Trailer Brake Display Page disconnected. To adjust the Trailer when the systems are active. See is not currently displayed, Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on pressing a Trailer Gain button adjustment buttons located on the page 9‑77 and Hill Start Assist will first recall the current Trailer Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press (HSA) on page 9‑41. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (75,1)

Driving and Operating 9-75

The Trailer Output will indicate “--- the trailer’s electric brakes over-gained may result in locked ---“ on the Trailer Brake Display independent of the vehicle’s brakes. trailer brakes. A trailer that is Page whenever the following occur: This lever is used in the Trailer Gain under-gained may result in not Adjustment Procedure to properly enough trailer braking. Both of these . No trailer is connected. adjust the power output to the trailer conditions may result in poorer . A trailer without electric brakes brakes. Sliding the lever to the left stopping and stability of the vehicle is connected (no DIC message will apply only the trailer brakes. and trailer. is displayed). The power output to the trailer is Use the following procedure to . A trailer with electric brakes has indicated in the Trailer Brake correctly adjust Trailer Gain for each become disconnected (a Display Page in the DIC. If the towing condition: CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle’s service brakes are applied message will also be displayed while using the Manual Trailer Brake 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are on the DIC). Apply Lever, the trailer output power in proper working condition. will be the greater of the two. 2. Connect a properly loaded trailer . There is a fault present in the wiring to the electric trailer The trailer and the vehicle's brake to the vehicle and make all brakes (a CHECK TRAILER lamps will come on when either necessary mechanical and WIRING message will also be vehicle braking or manual trailer electrical connections. See displayed on the DIC). brakes are applied. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15 for more information. . There is a fault in the ITBC Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure 3. After the electrical connection is system (a SERVICE TRAILER Trailer Gain should be set for a BRAKE SYSTEM message will made to a trailer equipped with specific trailering condition and must electric brakes: also be displayed in the DIC). be adjusted any time vehicle . A TRAILER CONNECTED Manual Trailer Brake Apply loading, trailer loading or road surface conditions change. message will be briefly The Manual Trailer Brake Apply displayed on the DIC Lever is located on the Trailer Brake Setting the Trailer Gain properly is display. Control Panel and is used to apply needed for the best trailer stopping performance. A trailer that is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (76,1)

9-76 Driving and Operating

. The Trailer Brake Display Adjusting trailer gain at speeds TRAILER CONNECTED – This Page will appear on the lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to message will be briefly displayed DIC showing TRAILER 25 mph) may result in an when a trailer with electric brakes is GAIN and TRAILER incorrect gain setting. first connected to the vehicle. This OUTPUT. 6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just message will automatically turn off . In the Trailer Output display below the point of trailer wheel in about ten seconds. The driver on the DIC, “------“ will lock-up, indicated by trailer can also acknowledge this message disappear if there is no wheel squeal or tire smoke when before it automatically turns off. error present. Connecting a a trailer wheel locks. CHECK TRAILER WIRING – This trailer without electric message will be displayed if: brakes will not clear the six Trailer wheel lock-up may not dashed lines. occur if towing a heavily loaded 1. The ITBC system first trailer. In this case, adjust the determines connection to a 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using Trailer Gain to the highest trailer with electric brakes and the gain adjustment (+ / -) allowable setting for the towing then the trailer harness becomes buttons on the Trailer Brake condition. disconnected from the vehicle. Control Panel. 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time If the disconnect occurs while 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer vehicle loading, trailer loading or the vehicle is stationary, this attached on a level road surface road surface conditions change message will automatically turn representative of the towing or if trailer wheel lock-up is off in about thirty seconds. This condition and free of traffic at noticed at any time while towing message will also turn off if the about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to driver acknowledges this 25 mph) and fully apply the Other ITBC Related DIC Messages message off or if the trailer Manual Trailer Brake Apply In addition to displaying TRAILER harness is re-connected. lever. GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT If the disconnect occurs while through the DIC, trailer connection the vehicle is moving, this and ITBC system status is displayed message will continue until the in the DIC. ignition is turned off. This Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (77,1)

Driving and Operating 9-77

message will also turn off if the 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING vehicle over to the side of the road driver acknowledges this message re-appears, the and turn the ignition off. Check the message off or if the trailer electrical fault is on the wiring connection to the trailer and harness is re-connected. vehicle side. turn the ignition back on. If either of 2. There is an electrical fault in the If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING these messages continues, either wiring to the electric trailer message only re-appears when the vehicle or trailer needs service. brakes. This message will connecting the trailer wiring An authorized GM dealer may be continue as long as there is an harness to the vehicle, the able to diagnose and repair electrical fault in the trailer electrical fault is on the problems with the trailer. However, wiring. This message will also trailer side. any diagnosis and repair of the turn off if the driver SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE trailer is not covered under the acknowledges this message off. vehicle warranty. Please contact SYSTEM – This message will be To determine if the electrical fault is displayed when there is a problem your trailer dealer for assistance on the vehicle side or trailer side of with the ITBC system. If this with trailer repairs and trailer the trailer wiring harness message persists over multiple warranty information. connection, do the following: ignition cycles there is problem with Trailer Sway 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring the ITBC system. Take the vehicle harness from the vehicle. to an authorized GM dealer to have Control (TSC) the ITBC system diagnosed and Non-hybrid vehicles with StabiliTrak 2. Turn the ignition OFF. repaired. have a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 3. Wait ten seconds, then turn the If either the CHECK TRAILER feature. If the vehicle is towing a ignition back to RUN. WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER trailer and the system detects that BRAKE SYSTEM message is the trailer is swaying, the vehicle displayed while driving the vehicle, brakes are applied without the driver power is no longer available to the pressing the brake pedal. If the trailer brakes. When traffic vehicle is equipped with the conditions allow, carefully pull the Integrated Trailer Brake Control Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (78,1)

9-78 Driving and Operating

(ITBC) system, StabiliTrak may also Conversions and Adding a Snow Plow or apply the trailer brakes. The TCS/ StabiliTrak warning light will flash on Add-Ons Similar Equipment the instrument panel cluster to notify Before installing a snow plow on the the driver to reduce speed. If the Add-On Electrical vehicle, here are some things you trailer continues to sway, StabiliTrak need to know: will reduce engine torque to help Equipment Notice: If the vehicle does not slow the vehicle. See StabiliTrak® Notice: Some electrical have the snow plow prep System on page 9 42 for more equipment can damage the ‑ package, adding a plow can information. vehicle or cause components to damage the vehicle, and the not work and would not be Adding non‐dealer accessories can repairs would not be covered by covered by the warranty. Always affect the vehicle performance. See warranty. Unless the vehicle was check with your dealer before Accessories and Modifications on built to carry a snow plow, do not adding electrical equipment. page 10‑3 for more information. add one to the vehicle. If the Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle has the snow plow prep vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the package, called RPO VYU, then vehicle is not operating. the payload the vehicle can carry The vehicle has an airbag system. will be reduced when a snow Before attempting to add anything plow is installed. The vehicle can electrical to the vehicle, see be damaged if either the front or Servicing the Airbag-Equipped rear axle ratings or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Vehicle on page 3‑38 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped are exceeded. Vehicle on page 3‑38. Some vehicles are built with a special snow plow prep package, called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has this option, you can add a plow to it, provided certain weights, such as Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (79,1)

Driving and Operating 9-79

the weights on the vehicle's axles Here are some guidelines for safely . The snow plow manufacturer or and the Gross Vehicle Weight carrying a snow plow on the vehicle: installer can assist in Rating (GVWR), are not exceeded. determining the amount of rear . Make sure the weight on the ballast required, to help make The plow the vehicle can carry front and rear axles does not sure the snowplow/vehicle depends on many things, such as: exceed the axle rating for each. combination does not exceed . The options the vehicle came . For the front axle, if more cargo the GVW rating, the front and with, and the weight of those or passengers must be carried, rear axle ratings, and the front options. appropriate counter ballast must and rear weight distribution ratio. be installed rear of the rear axle. . The weight and number of . The total vehicle must not passengers intended to be Counter ballast must be properly exceed the GVW rating. carried. secured so it will not move during driving. Front axle reserve capacity is the . The weight of items added to the difference between the front Gross . vehicle. Follow the snow plow Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) and the manufacturer's front axle weight of the vehicle with . The total weight of any recommendations regarding rear full fuel and passengers. Basically, it additional cargo intended to be ballast. Rear ballast may be is the amount of weight that can be carried. required to ensure a proper front added to the front axle before Say, for example, you have a 318 kg and rear weight distribution ratio, reaching the front GAWR. (700 lb) snow plow. The total weight even though the actual weight at The front axle reserve capacity for of all occupants and cargo inside the front axle may be less than the vehicle can be found in the the cab should not exceed 135 kg the front axle rating. lower right corner of the (300 lb). This means that you may Certification/Tire label, as shown. only be able to carry one passenger. But, even this may be too much if there is other equipment already adding to the weight of the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (80,1)

9-80 Driving and Operating

In order to calculate the amount of For example, adding a 318 kg weight any front accessory, such as (700 lb) snow plow actually adds a snow plow, is adding to the front more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the axle, use the following formula: front axle. Using the formula, if the snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the front axle and the wheel base is 305 cm (10 ft), then: W = 318 kg (700 lb) A = 122 cm (4 ft) W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) (W x (A + W.B.))/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg United States (980 lb) So, if the vehicle's front axle reserve capacity is more than 980 lbs (445 kg), the snow plow could be added without exceeding the (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the front GAWR. accessory is adding to the front axle. Heavier equipment can be added on the front of the vehicle if it is Where: compensated for by carrying fewer W = Weight of added accessory passengers, less cargo, or by A = Distance that the accessory positioning cargo toward the rear. is in front of the front axle This has the effect of reducing the W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase load on the front. However, the front Canada Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (81,1)

Driving and Operating 9-81

GAWR, rear GAWR, and the Gross The total vehicle reserve capacity Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) WARNING (Continued) for the vehicle can be found in the must never be exceeded. lower right corner of the weight is less than the gross Certification/Tire label as shown vehicle weight rating (GVWR). previously. { WARNING Maintaining a proper front and rear weight distribution ratio is See your dealer for additional On some vehicles that have advice and information about using certain front mounted equipment, necessary to provide proper braking performance. a snow plow on the vehicle. Also, such as a snow plow, it may be see Vehicle Load Limits on possible to load the front axle to page 9‑15. the front gross axle weight rating Total vehicle reserve capacity is the (GAWR) but not have enough difference between the GVWR and Emergency Roof Lamp weight on the rear axle to have the weight of the vehicle with full Provisions proper braking performance. If the fuel and passengers. It is the Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow brakes cannot work properly, you amount of weight that can be added plow prep package also have an could have a crash. To help the to the vehicle before reaching emergency roof lamp provision brakes work properly when a theGVWR. Keep in mind that package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the snow plow is installed, always reserve capacity numbers are emergency roof lamp is provided follow the snow plow intended as a guide when selecting above the overhead console. See manufacturer or installer's the amount of equipment or cargo Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp on recommendation for rear ballast the vehicle can carry. If you are page 6‑6 for switch location. unsure of the vehicle's front, rear, to ensure a proper front and rear or total weight, go to a weigh station weight distribution ratio, even and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer though the actual front weight can also help you with this. may be less than the front GAWR, and the total vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (82,1)

9-82 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Fan ...... 10-20 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Lamps ...... 10-31 Brakes ...... 10-22 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-32 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-23 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-32 General Information ...... 10-2 Battery ...... 10-24 California Proposition Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-25 Electrical System 65 Warning ...... 10-2 Front Axle ...... 10-25 Electrical System California Perchlorate Rear Axle ...... 10-26 Overload ...... 10-32 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Fuses and Circuit Accessories and Automatic Transmission Shift Breakers ...... 10-33 Modifications ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Engine Compartment Fuse Vehicle Checks Check ...... 10-28 Block ...... 10-33 Ignition Transmission Lock Instrument Panel Fuse Doing Your Own Block ...... 10-37 Service Work ...... 10-3 Check ...... 10-28 Hood ...... 10-4 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Engine Compartment Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Tires ...... 10-40 Overview ...... 10-5 Wiper Blade All-Season Tires ...... 10-41 Engine Oil ...... 10-6 Replacement ...... 10-29 Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Glass Replacement ...... 10-30 Summer Tires ...... 10-42 Automatic Transmission Headlamp Aiming Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-42 Fluid ...... 10-10 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Tire Designations ...... 10-45 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13 Tire Terminology and Cooling System ...... 10-14 Bulb Replacement Definitions ...... 10-46 Engine Coolant ...... 10-15 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 Engine Overheating ...... 10-18 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Tire Pressure Monitor Overheated Engine System ...... 10-50 Protection Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting General Information Operation ...... 10-51 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Tire Inspection ...... 10-54 For service and parts needs, visit Tire Rotation ...... 10-54 Towing your dealer. You will receive When It Is Time for New Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-82 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Tires ...... 10-56 Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Towing ...... 10-82 Buying New Tires ...... 10-56 Genuine GM parts have one of Different Size Tires and Appearance Care these marks: Wheels ...... 10-58 Exterior Care ...... 10-87 Uniform Tire Quality Interior Care ...... 10-90 Grading ...... 10-59 Floor Mats ...... 10-93 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-60 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-60 Tire Chains ...... 10-61 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 Tire Changing ...... 10-64 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-74 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-76

California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles, including this one, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

cause cancer and birth defects or handling, emissions systems, Vehicle Checks other reproductive harm. Engine aerodynamics, durability, and exhaust, many parts and systems, electronic systems like antilock many fluids, and some component brakes, traction control, and stability Doing Your Own wear by-products contain and/or control. These accessories or Service Work emit these chemicals. modifications could even cause If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the malfunction or damage not covered hybrid supplement for more by the vehicle warranty. California Perchlorate information. Materials Requirements Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the Certain types of automotive { WARNING installation or use of non GM applications, such as airbag ‐ certified parts, including control initiators, safety belt pretensioners, It can be dangerous to work on module or software modifications, is and lithium batteries contained in your vehicle if you do not have not covered under the terms of the Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, the proper knowledge, service vehicle warranty and may affect may contain perchlorate materials. manual, tools, or parts. Always remaining warranty coverage for Special handling may be necessary. follow owner manual procedures affected parts. For additional information, see and consult the service manual www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ GM Accessories are designed to for your vehicle before doing any perchlorate. complement and function with other service work. systems on the vehicle. See your Accessories and dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service Modifications installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more Adding non dealer accessories or ‐ Also, see Adding Equipment to the about how to service the vehicle making modifications to the vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on than this manual can. can affect vehicle performance and page 3‑38. safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

To order the proper service manual, Hood 2. Then go to the front of the see Service Publications Ordering vehicle and locate the secondary Information on page 13‑16. To open the hood: hood release, near the center of This vehicle has an airbag system. the grille. Before attempting to do your own 3. Push the secondary hood service work, see Airbag System release to the right. Check on page 3‑40. 4. Lift the hood. Keep a record with all parts receipts Before closing the hood, be sure and list the mileage and the date of all the filler caps are on properly. 1. Pull the handle with this symbol any service work performed. See Then bring the hood from full on it. It is inside the vehicle to Maintenance Records on open to within 152 mm (6 in) the lower left of the steering page 11‑15. from the closed position, pause, wheel. Notice: Even small amounts of then push the front center of the contamination can cause damage hood with a swift, firm motion to to vehicle systems. Do not allow fully close the hood. contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L Shown, 6.0L V8 Engine Similar Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of Engine Oil page 10‑13. View). See Cooling System on page 10‑14. To ensure proper engine B. Coolant Surge Tank and performance and long life, careful Pressure Cap. See Cooling J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. attention must be paid to engine oil. System on page 10‑14. See Power Steering Fluid on Following these simple, but C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. page 10‑20. important steps will help protect See Jump Starting on K. Brake Master Cylinder your investment: page 10‑77. Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” . Always use engine oil approved under Brake Fluid on D. Battery on page 10‑24. to the proper specification and of page 10‑23. the proper viscosity grade. See E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal Selecting the Right Engine Oil (Out of View). See Jump L. Engine Compartment Fuse “ ” Block on page 10 33. in this section. Starting on page 10‑77. ‑ . Check the engine oil level F. Automatic Transmission M. Windshield Washer Fluid regularly and maintain the Dipstick (Out of View). See Reservoir. See “Adding Washer proper oil level. See “Checking Checking the Fluid Level Fluid” under Washer Fluid on “ ” Engine Oil” and “When to Add under Automatic Transmission page 10‑21. Engine Oil” in this section. Fluid on page 10‑10. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more . Change the engine oil at the G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When appropriate time. See Engine Oil to Add Engine Oil under information. ” Life System on page 10‑9. Engine Oil on page 10‑6. . Always dispose of engine oil H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of properly. See What to Do with View). See Checking Engine “ “ Used Oil” in this section. Oil” under Engine Oil on page 10‑6. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

Checking Engine Oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it to the engine. If you find that you with a paper towel or cloth, then have an oil level above the It is a good idea to check the engine push it back in all the way. operating range, i.e., the engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to Remove it again, keeping the tip has so much oil that the oil level get an accurate reading, the vehicle down, and check the level. gets above the cross-hatched must be on level ground. The area that shows the proper engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. When to Add Engine Oil operating range, the engine could See Engine Compartment Overview be damaged. You should drain on page 10 5 for the location of the ‑ out the excess oil or limit driving engine oil dipstick. of the vehicle and seek a service Obtaining an accurate oil level professional to remove the reading is essential: excess amount of oil. 1. If the engine has been running See Engine Compartment Overview recently, turn off the engine and on page 10‑5 for the location of the allow several minutes for the oil If the oil is below the cross-hatched engine oil fill cap. to drain back into the oil pan. area at the tip of the dipstick, add Add enough oil to put the level Checking the oil level too soon 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil somewhere in the proper operating after engine shutoff will not and then recheck the level. See range. Push the dipstick all the way provide an accurate oil level Selecting the Right Engine Oil in “ ” back in when through. reading. this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine Selecting the Right Engine Oil { WARNING oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil The engine oil dipstick handle page 12‑2. specification and viscosity grade. may be hot; it could burn you. Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Recommended Fluids and Use a towel or glove to touch the Oil levels above or below the Lubricants on page 11‑12. dipstick handle. acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Specification Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Use and ask for licensed engine oils SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity recommended and could cause with the dexos1® approved grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the certification mark. Engine oils other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. meeting the requirements for the SAE 10W-30, 10W-40, or 20W-50. What to Do with Used Oil vehicle should have the dexos1 Cold Temperature Operation: In an Used engine oil contains certain approved certification mark. This area of extreme cold, where the certification mark indicates that the elements that can be unhealthy for temperature falls below −29°C your skin and could even cause oil has been approved to the dexos1 (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be specification. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin for very long. Clean your will provide easier cold starting for skin and nails with soap and water, the engine at extremely low or a good hand cleaner. Wash or temperatures. When selecting an oil properly dispose of clothing or rags of the appropriate viscosity grade, containing used engine oil. See the always select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. earlier in this section for more Notice: Failure to use the information. Used oil can be a threat to the recommended engine oil or environment. If you change your equivalent can result in engine Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil damage not covered by the Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the vehicle warranty. Check with your Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, dealer or service provider on recommended oils with the dexos into sewers, or into streams or whether the oil is approved to the specification and displaying the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos1 specification. dexos certification mark are all that it to a place that collects used oil. is needed for good performance and engine protection. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

Engine Oil Life System engine oil and filter must be How to Reset the Engine Oil changed at least once a year and, Life System When to Change Engine Oil at this time, the system must be Reset the system whenever the This vehicle has a computer system reset. For vehicles without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine oil is changed so that the that indicates when to change the system can calculate the next engine oil and filter. This is based message, an oil change is needed when the OIL LIFE engine oil change. Always reset the on a combination of factors which engine oil life to 100% after every oil include engine revolutions, engine REMAINING percentage is near 0%. Your dealer has trained service change. It will not reset itself. To temperature, and miles driven. reset the system on most vehicles: Based on driving conditions, the people who will perform this work mileage at which an oil change is and reset the system. It is also 1. Display the OIL LIFE indicated can vary considerably. For important to check the oil regularly REMAINING on the DIC. If the the oil life system to work properly, over the course of an oil drain vehicle does not have DIC the system must be reset every time interval and keep it at the proper buttons, the vehicle must be in the oil is changed. level. P (Park) to access this display. If the system is ever reset See Driver Information Center On some vehicles, when the system (DIC) on page 5‑26. has calculated that oil life has been accidentally, the oil must be diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET OIL SOON message comes on to since the last oil change. button on the DIC, or the trip indicate that an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life odometer reset stem if the necessary. See Engine Oil system whenever the oil is changed. vehicle does not have DIC Messages on page 5‑37. Change buttons, for more than the oil as soon as possible within five seconds. The oil life will the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is change to 100%. possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the System can be reset as follows: Fluid scheduled maintenance intervals 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with listed in Maintenance Schedule on the engine off. When to Check and Change page 11‑2. Be sure to use the Automatic Transmission Fluid transmission fluid listed in 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal Recommended Fluids and slowly three times within It is usually not necessary to check Lubricants on page 11‑12. five seconds. the transmission fluid level. The only reason for fluid loss is a How to Check Automatic 3. Display the OIL LIFE transmission leak or overheated Transmission Fluid REMAINING on the DIC. If the transmission. If a small leak is display shows 100%, the system Notice: Too much or too little suspected, then use the following is reset. See Driver Information fluid can damage the checking procedures to check the Center (DIC) on page 5‑26. transmission. Too much can fluid level. However, if there is a mean that some of the fluid could If the vehicle has a CHANGE large leak, then it may be necessary come out and fall on hot engine ENGINE OIL SOON message and it to have the vehicle towed to a parts or exhaust system parts, comes back on when the vehicle is dealer and have it repaired before starting a fire. Too little fluid started and/or the OIL LIFE driving the vehicle further. could cause the transmission to REMAINING is near 0%, the engine Notice: Use of the incorrect overheat. Be sure to get an oil life system has not been reset. automatic transmission fluid may accurate reading if checking the Repeat the procedure. damage the vehicle, and the transmission fluid. damages may not be covered by Before checking the fluid level, the vehicle warranty. Always use prepare the vehicle as follows: the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids 1. Start the engine and park the and Lubricants on page 11‑12. vehicle on a level surface. Keep the engine running. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

2. Apply the parking brake and vehicle until the appropriate 1. Locate the transmission dipstick place the shift lever in P (Park). transmission fluid temperature is at the rear of the engine 3. With your foot on the brake reached. compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle. pedal, move the shift lever Cold Check Procedure through each gear range, See Engine Compartment Use this procedure only as a pausing for about three seconds Overview on page 10‑5 for more in each range. Then, move the reference to determine if the information. shift lever back to P (Park). transmission has enough fluid to be operated safely until a hot check 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out 4. Allow the engine to idle procedure can be made. The hot the dipstick and wipe it with a (500 – 800 rpm) for at least check procedure is the most clean rag or paper towel. 1 minute. Slowly release the accurate method to check the fluid 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it brake pedal. level. Perform the hot check back in all the way; wait 5. Keep the engine running and procedure at the first opportunity. three seconds, and then pull it press the Trip/Fuel button or trip Use this cold check procedure to back out again. odometer reset stem until check fluid level when the transmission temperature is 4. Check both sides of the dipstick TRANS TEMP (Transmission and read the lower level. Repeat Temperature) displays on the between 27°C and 32°C (80°F and 90°F). the check procedure to verify the Driver Information Center (DIC). reading. 6. Using the TRANS TEMP reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the TRANS TEMP reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

5. If the fluid level is below the the first opportunity in order to verify 4. Check both sides of the dipstick COLD check band, add only the cold check. The fluid level rises and read the lower level. Repeat enough fluid as necessary to as fluid temperature increases, so it the check procedure to verify the bring the level into the COLD is important to ensure the reading. band. It does not take much transmission temperature is within fluid, generally less than 0.5 L range. (1 pt). Do not overfill. 6. Perform a hot check at the first opportunity after the transmission reaches a normal operating temperature between 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). 5. Safe operating level is within the 7. If the fluid level is in the 1. Locate the transmission dipstick HOT cross hatch band on the acceptable range, push the at the rear of the engine dipstick. If the fluid level is not dipstick back in all the way, then compartment, on the passenger within the HOT band, and the flip the handle down to lock the side of the vehicle. transmission temperature is dipstick in place. between 71°C and 93°C (160°F See Engine Compartment and 200°F), add or drain fluid as Hot Check Procedure Overview on page 10‑5 for more necessary to bring the level into Use this procedure to check the information. the HOT band. If the fluid level is transmission fluid level when the 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out low, add only enough fluid to transmission fluid temperature is the dipstick and wipe it with a bring the level into the HOT between 71°C and 93°C (160°F clean rag or paper towel. band. It does not take much and 200°F). fluid, generally less than 0.5 L 3. Install the dipstick by pushing it (1 pt). Do not overfill. The hot check is the most accurate back in all the way; wait method to check the fluid level. The three seconds, and then pull it hot check should be performed at back out again. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

6. If the fluid level is in the How to Inspect the Engine Air acceptable range, push the Cleaner/Filter dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the To inspect the air cleaner/filter, dipstick in place. remove the engine air cleaner/filter from the vehicle by following Consistency of Readings Steps 1 through 6. When the engine air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly Always check the fluid level at least shake it to release loose dust and twice using the procedure described dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter previously. Consistency (repeatable remains covered with dirt, a new readings) is important to maintaining filter is required. Never use proper fluid level. If readings are still compressed air to clean the filter. inconsistent, contact the dealer. 2. Loosen the four screws on the Replacing the Engine Air Cleaner/ cover of the housing and lift up Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Filter the cover. See Engine Compartment Overview 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter on page 10‑5 for the location of the assembly. See Engine engine air cleaner/filter. Compartment Overview on page 10‑5. Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the scheduled maintenance intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) interval. See Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2 for more information. If driving on dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System filter from the housing. Care { WARNING should be taken to dislodge as If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the little dirt as possible. hybrid supplement for more An electric engine cooling fan information. under the hood can start up even 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ when the engine is not running The cooling system allows the filter sealing surfaces and the and can cause injury. Keep housing. engine to maintain the correct working temperature. hands, clothing, and tools away 5. Inspect or replace the engine air from any underhood electric fan. cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws. { WARNING { WARNING Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very Operating the engine with the air hot. Do not touch them. If you do, cleaner/filter off can cause you or you can be burned. others to be burned. The air 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.0L Do not run the engine if there is a cleaner not only cleans the air; it V8 Engine Similar leak. If you run the engine, it helps to stop flames if the engine A. Coolant Surge Tank could lose all coolant. That could backfires. Use caution when cause an engine fire, and you working on the engine and do not B. Coolant Surge Tank could be burned. Get any leak drive with the air cleaner/filter off. Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle. C. Engine Cooling Fan(s) (Out of View) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, DEX-COOL® can cause premature drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, corrosion. In addition, the engine nothing else needs to be added. coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some This mixture: sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before temperature. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will. . Gives boiling protection up to Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set (silicate-free) coolant in the 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. vehicle. temperature. With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and Engine Coolant hot but you would not get the corrosion. The cooling system in the vehicle is overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts. filled with DEX-COOL engine could catch fire and you or others . Helps keep the proper engine coolant. This coolant is designed to could be burned. Use a 50/ temperature. remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50 mixture of clean, drinkable 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If improper coolant occurs first. mixture, inhibitors, or additives are used in the vehicle cooling The following explains the cooling system, the engine could system and how to check and add overheat and be damaged. Too coolant when it is low. If there is a much water in the mixture can problem with engine overheating, freeze and crack engine cooling see Engine Overheating on parts. The repairs would not be page 10 18. ‑ covered by the warranty. Use only the proper mixture of engine Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

coolant for the cooling system. coolant surge tank, but be sure the How to Add Coolant to the See Recommended Fluids and cooling system is cool before this Surge Tank Lubricants on page 11‑12. is done. Never dispose of engine coolant by { WARNING putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, You can be burned if you spill or bodies of water. Have the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. changed by an authorized service Coolant contains ethylene glycol center, familiar with legal and it will burn if the engine parts requirements regarding used are hot enough. Do not spill coolant disposal. This will help coolant on a hot engine. protect the environment and your health. Notice: This vehicle has a Checking Coolant specific coolant fill procedure. Failure to follow this procedure The vehicle must be on a level could cause the engine to surface when checking the coolant The coolant surge tank is located in overheat and be severely level. the engine compartment on the damaged. Check to see if coolant is visible in passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview on the coolant surge tank. If the coolant { WARNING inside the coolant surge tank is page 10‑5 for more information on location. boiling, do not do anything else until Steam and scalding liquids from a it cools down. If coolant is visible The coolant level should be at or hot cooling system can blow out but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark. If it is and burn you badly. Never turn above the FULL COLD mark, add a not, the vehicle may have a leak in the cap when the cooling system, 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable the cooling system. including the surge tank pressure water and DEX-COOL coolant at the (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

2. Keep turning the pressure cap WARNING (Continued) slowly and remove it. cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool.

If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add coolant as follows:

4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until the 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with upper radiator hose can be felt 1. Remove the coolant surge tank the proper mixture to the FULL getting hot. Watch out for the pressure cap when the cooling COLD mark. engine cooling fan. system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and By this time, the coolant level upper radiator hose, is no inside the coolant surge tank longer hot. may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper Turn the pressure cap slowly mixture to the coolant surge tank counterclockwise about one full until the level reaches the FULL turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for COLD mark. that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

6. Verify coolant level after engine If the decision is made not to lift the If Steam Is Coming from the is shut off and the coolant is hood when this warning appears, Engine Compartment cold. If necessary, repeat coolant but instead get service help right fill procedure Steps 1–6. away. See Roadside Assistance { WARNING Notice: If the pressure cap is not Program (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or tightly installed, coolant loss and Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. Steam from an overheated engine possible engine damage may and Canada) on page 13‑11. can burn you badly, even if you occur. Be sure the cap is properly If the decision is made to lift the just open the hood. Stay away and tightly secured. hood, make sure the vehicle is from the engine if you see or hear parked on a level surface. steam coming from it. Turn it off Engine Overheating Then check to see if the engine and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait The vehicle has several indicators cooling fans are running. If the to warn of engine overheating. engine is overheating, both fans until there is no sign of steam or should be running. If they are not, coolant before you open There is a coolant temperature do not continue to run the engine the hood. gauge on your vehicle's instrument and have the vehicle serviced. panel. See Engine Coolant If you keep driving when the Temperature Gauge on page 5‑14. Notice: Running the engine vehicles engine is overheated, without coolant may cause the liquids in it can catch fire. You In addition, ENGINE OVERHEATED damage or a fire. Vehicle damage or others could be badly burned. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE would not be covered by the Stop the engine if it overheats, OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and warranty. See Overheated Engine and get out of the vehicle until the an ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Protection Operating Mode on message comes on in the Driver engine is cool. page 10‑19 for information on Information Center (DIC) on the driving to a safe place in an (Continued) instrument panel. See Engine emergency. Cooling System Messages on page 5‑36 and Engine Power Messages on page 5‑38. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

. Tows a trailer. See Trailer If the warning continues, pull over, WARNING (Continued) Towing on page 9‑64. stop, and park the vehicle right away. See Overheated Engine If the overheat warning is displayed with no sign of steam: Protection Operating Mode on If there is no sign of steam, idle the page 10‑19 for information on 1. Turn the air conditioning off. engine for three minutes while driving to a safe place in an parked. If the warning is still 2. Turn the heater on to the highest displayed, turn off the engine until it emergency. temperature and to the highest cools down. Also, see “Overheated fan speed. Open the windows as Engine Protection Operating Mode” If No Steam Is Coming from necessary. later in this section. the Engine Compartment 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Overheated Engine If it is safe to do so, pull off the ENGINE or the ENGINE Protection road, shift to P (Park) or OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE N (Neutral) and let the Operating Mode message, along with a low coolant engine idle. condition, can indicate a serious If an overheated engine condition problem. If the temperature overheat gauge is exists and the ENGINE POWER IS no longer in the overheat zone or an REDUCED message is displayed, If an engine overheat warning is overheat warning no longer an overheat protection mode which displayed but no steam can be seen displays, the vehicle can be driven. alternates firing groups of cylinders or heard, the problem may not be Continue to drive the vehicle slowly helps prevent engine damage. In too serious. Sometimes the engine for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe this mode, a loss in power and can get a little too hot when the vehicle distance from the vehicle in engine performance will be noticed. vehicle: front. If the warning does not come This operating mode allows the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. back on, continue to drive normally. vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency. Driving extended . Stops after high-speed driving. . Idles for long periods in traffic. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

distances and/or towing a trailer in engages, so an increase in fan fans will change to low speed when the overheat protection mode noise may be heard. This is normal additional cooling is no longer should be avoided. and should not be mistaken as the required. Notice: After driving in the transmission slipping or making overheated engine protection extra shifts. It is merely the cooling Power Steering Fluid system functioning properly. The fan operating mode, to avoid engine If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the damage, allow the engine to cool will slow down when additional cooling is not required and the hybrid supplement for more before attempting any repair. The information. engine oil will be severely clutch disengages. degraded. Repair the cause of This fan noise may also be heard coolant loss, change the oil and when starting the engine. It will go reset the oil life system. See away as the fan clutch partially Engine Oil on page 10‑6. disengages. If the vehicle has electric cooling Engine Fan fans, the fans may be heard If the vehicle has a clutched engine spinning at low speed during most See Engine Compartment Overview cooling fan, when the clutch is everyday driving. The fans may turn on page 10‑5 for reservoir location. engaged, the fan spins faster to off if no cooling is required. Under provide more air to cool the engine. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, When to Check Power Steering In most everyday driving conditions, high outside temperatures, Fluid the fan is spinning slower and the or operation of the air conditioning It is not necessary to regularly clutch is not fully engaged. This system, the fans may change to check power steering fluid unless improves fuel economy and reduces high speed and an increase in fan there is a leak suspected in the fan noise. Under heavy vehicle noise may be heard. This is normal system or an unusual noise is loading, trailer towing, and/or high and indicates that the cooling heard. A fluid loss in this system outside temperatures, the fan speed system is functioning properly. The could indicate a problem. Have the increases as the clutch more fully system inspected and repaired. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

How to Check Power Steering Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid displays, washer fluid will need to Fluid may damage the vehicle and the be added to the windshield washer damages may not be covered by fluid reservoir. To check the power steering fluid: the vehicle's warranty. Always 1. Turn the key off and let the use the correct fluid listed in engine compartment cool down. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 12. 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the ‑ reservoir clean. Washer Fluid 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the What to Use dipstick with a clean rag. Open the cap with the washer 4. Replace the cap and completely When windshield washer fluid needs symbol on it. Add washer fluid until tighten it. to be added, be sure to read the the tank is full. See Engine manufacturer's instructions before 5. Remove the cap again and look Compartment Overview on use. Use a fluid that has sufficient at the fluid level on the dipstick. page 10‑5 for reservoir location. protection against freezing in an Notice The level should be at the FULL area where the temperature may fall COLD mark. If necessary, add only below freezing. . When using concentrated enough fluid to bring the level up to washer fluid, follow the the mark. Adding Washer Fluid manufacturer instructions for adding water. What to Use The vehicle has a low washer fluid message on the DIC that comes on . Do not mix water with To determine what kind of fluid to when the washer fluid is low. The ready-to-use washer fluid. use, see Recommended Fluids and message is displayed for Water can cause the solution Lubricants on page 11‑12. Always 15 seconds at the start of each to freeze and damage the use the proper fluid. ignition cycle. When the WASHER washer fluid tank and other FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message parts of the washer system. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

. Fill the washer fluid tank only Brake linings should always be three-quarters full when it is { WARNING replaced as complete axle sets. very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing The brake wear warning sound Brake Pedal Travel occurs, which could damage means that soon the brakes will See your dealer if the brake pedal the tank if it is not work well. That could lead to does not return to normal height, completely full. a crash. When the brake wear or if there is a rapid increase in . Do not use engine coolant warning sound is heard, have the pedal travel. This could be a sign (antifreeze) in the windshield vehicle serviced. that brake service might be washer. It can damage the required. windshield washer system Notice: Continuing to drive with Brake Adjustment and paint. worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair. Every time the brakes are applied, Brakes with or without the vehicle moving, Some driving conditions or climates the brakes adjust for wear. This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc can cause a brake squeal when the brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly Replacing Brake System Parts indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean The braking system on a vehicle is something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads complex. Its many parts have to be are worn and new pads are needed. Properly torqued wheel nuts are of top quality and work well together The sound can come and go or be necessary to help prevent brake if the vehicle is to have really good heard all the time the vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, braking. The vehicle was designed moving, except when applying the inspect brake pads for wear and and tested with top-quality brake brake pedal firmly. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the parts. When parts of the braking proper sequence to torque system are replaced, be sure to get specifications in Capacities and new, approved replacement parts. Specifications on page 12‑2. If this is not done, the brakes might not work properly. For example, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

installing disc brake pads that are There are only two reasons why the wrong for the vehicle, can change brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING the balance between the front and might go down: If too much brake fluid is added, it rear brakes — for the worse. The . The brake fluid level goes down can spill on the engine and burn, braking performance expected can because of normal brake lining change in many other ways if the if the engine is hot enough. You wear. When new linings are or others could be burned, and wrong replacement brake parts are installed, the fluid level goes installed. the vehicle could be damaged. back up. Add brake fluid only when work is Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake done on the brake hydraulic hydraulic system can also cause system. See “Checking Brake a low fluid level. Have the brake Fluid” in this section. hydraulic system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes Do not top off the brake fluid. on. See Brake System Warning Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Light on page 5‑21. If fluid is added when the linings are The brake master cylinder reservoir Refer to the Maintenance Schedule is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are to determine when to check the Engine Compartment Overview on brake fluid. See Maintenance page 10 5 for the location of the installed. Add or remove brake fluid, ‑ Schedule on page 11‑2. reservoir. as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. Checking Brake Fluid Check brake fluid by looking at the brake fluid reservoir. See Engine Compartment Overview on page 10‑5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

Always clean the brake fluid . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir cap and the area around vehicle's painted surfaces, the cap before removing it. This the paint finish can be helps keep dirt from entering the damaged. Be careful not to reservoir. spill brake fluid on the vehicle. If you do, wash it off { WARNING immediately.

With the wrong kind of fluid in the Battery brake hydraulic system, the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the brakes might not work well. This hybrid supplement for more could cause a crash. Always use information. the proper brake fluid. The fluid level should be above Refer to the replacement number on MIN. If it is not, have the brake the original battery label when a hydraulic system checked to see if Notice new battery is needed. See Engine there is a leak. . Using the wrong fluid can Compartment Overview on After work is done on the brake badly damage brake page 10‑5 for battery location. hydraulic system, make sure the hydraulic system parts. For level is above the MIN but not over example, just a few drops of { WARNING the MAX mark. mineral-based oil, such as Battery posts, terminals, and What to Add engine oil, in the brake hydraulic system can related accessories contain lead Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid damage brake hydraulic and lead compounds, chemicals from a sealed container. See system parts so badly that known to the State of California to Recommended Fluids and they will have to be replaced. cause cancer and reproductive Lubricants on page 11‑12. Do not let someone put in harm. Wash hands after handling. the wrong kind of fluid. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Vehicle Storage Four-Wheel Drive To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level { WARNING Transfer Case surface. When to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of Batteries have acid that can burn the fill plug (A) hole, some lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule on you and gas that can explode. will need to be added. Add enough page 11 2 to determine when to You can be badly hurt if you are ‑ lubricant to raise the level to the check the lubricant. not careful. See Jump Starting on bottom of the fill plug (A) hole. Use page 10‑77 for tips on working How to Check Lubricant care not to overtighten the plug. around a battery without When to Change Lubricant getting hurt. Refer to Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2 to determine how often to Infrequent Usage: Remove the change the lubricant. black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from What to Use running down. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Extended Storage: Remove the Lubricants on page 11‑12 to black, negative (−) cable from the determine what kind of lubricant battery or use a battery trickle to use. charger. Front Axle Active Transfer Case When to Check and Change A. Fill Plug Lubricant B. Drain Plug It is not necessary to regularly check front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected, or an unusual noise is Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

heard. A fluid loss could indicate a What to Use problem. Have it inspected and Refer to Recommended Fluids and repaired. Lubricants on page 11‑12 to How to Check Lubricant determine what kind of lubricant to use. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface. Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless there is a leak suspected, or an unusual All Except 1500 Series noise is heard. A fluid loss could A. Fill Plug indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired. B. Drain Plug All axle assemblies are filled by . When the differential is cold, add volume of fluid during production. enough lubricant to raise the They are not filled to reach a certain level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm level. When checking the fluid level (1/8 in) below the fill on any axle, variations in the 1500 Series plug (A) hole. readings can be caused by factory A. Fill Plug . When the differential is at fill differences between the minimum operating temperature (warm), B. Drain Plug and the maximum fluid volume. add enough lubricant to raise the Also, if a vehicle has just been level to the bottom of the fill driven before checking the fluid plug (A) hole. level, it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

out along the axle tubes and has fill plug hole, located at the front not drained back to the sump area. of the axle. Add only enough Therefore, a reading taken fluid to reach the proper level. five minutes after the vehicle has been driven will appear to have a Starter Switch Check lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or { WARNING two. Remember that the rear axle assembly must be supported to get When you are doing this a true reading. inspection, the vehicle could How to Check Lubricant move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be 2500 Series injured. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level 1. Before starting this check, be surface. sure there is enough room . For the 1500 series, the proper around the vehicle. level is from 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm 2. Firmly apply both the parking (0.04 in to 0.75 in) below the brake and the regular brake. bottom of the fill plug hole, See Parking Brake on located on the rear axle. Add page 9‑41. only enough fluid to reach the proper level. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off 1500 Series . For the 2500 series, the proper the engine immediately if it level is from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 in starts. to 1/2 in) below the bottom of the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. . The ignition key should come gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on out only in LOCK/OFF. only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9‑41. Contact your dealer if service is If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular required. position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. begins to move. Park Brake and P (Park) Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the Mechanism Check Shift Lock Control ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the { WARNING Function Check regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with When you are doing this check, { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever the vehicle could begin to move. moves out of P (Park), contact You or others could be injured When you are doing this your dealer for service. and property could be damaged. inspection, the vehicle could Make sure there is room in front move suddenly. If the vehicle Ignition Transmission of the vehicle in case it begins to moves, you or others could be Lock Check roll. Be ready to apply the regular injured. brake at once should the vehicle While parked, and with the parking begin to move. brake set, try to turn the ignition to 1. Before starting this check, be LOCK/OFF in each shift lever sure there is enough room position. around the vehicle. It should be . parked on a level surface. The ignition should turn to LOCK/OFF only when the shift lever is in P (Park). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Replacement blades come in 3. Install the new blade onto the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping different types and are removed in arm connector and make sure your foot on the regular brake, set different ways. the grooved areas are fully set in the parking brake. the locked position. Front Wiper Blade . To check the parking brake's Replacement For the proper type and size, see holding ability: With the engine Maintenance Replacement Parts on running and the transmission in 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm page 11‑14. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot connector away from the pressure from the regular brake windshield. Rear Wiper Blade Replacement pedal. Do this until the vehicle is 1. Lift the wiper blade assembly up held by the parking brake only. and out of the park rest position. . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. 2. Squeeze the grooved areas on Contact your dealer if service is each side of the blade, and turn required. the blade assembly away from 2. Pull the wiper blade assembly the arm connector. away from the backglass. The Wiper Blade Replacement backglass wiper blade will not lock in a vertical position, so Windshield wiper blades should be care should be used when inspected for wear or cracking. See pulling it away from the vehicle. Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑2. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

3. Turn the wiper blade assembly, Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement and pull it off of the wiper arm. Hold the wiper arm in position Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement and push the blade away from should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on the wiper arm. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, page 10‑32. the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb‐changing procedure If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING 4. Replace the wiper blade. 5. Return the wiper blade assembly Halogen bulbs have pressurized to the park rest position. gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or Glass Replacement others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions If the windshield or front side glass on the bulb package. must be replaced, see your dealer to determine the correct replacement glass. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Taillamps, Turn Signal, To replace one of these bulbs: 5. Pull the old bulb straight out Stoplamps, and Back-Up 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate from the bulb socket. Lamps on page 2‑9. 6. Press a new bulb into the bulb socket and install the socket into If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the the taillamp assembly by turning hybrid supplement for the bulb it clockwise. changing procedure. 7. Reinstall the taillamp assembly. When reinstalling, make sure to line up the pins on the taillamp assembly with the vehicle. If this is not done, the taillamp assembly will not be able to be installed correctly.

2. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. 3. Pull the taillamp assembly A. Stoplamp/Taillamp rearward disengaging the two outer pins on the taillamp B. Back-up Lamp assembly from the vehicle. C. Taillamp/Turn Signal Lamp 4. Turn the bulb socket D. Side Marker Lamp counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall Electrical System the license plate lamp. Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Overload If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more The vehicle has fuses and circuit information. breakers to protect against an electrical system overload. Bulb Exterior Lamp Number When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens Back-up Lamp 7441 and closes, protecting the circuit License Plate Lamp W5WLL until the current load returns to normal or the problem is fixed. This Rear Turn Signal 3057 greatly reduces the chance of circuit Lamp, Taillamp, and KX RD 1. Remove the two screws holding overload and fire caused by Stoplamp each of the license plate lamps electrical problems. to the molding that is part of the Side Marker Lamp 194 liftgate. Fuses and circuit breakers protect power devices in the vehicle. 2. Twist and pull the license plate For replacement bulbs not listed lamp assembly forward through here, contact your dealer. Replace a bad fuse with a new one the molding opening. of the identical size and rating. 3. Remove the bulb socket from If there is a problem on the road and the lamp assembly by turning it a fuse needs to be replaced, the counterclockwise. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the the vehicle that is not needed to use socket and install the new bulb. and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment An electrical overload may cause Breakers Fuse Block the lamps to go on and off, or in If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the some cases to remain off. Have the hybrid supplement for more headlamp wiring checked right away information. if the lamps go on and off or remain off. The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by a Windshield Wipers combination of fuses, circuit If the wiper motor overheats due to breakers and fusible thermal links. heavy snow or ice, the windshield This greatly reduces the chance of The Engine Compartment Fuse wipers will stop until the motor cools fires caused by electrical problems. Block is located in the engine and will then restart. compartment, on the driver side of Look at the silver-colored band the vehicle. Lift the cover for access Although the circuit is protected inside the fuse. If the band is broken to the fuse/relay block. from electrical overload, overload or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure due to heavy snow or ice may you replace a bad fuse with a new If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the cause wiper linkage damage. one of the identical size and rating. hybrid supplement for more information. Always clear ice and heavy snow If you ever have a problem on the from the windshield before using the road and don't have a spare fuse, Notice: Spilling liquid on any windshield wipers. you can borrow one that has the electrical component on the If the overload is caused by an same amperage. Just pick some vehicle may damage it. Always electrical problem and not snow or feature of your vehicle that you can keep the covers on any electrical ice, be sure to get it fixed. get along without– like the radio or component. accessory power outlet– and use its To remove fuses, hold the end of fuse, if it is the correct amperage. the fuse between your thumb and Replace it as soon as you can. index finger and pull straight out. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 10 Trailer Back-up 21 Fuel System Control Fuses Usage Lamps Module 1 Right Trailer Stop/ 11 Driver Side 22 Headlamp Washer Low-Beam Headlamp Turn Lamp 23 Rear Windshield 2 Electronic Stability 12 Engine Control Washer Module (Battery) Suspension Control, 24 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Automatic Level 13 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Coils (Left Side) Control Exhaust Coils (Right Side) 25 Trailer Parking Lamps 3 Left Trailer Stop/ 14 Transmission Control 26 Driver Side Parking Turn Lamp Module (Battery) Lamps 4 Engine Controls 15 Vehicle Back-up 27 Passenger Side Lamps 5 Engine Control Parking Lamps Module, Throttle 16 Passenger Side 28 Fog Lamps Control Low-Beam Headlamp 29 Horn 6 Trailer Brake 17 Air Conditioning Controller Compressor 30 Passenger Side High-Beam Headlamp 7 Front Washer 18 Oxygen Sensors 31 Daytime Running 8 Oxygen Sensors 19 Transmission Controls Lamps (DRL) (If (Ignition) 9 Antilock Brakes Equipped) System 2 20 Fuel Pump 32 Driver Side High-Beam Headlamp Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 33 Daytime Running 45 Airbag System 56 Engine Control Lamps 2 (If Equipped) (Battery) Module, Secondary Fuel Pump (Ignition) 34 Sunroof 46 Instrument Panel Cluster 35 Key Ignition System, J-Case Usage Theft Deterrent 47 Not Used Fuses System 48 Auxiliary Climate 57 Cooling Fan 1 36 Windshield Wiper Control (Ignition) 58 Automatic Level 37 SEO B2 Upfitter 49 Center High-Mounted Control Compressor Usage (Battery) Stoplamp (CHMSL) 59 Heavy Duty Antilock 38 Electric Adjustable 50 Rear Defogger Braking System Pedals 51 Heated Mirrors 60 Cooling Fan 2 39 Climate Controls 52 SEO B1 Upfitter (Battery) 61 Antilock Brake Usage (Battery) System 1 40 Airbag System 53 Accessory Power (Ignition) 62 Starter Outlet, Cigarette 41 Amplifier Lighter (If Equipped) 63 Stud 2 (Trailer Brakes) 42 Audio System 54 Automatic Level Control Compressor 64 Left Bussed Electrical 43 Miscellaneous Relay Center 1 (Ignition), Cruise Control 55 Climate Controls 65 Electric Running (Ignition) Boards 44 Liftgate Release Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

J-Case Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Usage Fuses HDLP Low-Beam Headlamp Block 66 Not Used LO/HID 67 Transfer Case FOG Front Fog Lamps LAMP 68 Stud 1 (Trailer Connector Battery A/C Air Conditioning Power) CMPRSR Compressor 69 Mid-Bussed Electrical STRTR Starter Center 1 PWR/TRN Powertrain 70 Climate Control FUEL Fuel Pump Blower PMP 71 Power Liftgate PRK Parking Lamps Module LAMP The instrument panel fuse block 72 Left Bussed Electrical REAR Rear Defogger access door is located on the driver Center 2 DEFOG side edge of the instrument panel. Pull off the cover to access the fuse Relays Usage RUN/ Switched Power CRNK block. FAN HI Cooling Fan High Speed FAN LO Cooling Fan Low Speed FAN Cooling Fan Control CNTRL Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage 6 Driver Side Turn Signal, Stoplamp 7 Instrument Panel Back Lighting 8 Passenger Side Turn Signal, Stoplamp 9 Passenger Door Module, Driver Unlock 10 Power Door Lock 2 (Unlock Feature) 11 Power Door Lock 2 (Lock Feature) 12 Stoplamps, Center High‐Mounted The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Stoplamp with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 3 Steering Wheel 13 Rear Climate Controls Controls Backlight Fuses Usage 14 Power Mirror 4 Driver Door Module 1 Rear Seats 15 Body Control 5 Dome Lamps, Driver Module (BCM) 2 Rear Accessory Side Turn Signal Power Outlet 16 Accessory Power Outlets Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Fuses Usage Circuit Top View Usage Breaker 17 Interior Lamps LT DR Driver Side Power 18 Power Door Lock 1 Window Circuit (Unlock Feature) Breaker 19 Rear Seat Entertainment Harness 20 Ultrasonic Rear Connector Usage Parking Assist, Power Driver Door Liftgate LT DR Harness 21 Power Door Lock 1 Connection (Lock Feature) BODY Harness Connector 22 Driver Information BODY Harness Connector Center (DIC) Harness 23 Rear Wiper Center Instrument Panel Fuse Connector Usage 24 Cooled Seats Block BODY 2 Body Harness Connector 2 25 Driver Seat Module, The center instrument panel fuse Remote Keyless Entry block is located underneath the BODY 1 Body Harness System instrument panel, to the left of the Connector 1 steering column. 26 Driver Power Door BODY 3 Body Harness Lock (Unlock Feature) Connector 3 HEADLINER 3 Headliner Harness Connector 3 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

Harness Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) Connector Usage HEADLINER 2 Headliner Tires and a serious crash. See Harness Every new GM vehicle has Vehicle Load Limits on Connector 2 high-quality tires made by a page 9‑15. HEADLINER 1 Headliner leading tire manufacturer. See . Underinflated tires pose Harness the warranty manual for the same danger as Connector 1 information regarding the tire overloaded tires. The SEO/UPFITTER Special warranty and where to get resulting crash could Equipment service. For additional cause serious injury. Option Upfitter information refer to the tire Check all tires frequently Harness manufacturer. to maintain the Connector recommended pressure. { WARNING Tire pressure should be Circuit checked when the tires Breaker Usage . Poorly maintained and are cold. improperly used tires are CB1 Passenger Side . dangerous. Overinflated tires are more Circuit likely to be cut, punctured, Breaker . Overloading the tires can or broken by a sudden CB2 Passenger Seat cause overheating as a impact— such as when Circuit Breaker result of too much flexing. hitting a pothole. Keep CB3 Driver Seat Circuit There could be a blowout tires at the recommended Breaker (Continued) pressure. CB4 Rear Sliding Window (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

20‐Inch Tires possible, avoid contact with WARNING (Continued) curbs, potholes, and other If the vehicle has 20‐inch P275/ . Worn or old tires can 55R20 size tires, they are road hazards. cause a crash. If the tread classified as touring tires and is badly worn, are designed for on road use. All-Season Tires replace them. The low‐profile, wide tread This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are . Replace any tires that design is not recommended for off‐road driving. See Off-Road designed to provide good overall have been damaged by performance on most road surfaces impacts with potholes, Driving on page 9‑5, for additional information. and weather conditions. Original curbs, etc. equipment tires designed to GM's specific tire performance criteria . Improperly repaired tires Notice: Low‐profile tires are have a TPC specification code can cause a crash. Only more susceptible to damage molded onto the sidewall. Original the dealer or an from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile equipment all-season tires can be authorized tire service identified by the last two characters center should repair, tires. Tire and/or wheel assembly damage can occur of this TPC code, which will replace, dismount, and be “MS.” mount the tires. when coming into contact with road hazards like, Consider installing winter tires on . Do not spin the tires in potholes, or sharp edged the vehicle if frequent driving on excess of 56 km/h objects, or when sliding into a snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide (35 mph) on slippery curb. The warranty does not surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most cover this type of damage. winter driving conditions, but they mud, ice, etc. Excessive Keep tires set to the correct may not offer the same level of spinning may cause the inflation pressure and, when tires to explode. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

traction or performance as winter . Use only radial ply tires of the Tire Sidewall Labeling tires on snow or ice-covered roads. same size, load range, and See Winter Tires on page 10‑42. speed rating as the original Useful information about a tire is equipment tires. molded into the sidewall. The Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed examples show a typical passenger and light truck tire This vehicle was not, originally, rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, equipped with winter tires. Winter sidewall. and ZR speed rated tires. If winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are roads. Consider installing winter chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. See your dealer Summer Tires for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These Also, see Buying New Tires on tires have a special tread and page 10‑56. compound that are optimized for With winter tires, there may be maximum dry and wet road decreased dry road traction, performance. This special tread and increased road noise, and shorter compound will decrease Passenger (P-Metric) Tire tread life. After changing to winter performance in cold climates, and on ice and snow. We recommend (A) Tire Size: The tire size tires, be alert for changes in vehicle code is a combination of letters handling and braking. installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving in cold and numbers used to define a If using winter tires: temperatures or on snow or ice particular tire's width, height, . Use tires of the same brand and covered roads is expected. See aspect ratio, construction type, tread type on all four wheel Winter Tires on page 10‑42. positions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

and service description. See the DOT Tire Date of (F) Uniform Tire Quality “Tire Size” illustration later in this Manufacture: The last four Grading (UTQG): Tire section for more detail. digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufacturers are required to (B) TPC Spec (Tire manufactured date. The first two grade tires based on three Performance Criteria digits represent the week performance factors: treadwear, Specification): Original (01-52) and the last two digits, traction, and temperature equipment tires designed to the year. For example, the third resistance. For more GM's specific tire performance week of the year 2010 would information, see Uniform Tire criteria have a TPC specification have a four-digit DOT date Quality Grading on page 10‑59. code molded onto the sidewall. of 0310. (G) Maximum Cold Inflation GM's TPC specifications meet or (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load that exceed all federal safety (TIN): The letters and numbers can be carried and the guidelines. following the DOT code are the maximum pressure needed to (C) DOT (Department of Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. For Transportation): The The TIN shows the information on recommended Department of Transportation manufacturer and plant code, tire pressure see Tire Pressure (DOT) code indicates that the tire size, and date the tire was on page 10‑49 and Vehicle Load tire is in compliance with the manufactured. The TIN is Limits on page 9‑15. U.S. Department of molded onto both sides of the Transportation Motor Vehicle tire, although only one side may Safety Standards. have the date of manufacture. (E) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

criteria have a TPC specification DOT Tire Date of code molded onto the sidewall. Manufacture: The last four GM's TPC specifications meet or digits of the TIN indicate the tire exceed all federal safety manufactured date. The first two guidelines. digits represent the week (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: (01-52) and the last two digits, Maximum load that can be the year. For example, the third carried and the maximum week of the year 2010 would pressure needed to support that have a four-digit DOT date load when used in a dual of 0310. configuration. For information on (E) Tire Identification Number Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire recommended tire pressure see (TIN): The letters and numbers (A) Tire Size: The tire size Tire Pressure on page 10‑49 following the DOT code are the code is a combination of letters and Vehicle Load Limits on Tire Identification Number (TIN). and numbers used to define a page 9‑15. The TIN shows the particular tire's width, height, (D) DOT (Department of manufacturer and plant code, aspect ratio, construction type, Transportation): The tire size, and date the tire was and service description. See the Department of Transportation manufactured. The TIN is “Tire Size” illustration later in this (DOT) code indicates that the molded onto both sides of the section for more detail. tire is in compliance with the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture. (B) TPC Spec (Tire U.S. Department of Performance Criteria Transportation Motor Vehicle (F) Tire Ply Material: The type Specification): Original Safety Standards. of cord and number of plies in equipment tires designed to the sidewall and under the tread. GM's specific tire performance Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

(G) Single Tire Maximum letter P as the first character in ply construction; and the letter B Load: Maximum load that can the tire size means a passenger means belted‐bias ply be carried and the maximum vehicle tire engineered to construction. pressure needed to support that standards set by the U.S. Tire (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of load when used as a single. For and Rim Association. the wheel in inches. information on recommended (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit tire pressure see Tire Pressure (F) Service Description: These number indicates the tire section characters represent the load on page 10‑49 and Vehicle Load width in millimeters from Limits on page 9‑15. index and speed rating of the sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit the load carrying capacity a tire number that indicates the tire is certified to carry. The speed Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. rating is the maximum speed a The examples show a typical For example, if the tire size tire is certified to carry a load. passenger vehicle and light aspect ratio is 75, as shown in truck tire size. item C of the tire illustration, it would mean that the tire's sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide. (D) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire the type of ply construction in (A) Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire the tire. The letter R means Tire: The United States version (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: radial ply construction; the of a metric tire sizing system. The United States version of a letter D means diagonal or bias The letters LT as the first two metric tire sizing system. The characters in the tire size mean Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

a light truck tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Accessory Weight: The standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. combined weight of optional and Rim Association. (F) Load Range: Load Range. accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (G) Service Description: The number indicates the tire section automatic transmission, power service description indicates the steering, power brakes, power width in millimeters from load index and speed rating of a sidewall to sidewall. windows, power seats, and air tire. If two numbers are given as conditioning. (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit in the example, 120/116, then number that indicates the tire this represents the load index for Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a tire's height to its width. height‐to‐width measurements. single versus dual wheel usage For example, if the tire size (single/dual). The speed rating is Belt: A rubber coated layer of aspect ratio is 75, as shown in the maximum speed a tire is cords between the plies and the item C of the light truck (LT‐ certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from Metric) tire illustration, it would steel or other reinforcing mean that the tire's sidewall is Tire Terminology and materials. 75 percent as high as it is wide. Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains (D) Construction Code: A Air Pressure: The amount of steel wires wrapped by steel letter code is used to indicate air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto the type of ply construction in outward on each square inch of the rim. the tire. The letter R means the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire radial ply construction; the expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at letter D means diagonal or bias or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than ply construction; and the letter B 90 degrees to the centerline of means belted‐bias ply the tread. construction. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Cold Tire Pressure: The identify the tire manufacturer, Load Index: An assigned amount of air pressure in a tire, production plant, brand, and number ranging from 1 to 279 measured in kPa (kilopascal) date of production. that corresponds to the load or psi (pounds per square inch) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight carrying capacity of a tire. before a tire has built up heat Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits Maximum Inflation Pressure: from driving. See Tire Pressure on page 9‑15. The maximum air pressure to on page 10‑49. GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight which a cold tire can be inflated. Curb Weight: The weight of a Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure is motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits on molded onto the sidewall. optional equipment including the page 9‑15. Maximum Load Rating: The maximum capacity of fuel, oil, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight load rating for a tire at the and coolant, but without maximum permissible inflation passengers and cargo. Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits on pressure for that tire. DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑15. Maximum Loaded Vehicle into the sidewall of a tire Intended Outboard Sidewall: Weight: The sum of curb signifying that the tire is in weight, accessory weight, compliance with the U.S. The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and Department of Transportation production options weight. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety when mounted on a vehicle. Standards. The DOT code Kilopascal (kPa): The metric Normal Occupant Weight: The includes the Tire Identification unit for air pressure. number of occupants a vehicle Number (TIN), an alphanumeric is designed to seat multiplied by designator which can also Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle tire used on light duty trucks and Load Limits on page 9‑15. some multipurpose passenger vehicles. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Occupant Distribution: See Tire Pressure on Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Designated seating positions. page 10‑49 and Vehicle Load bands, sometimes called wear Outward Facing Sidewall: The Limits on page 9‑15. bars, that show across the tread side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of on page 10‑56. contains a whitewall, bears the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads information system that provides model name molding that is are seated. consumers with ratings for a higher or deeper than the same tire's traction, temperature, and moldings on the other sidewall Sidewall: The portion of a tire treadwear. Ratings are of the tire. between the tread and the bead. determined by tire Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A Speed Rating: An manufacturers using tire used on passenger and alphanumeric code assigned to government testing procedures. some light duty trucks and a tire indicating the maximum The ratings are molded into the multipurpose vehicles. speed at which a tire can sidewall of the tire. See Uniform operate. Tire Quality Grading on Recommended Inflation page 10‑59. Pressure: Vehicle Traction: The friction between manufacturer's recommended the tire and the road surface. tire inflation pressure as shown The amount of grip provided. on the tire placard. Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Tires need the correct amount of . Needless damage from number of designated seating air pressure to operate road hazards. positions multiplied by effectively. The Tire and Loading 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated Notice: Neither tire Information label on the vehicle cargo load. See Vehicle Load underinflation nor indicates the original equipment Limits on page 9‑15. overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The Tire: Load on an individual tire that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the due to curb weight, accessory can result in: minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum weight, occupant weight, and . Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. cargo weight. overheating which could Vehicle Placard: A label lead to a blowout. For additional information permanently attached to a regarding how much weight the . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an vehicle showing the vehicle irregular wear. capacity weight and the original example of the Tire and Loading equipment tire size and . Poor handling. Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 15. How recommended inflation pressure. . Reduced fuel economy. ‑ See “Tire and Loading the vehicle is loaded affects Overinflated tires, or tires that Information Label” under Vehicle vehicle handling and ride have too much air, can Load Limits on page 9‑15. comfort. Never load the vehicle result in: with more weight than it was Tire Pressure . Unusual wear. designed to carry. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the . Poor handling. hybrid supplement for more . Rough ride. information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

When to Check Loading Information label, no Each tire, including the spare (if further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked Check the tires once a month monthly when cold and inflated to or more. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended Do not forget the spare tire. See pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Full-Size Spare Tire on inflation pressure is high, press page 10 76 for additional pressure label. (If your vehicle has ‑ on the metal stem in the center tires of a different size than the size information. of the tire valve to release air. indicated on the vehicle placard or How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with tire inflation pressure label, you the tire gauge should determine the proper tire Use a good quality pocket-type inflation pressure for those tires.) gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the Proper tire inflation cannot be As an added safety feature, your valve stems to prevent leaks vehicle has been equipped with a determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. tire pressure monitoring system Check the tire inflation pressure (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire when the tires are cold meaning Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale when one or more the vehicle has not been driven System of your tires is significantly for at least three hours or no under-inflated. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Accordingly, when the low tire Remove the valve cap from the technology to check tire pressure pressure telltale illuminates, you tire valve stem. Press the tire levels. The TPMS sensors monitor should stop and check your tires as gauge firmly onto the valve to the air pressure in your tires and soon as possible, and inflate them get a pressure measurement. transmit tire pressure readings to a to the proper pressure. Driving on a receiver located in the vehicle. significantly under-inflated tire If the cold tire inflation pressure causes the tire to overheat and can matches the recommended lead to tire failure. Under-inflation pressure on the Tire and also reduces and tire Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS Tire Pressure Monitor vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety ability. of reasons, including the installation Operation Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent hybrid supplement for more maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. information. Always check the TPMS malfunction responsibility to maintain correct tire This vehicle may have a Tire telltale after replacing one or more pressure, even if under-inflation has Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). tires or wheels on your vehicle to not reached the level to trigger The TPMS is designed to warn the ensure that the replacement or illumination of the TPMS low tire driver when a low tire pressure alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure telltale. condition exists. TPMS sensors are TPMS to continue to function mounted onto each tire and wheel Your vehicle has also been properly. equipped with a TPMS malfunction assembly, excluding the spare tire indicator to indicate when the See Tire Pressure Monitor and wheel assembly. The TPMS system is not operating properly. Operation on page 10‑51. sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is Federal Communications combined with the low tire pressure pressure readings to a receiver Commission (FCC) Rules and located in the vehicle. telltale. When the system detects a with Industry Canada malfunction, the telltale will flash for Standards approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. See Radio Frequency Statement on This sequence will continue upon page 13‑20 for information subsequent vehicle start-ups as regarding Part 15 of the Federal long as the malfunction exists. Communications Commission (FCC) Rules and with Industry Canada When the malfunction indicator is Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. illuminated, the system may not be When a low tire pressure condition able to detect or signal low tire is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

located on the instrument cluster. air pressure is getting low and GM-approved tire sealant If the warning light comes on, stop needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or as soon as possible and inflate the pressure. included in the vehicle. tires to the recommended pressure A Tire and Loading Information label shown on the tire loading TPMS Malfunction Light and shows the size of the original Message information label. See Vehicle Load equipment tires and the correct Limits on page 9‑15. inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly A message to check the pressure in they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors a specific tire displays in the Driver Limits on page 9‑15, for an example are missing or inoperable. When the Information Center (DIC). The low of the Tire and Loading Information system detects a malfunction, the tire pressure warning light and the label and its location. Also see Tire low tire warning light flashes for DIC warning message come on at Pressure on page 10‑49. about one minute and then stays on each ignition cycle until the tires are for the remainder of the ignition The TPMS can warn about a low cycle. A DIC warning message also inflated to the correct inflation tire pressure condition but it does pressure. Using the DIC, tire displays. The malfunction light and not replace normal tire DIC warning message come on at pressure levels can be viewed. For maintenance. See Tire Inspection additional information and details each ignition cycle until the problem on page 10‑54, Tire Rotation on about the DIC operation and is corrected. Some of the conditions page 10‑54 and Tires on displays see Driver Information that can cause these to come page 10‑40. Center (DIC) on page 5‑26 and Tire on are: Messages on page 5‑41. Notice: Tire sealant materials are . One of the road tires has been not all the same. A non-approved The low tire pressure warning light replaced with the spare tire. The tire sealant could damage the spare tire does not have a may come on in cool weather when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor the vehicle is first started, and then TPMS sensor. The malfunction damage caused by using an light and DIC message should turn off as the vehicle is driven. This incorrect tire sealant is not could be an early indicator that the go off after the road tire is covered by the vehicle warranty. replaced and the sensor Always use only the matching process is performed Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

successfully. See "TPMS Sensor could prevent the TPMS from message should go off at the next Matching Process" later in this functioning properly. See Buying ignition cycle. The sensors are section. New Tires on page 10‑56. matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the . The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match the sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer first tire/wheel position, and "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all four Process" later in this section. light and DIC message comes on tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops . One or more TPMS sensors are and stays on. missing or damaged. The and must be restarted. malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching The TPMS sensor matching process message should go off when the Process is outlined below: TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or 3. Press Q and K on the Remote not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. The Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter tires or wheels. Tires and wheels TPMS sensor matching process at the same time for other than those recommended should also be performed after approximately five seconds. The replacing a spare tire with a road horn sounds twice to signal the tire containing the TPMS sensor. receiver is in relearn mode and The malfunction light and the DIC Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is message displays on the DIC active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged screen. ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or 4. Start with the driver side display screen goes off. fabric. front tire. 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. . The tire has a bump, bulge, 5. Place the relearn tool against 10. Set all four tires to the or split. the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure . The tire has a puncture, cut, stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. or other damage that cannot A horn chirp confirms that the be repaired well because of sensor identification code has Tire Inspection the size or location of the been matched to this tire and damage. wheel position. We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation 6. Proceed to the passenger side vehicle has one, be inspected front tire, and repeat the Tires should be rotated every procedure in Step 5. for signs of wear or damage at least once a month. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See 7. Proceed to the passenger side Maintenance Schedule on rear tire, and repeat the Replace the tire if: page 11‑2. procedure in Step 5. . The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve a 8. Proceed to the driver side rear more places around the tire uniform wear for all tires. The tire, and repeat the procedure in can be seen. first rotation is the most Step 5. The horn sounds two . important. times to indicate the sensor There is cord or fabric identification code has been showing through the tire's Anytime unusual wear is matched to the driver side rear rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as soon tire, and the TPMS sensor as possible, check for proper tire Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

inflation pressure, and check for Adjust the front and rear tires to damaged tires or wheels. If the the recommended inflation WARNING (Continued) unusual wear continues after the pressure on the Tire and off and cause an accident. When rotation, check the wheel Loading Information label after changing a wheel, remove any alignment. See When It Is Time the tires have been rotated. See rust or dirt from places where the for New Tires on page 10‑56 Tire Pressure on page 10‑49 wheel attaches to the vehicle. In and Wheel Replacement on and Vehicle Load Limits on an emergency, a cloth or a paper page 10‑60. page 9‑15. towel can be used; however, use Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor a scraper or wire brush later to System. See Tire Pressure remove all rust or dirt. Monitor Operation on page 10‑51. Lightly coat the center of the Check that all wheel nuts are wheel hub with wheel bearing properly tightened. See Wheel grease after a wheel change or “ tire rotation to prevent corrosion Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications on or rust build-up. Do not get page 12 2. grease on the flat wheel ‑ mounting surface or on the wheel nuts or bolts. { WARNING

Use this rotation pattern when Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the rotating the tires. parts to which it is fastened, can Do not include the spare tire in make wheel nuts become loose the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection on page 10‑54 Vehicle Storage and Tire Rotation on page 10 54 for ‑ Tires age when stored normally Tires additional information. mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Factors, such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time. a vehicle that will be stored for at temperatures, driving speeds, This also applies to the spare tire, least a month in a cool, dry, clean vehicle loading, and road conditions if the vehicle has one, even if it is area away from direct sunlight to affect the wear rate of the tires. never used. Multiple factors slow aging. This area should be free including temperatures, loading of grease, gasoline or other conditions, and inflation pressure substances that can deteriorate maintenance affect how fast aging rubber. takes place. GM recommends that Parking for an extended period can tires, including the spare if cause flat spots on the tires that equipped, be replaced after six may result in vibrations while years, regardless of tread wear. The driving. When storing a vehicle for tire manufacturer date is the last at least a month, remove the tires or four digits of the DOT Tire raise the vehicle to reduce the Identification Number (TIN) which is weight from the tires. molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The first two digits represent the week (01-52) and the Buying New Tires Treadwear indicators are one way to last two digits, the year. For GM has developed and matched tell when it is time for new tires. example, the third week of the year specific tires for the vehicle. The Treadwear indicators appear when 2010 would have a four-digit DOT original equipment tires installed date of 0310. the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) were designed to meet General or less of tread remaining. Some Motors Tire Performance Criteria commercial truck tires may not have Specification (TPC Spec) treadwear indicators. system rating. When Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

replacement tires are needed, performance of the vehicle. GM strongly recommends Braking and handling { WARNING buying tires with the same TPC performance may be adversely Mixing tires of different sizes, Spec rating. affected if all the tires are not brands, or types may cause GM's exclusive TPC Spec replaced at the same time. loss of control of the vehicle, system considers over a dozen If proper rotation and resulting in a crash or other critical specifications that impact maintenance have been done, vehicle damage. Use the the overall performance of the all four tires should wear out at correct size, brand, and type vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire of tires on all wheels. performance, ride and handling, Rotation on page 10‑54 for information on proper tire This vehicle may have a traction control, and tire different size spare than the pressure monitoring rotation. However, if it is necessary to replace only one road tires originally installed performance. GM's TPC Spec on the vehicle. When new, the number is molded onto the tire's axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle. vehicle included a spare tire sidewall near the tire size. If the and wheel assembly with a tires have an all-season tread { WARNING similar overall diameter as the design, the TPC Spec number road tires and wheels, so it is will be followed by MS for mud Tires could explode during all right to drive on it. The and snow. See Tire Sidewall improper service. Attempting spare tire was developed for Labeling on page 10‑42 for to mount or dismount a tire use on this vehicle and will not additional information. could cause injury or death. affect vehicle handling. GM recommends replacing worn Only your dealer or authorized tires in complete sets of four. tire service center should Uniform tread depth on all tires mount or dismount the tires. will help to maintain the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

The Tire and Loading { WARNING Information label indicates the { WARNING Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used, vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits there may not be an acceptable rim flanges to develop cracks on page 9‑15 for the label level of performance and safety if after many miles of driving. location and more information tires not recommended for those A tire and/or wheel could fail about the Tire and Loading wheels are selected. This suddenly and cause a crash. Information label. increases the chance of a crash Use only radial-ply tires with and serious injury. Only use GM the wheels on the vehicle. Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems Wheels developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a If the vehicle tires must be If wheels or tires are installed that GM certified technician. replaced with a tire that does not are a different size than the original have a TPC Spec number, make equipment wheels and tires, vehicle See Buying New Tires on sure they are the same size, performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, page 10‑56 and Accessories and load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover Modifications on page 10‑3. construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has original tires. electronic systems such as antilock Vehicles that have a tire brakes, rollover airbags, traction pressure monitoring system control, electronic stability control, could give an inaccurate or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be low-pressure warning if non-TPC affected. Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10‑50. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Uniform Tire Quality nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and Grading 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), one-half (1½) times as well on or to some limited-production the government course as a tire Quality grades can be found tires. graded 100. The relative where applicable on the tire performance of tires depends sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars upon the actual conditions of and maximum section width. For their use, however, and may example: and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the Treadwear 200 Traction AA must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving Temperature A safety requirements and habits, service practices and additional General Motors Tire differences in road The following information relates characteristics and climate. to the system developed by the Performance Criteria (TPC) United States National Highway standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C Traffic Safety Administration All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from (NHTSA), which grades tires by Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, treadwear, traction, and Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent temperature performance. This These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear pavement as measured under the United States. The grades controlled conditions on are molded on the sidewalls of The treadwear grade is a specified government test most passenger car tires. The comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and Uniform Tire Quality Grading wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may (UTQG) system does not apply under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. to deep tread, winter tires, specified government test Warning: The traction grade compact spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

straight-ahead braking traction performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels might tests, and does not include test wheel than the minimum need to be rebalanced. See your acceleration, cornering, required by law. Warning: The dealer for proper diagnosis. hydroplaning, or peak traction temperature grade for this tire is characteristics. established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement properly inflated and not Temperature A, B, C Replace any wheel that is bent, – overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or The temperature grades are A underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming (the highest), B, and C, loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and representing the tire's resistance combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. to the generation of heat and its buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. ability to dissipate heat when Some aluminum wheels can be tested under controlled repaired. See your dealer if any of Wheel Alignment and Tire these conditions exist. conditions on a specified indoor Balance laboratory test wheel. Sustained Your dealer will know the kind of high temperature can cause the The tires and wheels were aligned wheel that is needed. material of the tire to degenerate and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the provide the longest tire life and best and reduce tire life, and same load-carrying capacity, overall performance. Adjustments to diameter, width, offset, and be excessive temperature can lead wheel alignment and tire balancing to sudden tire failure. The grade mounted the same way as the one it will not be necessary on a regular replaces. C corresponds to a level of basis. However, check the performance which all alignment if there is unusual tire Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel passenger car tires must meet wear or if the vehicle is pulling to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor under the Federal Motor Safety one side or the other. If the vehicle System (TPMS) sensors with new Standard No. 109. Grades B and vibrates when driving on a smooth GM original equipment parts. A represent higher levels of Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

Used Replacement Wheels { WARNING WARNING (Continued)

Using the wrong replacement { WARNING of clearance can cause damage wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel to the brakes, suspension, Replacing a wheel with a used nuts can be dangerous. It could or other vehicle parts. The area one is dangerous. How it has affect the braking and handling of damaged by the tire chains could been used or how far it has been the vehicle. Tires can lose air, cause loss of control and a crash. driven may be unknown. It could and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use another type of traction a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a device only if its manufacturer wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment recommends it for the vehicle's nuts for replacement. wheel. tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that Notice: The wrong wheel can manufacturer's instructions. To also cause problems with bearing Tire Chains avoid vehicle damage, drive slow life, brake cooling, speedometer If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the and readjust or remove the or odometer calibration, Hybrid Supplement for more traction device if it is contacting headlamp aim, bumper height, information. the vehicle. Do not spin the vehicle ground clearance, and tire wheels. or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. { WARNING If traction devices are used, install them on the rear tires. If the vehicle has P265/65R18 or P275/55R20 size tires, do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the vehicle has P265/ If a Tire Goes Flat 70R17 size tires, use tire chains { WARNING only where legal and only when It is unusual for a tire to blowout necessary. Use chains that are while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause the proper size for the tires. are maintained properly. If air goes permanent damage to the tire. Install them on the rear tires only. out of a tire, it is much more likely to Re-inflating a tire after it has been leak out slowly. But if there ever is a driven on while severely Do not use chains on the front blowout, here are a few tips about underinflated or flat may cause a tires. what to expect and what to do: blowout and a serious crash. Tighten them as tightly as If a front tire fails, the flat tire Never attempt to re-inflate a tire possible with the ends securely creates a drag that pulls the vehicle that has been driven on while fastened. Drive slowly and follow toward that side. Take your foot off severely underinflated or flat. the chain manufacturer's the accelerator pedal and grip the Have your dealer or an authorized instructions. If the chains contact steering wheel firmly. Steer to tire service center repair or the vehicle, stop and retighten maintain lane position, and then replace the flat tire as soon as them. If the contact continues, gently brake to a stop, well off the possible. slow down until it stops. Driving road, if possible. too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage the A rear blowout, particularly on a vehicle. curve, acts much like a skid and { WARNING may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the Lifting a vehicle and getting under accelerator pedal and steer to it to do maintenance or repairs is straighten the vehicle. It may be dangerous without the very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake appropriate safety equipment and to a stop, well off the road, training. If a jack is provided with if possible. the vehicle, it is designed only for (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of changing a flat tire. If it is used for level place to change the tire. To the wheel blocks (A). anything else, you or others could help prevent the vehicle from be badly injured or killed if the moving: vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 1. Set the parking brake firmly. is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the 3. For vehicles with hybrid supplement for more four-wheel-drive with a information. N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire transfer case is in a drive A. Wheel Block and wheel damage by driving slowly gear — not in N (Neutral). to a level place, well off the road, B. Flat Tire if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Turn off the engine and do The following information explains warning flashers. See Hazard not restart while the vehicle how to use the jack and change is raised. Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. a tire. 5. Do not allow passengers to { WARNING remain in the vehicle. 6. Place wheel blocks on both Changing a tire can be sides of the tire at the dangerous. The vehicle can slip opposite corner of the tire off the jack and roll over or fall being changed. causing injury or death. Find a (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Tire Changing Use the following tools: Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment needed to change a flat tire is stored under the storage tray, located on the driver side trim panel, over the rear wheelhouse. A. Jack Knob B. Wing Nut Retaining the Tool Bag C. Wing Nut Retaining the Wheel Blocks A. Jack 2. Turn the wing nut retaining the tool bag (B) counterclockwise to B. Wheel Blocks remove it. C. Jack Handle 3. Turn the jack knob (A) D. Jack Handle Extensions counterclockwise to release the E. Wheel Wrench jack and wheel blocks from the Regular Wheelbase Shown, bracket. Extended Wheelbase Similar 4. Turn the wing nut retaining the 1. Remove the tray to access the wheel blocks (C) tools by pulling up on the finger counterclockwise to remove the depression under the jack wheel blocks and the wheel symbol. block retainer. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

To access the spare tire, refer to the J. Hoist End of Extension Tool following graphics and instructions: K. Spare Tire Lock 1. Open the hoist shaft access door (C) on the bumper to access the spare tire lock (K). 2. To remove the spare tire lock (K), insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out. 4. Insert the open end of the extension (J) through the hole in the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft access hole). Be sure the hoist end (J) of the extension connects to the hoist A. Hoist Assembly shaft. The ribbed square end of B. Hoist Shaft the extension is used to lower the spare tire. C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole D. Jack Handle Extensions E. Wheel Wrench F. Hoist Cable G. Tire/Wheel Retainer 3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (D) and wheel H. Spare Tire (Valve Stem wrench (E), as shown. Pointed Down) I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

5. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to counterclockwise to lower the pull the hoist cable closer to spare tire to the ground. assist in reaching the spare tire. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. If the spare tire does not lower to the ground, the secondary latch is engaged causing the tire not Once the retainer is separated to lower. See Secondary Latch from the guide pin, tilt the System on page 10‑74 for more retainer and pull it through the information. center of the wheel along with 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle the cable and latch. with some slack in the cable to 8. Put the spare tire near the access the tire/wheel retainer. flat tire. Separate the retainer from the guide pin by sliding the retainer Removing the Flat Tire and up the pin while pressing down Installing the Spare Tire on the latch. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑62 for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

2. If the vehicle has a center cap Jacking Locations (Overall View) that covers the wheel fasteners, A. Front Position place the chisel end of the wheel B. Rear Position wrench in the slot on the wheel 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen and gently pry the cap out. all the wheel nuts. Turn the If the wheel has a bolt-on hub wheel wrench counterclockwise cap, loosen the plastic nut caps to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not by turning the wheel wrench remove the wheel nuts yet. counterclockwise. The plastic nut caps will be retained in the hub cap after it is removed from the wheel. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown.

Front Position – 1500 Models Rear Position – All Other Models Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Front Position – 2500 Models on a front tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle and only one jack handle extension. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension. Attach the jack handle to the jack (A). Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there Rear Position – 1500 Models is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, use { WARNING the jack handle (B) and both jack handle extensions (C). Attach Raising the vehicle with the jack the wheel wrench (D) to the jack improperly positioned can handle extensions (C). Attach damage the vehicle and even the jack handle (B) to the make the vehicle fall. To help jack (A). Use the jacking pad avoid personal injury and vehicle provided on the rear axle. Turn damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the wheel wrench (D) clockwise head into the proper location to raise the vehicle. Raise the before raising the vehicle. vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the 7. Remove any rust or dirt from the ground. wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel. { WARNING { WARNING Getting under a vehicle when it is Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the lifted on a jack is dangerous. parts to which it is fastened, can If the vehicle slips off the jack, make wheel nuts become loose you could be badly injured or after time. The wheel could come killed. Never get under a vehicle off and cause an accident. When when it is supported only by changing a wheel, remove any a jack. rust or dirt from places where the 5. Remove all of the wheel nuts. wheel attaches to the vehicle. In 6. Take off the flat tire. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the wheel wrench WARNING (Continued) counterclockwise to lower the WARNING (Continued) vehicle. Lower the jack an emergency, a cloth or a paper completely. after replacing. Follow the torque towel can be used; however, use specification supplied by the a scraper or wire brush later to 11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a aftermarket manufacturer when remove all rust or dirt. crisscross sequence as shown using accessory locking wheel by turning the wheel wrench nuts. See Capacities and clockwise. 8. Put the wheel nuts back on with Specifications on page 12‑2 for the rounded end of the nuts original equipment wheel nut toward the wheel after mounting torque specifications. the spare tire. Notice: Improperly tightened { WARNING wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To Never use oil or grease on bolts avoid expensive brake repairs, or nuts because the nuts might evenly tighten the wheel nuts in come loose. The vehicle's wheel the proper sequence and to the could fall off, causing a crash. proper torque specification. See { WARNING Capacities and Specifications on page 12 2 for the wheel nut 9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. ‑ Wheel nuts that are improperly or torque specification. Then use the wheel wrench to incorrectly tightened can cause tighten the nuts until the wheel is the wheels to become loose or held against the hub. come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

When reinstalling the regular wheel Store the tire under the rear of the and tire, also reinstall either the WARNING (Continued) vehicle in the spare tire carrier. center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, Refer to the following graphics and depending on which one the cause injury. In a sudden stop or instructions to help you: vehicle has. collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in . For center caps, line up the tab the proper place. on the center cap with the slot in the wheel. The cap only goes in one way. Place the cap on the Notice: Storing an aluminum wheel and press until it snaps wheel with a flat tire under your into place. vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the pointing up can damage the plastic nut caps with the wheel wheel. Always stow the wheel nuts and tighten clockwise by with the valve stem pointing hand to get them started. Then down and have the wheel/tire tighten with the wheel wrench repaired as soon as possible. until snug. A. Hoist Assembly Storing a Flat or Spare Tire B. Hoist Shaft and Tools C. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole { WARNING D. Jack Handle Extensions E. Wheel Wrench Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger F. Hoist Cable compartment of the vehicle could G. Tire/Wheel Retainer (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

H. Spare Tire/Flat Tire (Valve Stem 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Pointed Down) Separate the tire/wheel retainer I. Hoist Shaft Access Hole from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. J. Hoist End of Extension Tool Tilt the retainer down through K. Spare Tire Lock the center wheel opening. 1. Put the tire (H) on the ground at Make sure the retainer is fully the rear of the vehicle with the seated across the underside of valve stem pointed down, and to the wheel. 4. Insert the open end of the the rear. extension (J) through the hole in the rear bumper (I) (hoist shaft access hole). 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable cannot be overtightened. 3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (D) and wheel wrench (E) as shown. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

To store the tools, do the following: 2. Assemble wheel blocks (A) and jack (E) together with the wing nut (F). 3. Position the jack (E) and wheel blocks (A) in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 4. Turn the jack knob (G) clockwise until the jack (E) is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack (E) onto the pin in the mounting bracket. 7. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Push, pull (A), and then 5. Use the retaining bracket (C) to try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire A. Wheel Blocks fasten the tool bag (B) on the stud and turn the wing nut (D) moves, use the wheel wrench to B. Tool Bag with Jack Tools tighten the cable. clockwise to secure. C. Retaining Bracket 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. D. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Bag 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover. E. Jack F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks G. Jack Knob 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the tool bag (B). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

Secondary Latch System To release the spare tire from the secondary latch: This vehicle has an underbody-mounted tire hoist assembly equipped with a secondary latch system. It is designed to stop the spare tire from suddenly falling off your vehicle. For the secondary latch to work, the spare must be installed with the valve stem pointing down. See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on 6. Return the storage tray to its page 10‑64. original stored position. { WARNING 1. Check under the vehicle to see if Before beginning this procedure the cable end is visible. If the read all the instructions. Failure to cable is not visible proceed to read and follow the instructions Step 6. could damage the hoist assembly 2. If it is visible, first try to tighten and you and others could get the cable by turning the wheel hurt. Read and follow the wrench clockwise until you hear instructions listed next. two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

3. Loosen the cable by turning the wrench counterclockwise three or four turns. 4. Repeat this procedure at least two times. If the spare tire lowers to the ground, continue with Step 5 under “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools” under Tire Changing on page 10‑64. 8. Attach the jack handle, 5. If the spare does not lower, turn extension, and wheel wrench to the wrench counterclockwise the jack and place it (with the until approximately 15 cm (6 in) A. Jack wheel blocks) under the vehicle of cable is exposed. toward the front of the rear B. Wheel Blocks 6. Stand the wheel blocks on their bumper. shortest ends, with the backs 7. Place the bottom edge of the facing each other. jack (A) on the wheel blocks (B), separating them so that the jack is balanced securely.

9. Position the center lift point of the jack under the center of the spare tire. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

10. Turn the wrench clockwise to 13. Disconnect the jack handle To continue changing the flat tire, raise the jack until it lifts the from the jack and carefully see “Removing the Flat Tire and end fitting. remove the jack. Use one hand Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire 11. Continue raising the jack until to push against the spare while Changing on page 10‑64. the spare tire stops moving firmly pulling the jack out from upward and is held firmly in under the spare tire with the Full-Size Spare Tire other hand. place. The secondary latch has Your vehicle, when new, had a released and the spare tire is If the spare tire is hanging from fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire balancing on the jack. the cable, insert the hoist end may lose air over time, so check its 12. Lower the jack by turning the of extension, and wheel inflation pressure regularly. See Tire wheel wrench wrench into the hoist shaft hole Pressure on page 10‑49 and counterclockwise. Keep in the bumper and turn the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑15 lowering the jack until the wheel wrench counterclockwise for information regarding proper tire spare tire slides off the jack or to lower the spare the rest of inflation and loading your vehicle. is hanging by the cable. the way. For instruction on how to remove, 14. Turn the wheel wrench in the install or store a spare tire, see { WARNING hoist shaft hole in the bumper “Removing the Flat Tire and clockwise to raise the cable Installing the Spare” and “Storing a Someone standing too close back up if the cable is hanging Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under during the procedure could be under the vehicle. Tire Changing on page 10‑64. injured by the jack. If the spare Have the hoist assembly inspected tire does not slide off the jack as soon as you can. You will not be completely, make sure no one is able to store a spare or flat tire behind you or on either side of using the hoist assembly until it has you as you pull the jack out from been inspected and/or replaced. under the spare. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

Notice: If the vehicle has After installing the spare tire on your Jump Starting four-wheel drive and a different vehicle, you should stop as soon as size spare tire is installed, do not possible and make sure the spare For more information about the drive in four-wheel drive until the tire is correctly inflated. Have the vehicle battery, see Battery on flat tire is repaired and/or damaged or flat road tire repaired or page 10‑24. replaced. The vehicle could be replaced as soon as you can and If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the damaged and the repairs would installed back onto your vehicle. Hybrid manual for more information. not be covered by the warranty. This way, the spare tire will be Never use four-wheel drive when available in case you need it again. If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run down, you may want to use a different size spare tire is Do not mix tires and wheels of installed on the vehicle. another vehicle and some jumper different sizes, because they will not cables to start your vehicle. Be sure Your vehicle may have a different fit. Keep your spare tire and its to use the following steps to do it size spare tire than the road tires wheel together. If your vehicle has a safely. originally installed on your vehicle. spare tire that does not match your This spare tire was developed for vehicle's original road tires and use on your vehicle, so it is all right wheels in size and type, do not { WARNING to drive on it. If your vehicle has include the spare in the tire rotation. Batteries can hurt you. They can four-wheel drive and the different be dangerous because: size spare tire is installed, keep the vehicle in two-wheel drive. . They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or ignite. . They contain enough electricity to burn you. (Continued) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

2. Get the vehicles close enough warranty. Whenever possible, WARNING (Continued) so the jumper cables can reach, turn off or unplug all accessories but be sure the vehicles are not on either vehicle when jump If you do not follow these steps touching each other. If they are, starting the vehicle. exactly, some or all of these it could cause a ground things can hurt you. 3. Turn off the ignition on both connection you do not want. You vehicles. Unplug unnecessary would not be able to start your accessories plugged into the Notice: Ignoring these steps vehicle, and the bad grounding accessory power outlets. Turn could result in costly damage to could damage the electrical off the radio and all the lamps the vehicle that would not be systems. that are not needed. This avoids covered by the warranty. To avoid the possibility of the sparks and helps save both Trying to start the vehicle by vehicles rolling, set the parking batteries. And it could save the pushing or pulling it will not brake firmly on both vehicles radio! work, and it could damage the involved in the jump start 4. Open the hood on the other vehicle. procedure. Put the automatic vehicle and locate the transmission in P (Park) or a positive (+) and negative (−) 1. Check the other vehicle. It must in have a 12-volt battery with a terminal locations on that N (Neutral) before setting the vehicle. negative ground system. parking brake. If the vehicle has Notice: Only use a vehicle that a four-wheel-drive transfer case Your vehicle has a remote has a 12-volt system with a with a N (Neutral) position, be positive (+) jump starting negative ground for jump sure the transfer case is in a terminal and a remote starting. If the other vehicle does drive gear, not in N (Neutral). negative (−) jump starting terminal. You should always use not have a 12-volt system with a Notice: If any accessories are left negative ground, both vehicles these remote terminals instead on or plugged in during the jump of the terminals on the battery. can be damaged. starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

If the vehicle has a remote positive (+) terminal, it is located { WARNING WARNING (Continued) under a red plastic cover at the positive battery post. To uncover An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that the remote positive (+) terminal, when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas open the red plastic cover. and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. clothing and tools away from any Battery fluid contains acid that underhood electric fan. can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush { WARNING the place with water and get medical help immediately. Using an open flame near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been { WARNING blinded. Use a flashlight if you Fans or other moving engine need more light. parts can injure you badly. Keep Be sure the battery has enough your hands away from moving The remote negative (−) terminal is a stud located on the right water. You do not need to add parts once the engine is running. front of the engine, where the water to the battery installed in negative battery cable attaches. your new vehicle. But if a battery has filler caps, be sure the right See Engine Compartment amount of fluid is there. If it is low, Overview on page 10‑5 for more information on the location of the (Continued) remote positive (+) and remote negative (−) terminals. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

5. Check that the jumper cables do 8. Now connect the black not have loose or missing negative (−) cable to the insulation. If they do, you could negative (−) terminal of the good get a shock. The vehicles could battery. Use a remote be damaged too. negative (−) terminal if the Before you connect the cables, vehicle has one. here are some basic things you Do not let the other end touch should know. Positive (+) will go anything until the next step. The to positive (+) or to a remote other end of the negative (−) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle cable does not go to the dead has one. Negative (−) will go to a battery. It goes to a heavy, heavy, unpainted metal engine unpainted metal engine part or part or to a remote negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) to the remote negative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. cable to the positive (+) terminal terminal on the vehicle with the Do not connect positive (+) to of the vehicle with the dead dead battery. negative (−) or you will get a battery. Use a remote 9. Connect the other end of the short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle negative (−) cable to the remote battery and maybe other parts has one. negative (−) terminal, on the too. And do not connect the 7. Do not let the other end touch vehicle with the dead battery. negative (−) cable to the metal. Connect it to the 10. Now start the vehicle with the negative (−) terminal on the dead positive (+) terminal of the good good battery and run the battery because this can cause battery. Use a remote engine for a while. sparks. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. 11. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Notice: If the jumper cables are To disconnect the jumper cables connected or removed in the from both vehicles do the following: wrong order, electrical shorting 1. Disconnect the black may occur and damage the negative (−) cable from the vehicle. The repairs would not be vehicle that had the bad battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the 2. Disconnect the black jumper cables in the correct negative (−) cable from the order, making sure that the vehicle with the good battery. cables do not touch each other or 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) other metal. cable from the vehicle with the good battery. Jumper Cable Removal 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine cable from the other vehicle. Part or Remote Negative (−) 5. Return the remote positive (+) Terminal terminal cover, if the vehicle has B. Good Battery or Remote one, to its original position. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be Towing travelled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Towing the Vehicle If the vehicle has a hybrid engine, long they can tow. Notice: Incorrectly towing a see the hybrid manual for more . Is the proper towing equipment disabled vehicle may cause information. going to be used? See your damage. The damage would not Recreational vehicle towing means dealer or trailering professional be covered by the vehicle towing the vehicle behind another for additional advice and warranty. vehicle – such as behind a motor equipment recommendations. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. of recreational vehicle towing are towed? Just as preparing the If a wheel lift tow truck is used, the known as dinghy towing and dolly vehicle for a long trip, make sure drive wheels cannot contact the towing. Dinghy towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be road while the vehicle is being vehicle with all four wheels on the towed. towed. A wheel dolly must be used ground. Dolly towing is towing the to lift all drive wheels off the ground. vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a Consult your dealer or a device known as a dolly. professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed. Here are some important things to consider before recreational vehicle To tow the vehicle behind another towing: vehicle for recreational purposes, such as behind a motor home, see . What is the towing capacity of “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this the towing vehicle? Be sure to section. read the tow vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

Dinghy Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a four-wheel drive vehicles with a Two Speed Automatic Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and single speed automatic transfer Transfer Case Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a case should not be towed with all Single Speed Automatic four wheels on the ground. Transfer Case Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no neutral position and will spin the transmission when the rear wheels turn.

Use the following procedure to dinghy tow a four-wheel drive vehicle with a two speed automatic Notice: If the vehicle is towed transfer case: with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain 1. Position the vehicle being towed components could be damaged. behind the tow vehicle and shift The repairs would not be covered the transmission to P (Park). by the vehicle warranty. Do not 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set tow the vehicle with all four the parking brake. wheels on the ground. 3. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

After towing, see “Shifting Out of Notice: If a two-wheel drive { WARNING Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive vehicle or a four-wheel drive (Single Speed Automatic Transfer vehicle with a single speed Shifting a four-wheel-drive Case) on page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel automatic transfer case is towed vehicle's transfer case into Drive (Two Speed Automatic with the rear wheels on the N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Transfer Case) on page 9‑33 for the ground, the transmission could to roll even if the transmission is proper procedure to take the vehicle be damaged. The repairs would in P (Park). The driver or others out of the Neutral position. not be covered by the vehicle could be injured. Make sure the warranty. Never tow the vehicle parking brake is firmly set before Dolly Towing – Front Towing with the rear wheels on the the transfer case is shifted to (Front Wheels Off the Ground) ground. N (Neutral). Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and Two-wheel-drive vehicles and Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a four-wheel drive vehicles with a 4. Shift the transfer case to Single Speed Automatic single speed automatic transfer N (Neutral). See See Transfer Case case should not be towed with the Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed rear wheels on the ground. Automatic Transfer Case) on Two-wheel-drive transmissions have page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel Drive no provisions for internal lubrication (Two Speed Automatic Transfer while being towed. Four-wheel drive Case) on page 9‑33. vehicles with a single speed 5. Release the parking brake only automatic transfer case have no after the vehicle being towed is neutral position and will spin the firmly attached to the towing transmission when the rear vehicle. wheels turn. 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive and remove the key — the vehicle or a four-wheel drive vehicle steering wheel will still turn. with a single speed automatic Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

transfer case, the vehicle must be 2. Drive the front wheels onto the 6. Shift the transfer case to towed with the rear wheels on the dolly. N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel dolly. See “Rear Towing (Rear 3. Shift the transmission to Drive (Single Speed Automatic Wheels Off the Ground)” later in this P (Park). Transfer Case) on page 9‑38 or section for more information. Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed 4. Firmly set the parking brake. Automatic Transfer Case) on Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a page 9 33. Two Speed Automatic ‑ Transfer Case { WARNING 7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's Shifting a four-wheel-drive instructions. vehicle's transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle 8. Release the parking brake only to roll even if the transmission is after the vehicle being towed is in P (Park). The driver or others firmly attached to the towing could be injured. Make sure the vehicle. parking brake is firmly set before 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. the transfer case is shifted to After towing, see “Shifting Out of N (Neutral). N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive (Single Speed Automatic Transfer 5. Use an adequate clamping Case) on page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel device designed for towing to Drive (Two Speed Automatic Use the following procedure to dolly ensure that the front wheels are Transfer Case) on page 9‑33. tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from locked into the straight position. the front: 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer's instructions. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 3. Firmly set the parking brake. Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a the Ground) See Parking Brake on Two Speed Automatic page 9‑41. Transfer Case 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Use the following procedure to dolly tow a four-wheel drive vehicle from 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly the rear: following the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly 6. Use an adequate clamping manufacturer's instructions. device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the locked into the straight position. dolly. 7. For four-wheel drive vehicles 3. Firmly set the parking brake. with a single speed automatic See Parking Brake on transfer case, shift the transfer page 9‑41. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and case into Two-Wheel Drive High. 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). Four-Wheel Drive Vehicles with a See Four-Wheel Drive (Single Single Speed Automatic Speed Automatic Transfer Case) 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Transfer Case on page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel following the manufacturer's instructions. Use the following procedure to dolly Drive (Two Speed Automatic tow the vehicle from the rear: Transfer Case) on page 9‑33. 6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to 1. Attach the dolly to the tow 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. ensure that the front wheels are vehicle following the dolly locked into the straight position. manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Appearance Care exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) { WARNING can result in damage or removal of paint and decals. Shifting a four-wheel-drive Exterior Care vehicle's transfer case into Rinse the vehicle well, before N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all to roll even if the transmission is To preserve the vehicle's finish, cleaning agents completely. If they in P (Park). The driver or others wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface, could be injured. Make sure the sunlight. they could stain. parking brake is firmly set before Notice: Do not use Dry the finish with a soft, clean the transfer case is shifted to petroleum-based, acidic, chamois or an all-cotton towel to N (Neutral). or abrasive cleaning agents as avoid surface scratches and water they can damage the vehicle's spotting. 7. Shift the transfer case to paint, metal, or plastic parts. Finish Care N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat Drive (Single Speed Automatic sealant/wax materials is not Transfer Case) on page 9‑38 or Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces Four-Wheel Drive (Two Speed are damaged, see your dealer to Automatic Transfer Case) on Follow all manufacturer have the damage assessed and page 9‑33. directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety repaired. Foreign materials such as 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree After towing, see “Shifting Out of disposal of any vehicle care sap, bird droppings, chemicals from N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive product. (Single Speed Automatic Transfer industrial chimneys, etc., can Notice: Avoid using damage the vehicle's finish if they Case) on page 9‑38 or Four-Wheel high-pressure washes closer than Drive (Two Speed Automatic remain on painted surfaces. Wash 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. Transfer Case) on page 9‑33. vehicle. Use of power washers If necessary, use non-abrasive Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

cleaners that are marked safe for Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Clean rubber blades using a lint-free painted surfaces to remove foreign Parts cloth or paper towel soaked with matter. Regularly clean bright metal parts windshield washer fluid or a mild Occasional hand waxing or mild with water or chrome polish on detergent. Wash the windshield polishing should be done to remove chrome or stainless steel trim, thoroughly when cleaning the residue from the paint finish. See if necessary. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax your dealer for approved cleaning For aluminum, never use auto or products. treatments may cause wiper chrome polish, steam, or caustic streaking. Do not apply waxes or polishes to soap to clean. A coating of wax, uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, rubbed to a high polish, is Replace the wiper blades if they are decals, simulated wood, or flat paint recommended for all bright metal worn or damaged. Damage can be as damage can occur. parts. caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, Notice: Machine compounding or Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ snow, and ice. aggressive polishing on a Lenses and Emblems basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Weatherstrips Use only lukewarm or cold water, a may damage it. Use only Apply silicone grease on soft cloth, and a car washing soap non-abrasive waxes and polishes weatherstrips to make them last to clean exterior lamps, lenses and that are made for a basecoat/ longer, seal better, and not stick or emblems. Follow instructions under clearcoat paint finish on the squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips "Washing the Vehicle" in this vehicle. once a year. Black marks from section. To keep the paint finish looking new, rubber material on painted surfaces keep the vehicle garaged or Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a covered whenever possible. clean cloth. See Recommended Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants on with glass cleaner. page 11‑12. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

Tires and dust. Always wash the check constant velocity joints, chrome with soap and water after rubber boots, and axle seals for Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to exposure. leaks. clean the tires. Notice: To avoid surface damage, Notice: Using petroleum-based Body Component Lubrication do not use strong soaps, tire dressing products on the chemicals, abrasive polishes, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle may damage the paint cleaners, brushes, or cleaners hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the finish and/or tires. When applying that contain acid on aluminum or steel fuel door hinge unless the a tire dressing, always wipe off chrome-plated wheels. Use only components are plastic. Applying any overspray from all painted approved cleaners. Also, never silicone grease on weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle. drive a vehicle with aluminum or with a clean cloth will make them Wheels and Trim Aluminum chrome-plated wheels through an last longer, seal better, and not stick — or squeak. or Chrome automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning Underbody Maintenance Use a soft, clean cloth with mild brushes. Damage could occur soap and water to clean the wheels. and the repairs would not be Use plain water to flush dirt and After rinsing thoroughly with clean covered by the vehicle warranty. debris from the vehicle's underbody. water, dry with a soft, clean towel. Your dealer or an underbody car A wax may then be applied. Steering, Suspension, and washing system can do this. If not Notice: Chrome wheels and other Chassis Components removed, rust and corrosion can chrome trim may be damaged if Visually inspect the front and rear develop. the vehicle is not washed after suspension and steering system for Sheet Metal Damage driving on roads that have been damaged, loose, or missing parts or sprayed with magnesium, signs of wear. Inspect the power If the vehicle is damaged and calcium, or sodium chloride. steering for proper hook-up, binding, requires sheet metal repair or These chlorides are used on leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually replacement, make sure the body roads for conditions such as ice repair shop applies anti-corrosion Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

material to parts repaired or Interior Care remain on the surface being replaced to restore corrosion cleaned for extended periods protection. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, of time. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. Original manufacturer replacement Immediately remove any soils. Note Cleaners may contain solvents that parts will provide the corrosion that newspapers or dark garments can become concentrated in the protection while maintaining the that can transfer color to home interior. Before using cleaners, read vehicle warranty. furnishings can also permanently and adhere to all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the Finish Damage transfer color to the vehicle's interior. interior, maintain adequate Quickly repair minor chips and ventilation by opening the doors and scratches with touch-up materials Use a soft bristle brush to remove windows. dust from knobs and crevices on the available from your dealer to avoid To prevent damage, do not clean corrosion. Larger areas of finish instrument cluster. Using a mild soap solution, immediately remove the interior using the following damage can be corrected in your cleaners or techniques: dealer's body and paint shop. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or . Never use a razor or any other Chemical Paint Spotting permanent damage may result. sharp object to remove a soil Airborne pollutants can fall upon Your dealer may have products for from any interior surface. and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaning the interior. Use cleaners . Never use a brush with stiff causing blotchy, ring-shaped specifically designed for the bristles. discolorations, and small, irregular surfaces being cleaned to prevent . Never rub any surface dark spots etched into the paint permanent damage. Apply all aggressively or with excessive surface. cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners directly pressure. on any switches or controls. Cleaners should be removed quickly. Never allow cleaners to Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

. Do not use laundry detergents or cleaners or aggressive cleaning Fabric/Carpet/Suede dishwashing soaps with may damage the rear window Start by vacuuming the surface degreasers. For liquid cleaners, defogger. use approximately 20 drops per using a soft brush attachment. If a 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. Notice: Cleaning the windshield rotating brush attachment is being A concentrated soap solution will with water during the first three to used during vacuuming, only use it leave a residue that creates six months of ownership will on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, streaks and attracts dirt. Do not reduce tendency to fog. gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the use solutions that contain strong Speaker Covers or caustic soap. following techniques: Vacuum around a speaker cover . Gently blot liquids with a paper . Do not heavily saturate the gently, so that the speaker will not upholstery when cleaning. towel. Continue blotting until no be damaged. Clean spots with just more soil can be removed. . Do not use solvents or cleaners water and mild soap. containing solvents. . For solid soils, remove as much Coated Moldings as possible prior to vacuuming. Interior Glass Coated moldings should be cleaned. To clean: To clean, use a terry cloth fabric . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 1. Saturate a clean lint-free dampened with water. Wipe droplets sponge or soft lint-free cloth colorfast cloth with water or club left behind with a clean dry cloth. dampened with water. soda. Microfiber cloth is Commercial glass cleaners may be recommended to prevent lint used, if necessary, after cleaning . When heavily soiled, use warm transfer to the fabric or carpet. the interior glass with plain water. soapy water. 2. Remove excess moisture by Notice: To prevent scratching, gently wringing until water does never use abrasive cleaners on not drip from the cleaning cloth. automotive glass. Abrasive Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, & Other Plastic Surfaces center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Radio Displays a clean area frequently to Use a soft microfiber cloth prevent forcing the soil in to the For vehicles with high gloss dampened with water to remove fabric. surfaces or vehicle displays, use a dust and loose dirt. For a more microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. thorough cleaning, use a soft 4. Continue gently rubbing the Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth dampened with a soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle mild soap solution. longer any color transfer from brush to remove dirt that could the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating scratch the surface. Then use the leather, especially perforated 5. If the soil is not completely microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to leather, as well as other interior removed, use a mild soap clean. Never use window cleaners surfaces, may cause permanent solution followed only by club or solvents. Periodically hand wash damage. Wipe excess moisture soda or plain water. the microfiber cloth separately, from these surfaces after using mild soap. Do not use bleach If the soil is not completely cleaning and allow them to dry or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly naturally. Never use heat, steam, removed, it may be necessary to and air dry before next use. use a commercial upholstery spot lifters, or spot removers. Do cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small Notice: Do not attach a device not use cleaners that contain hidden area for colorfastness before with a suction cup to the display. silicone or wax-based products. using a commercial upholstery This may cause damage and Cleaners containing these cleaner or spot lifter. If ring would not be covered by the solvents can permanently change formation occurs, clean the entire warranty. the appearance and feel of leather fabric or carpet. or soft trim and are not recommended. Following the cleaning process, a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts Use the following guidelines for gloss, especially on the instrument proper floor mat usage. Keep belts clean and dry. panel. Reflected glare can decrease . The original equipment floor visibility through the windshield { WARNING mats were designed for the under certain conditions. vehicle. If the floor mats need Notice: Use of air fresheners may Do not bleach or dye safety belts. replacing, it is recommended cause permanent damage to It may severely weaken them. In that GM certified floor mats be plastics and painted surfaces. a crash, they might not be able to purchased. Non-GM floor mats If an air freshener comes in provide adequate protection. may not fit properly and may contact with any plastic or Clean safety belts only with mild interfere with the pedals. Always painted surface in the vehicle, soap and lukewarm water. check that the floor mats do not blot immediately and clean with a interfere with the pedals. soft cloth dampened with a mild . Use the floor mat with the soap solution. Damage caused by Floor Mats correct side up. Do not turn air fresheners would not be it over. covered by the vehicle warranty. { WARNING . Do not place anything on top of Cargo Cover and the driver side floor mat. Convenience Net If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on Wash with warm water and mild interfere with the pedals. the driver side. detergent. Do not use chlorine Interference with the pedals can . Do not place one floor mat on bleach. Rinse with cold water, and cause unintended acceleration top of another. then dry completely. and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information technicians, the dealer is the place Service and for routine maintenance such as oil Maintenance Your vehicle is an important changes and tire rotations and investment. This section describes additional maintenance items like the required maintenance for the tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help blades. protect against major repair General Information ...... 11-1 Notice: Damage caused by expenses resulting from neglect or improper maintenance can lead to Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may costly repairs and may not be Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-2 also help to maintain the value of covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have inspections, recommended fluids, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 and lubricants are important to Your dealer has trained technicians keep the vehicle in good working Additional Maintenance who can perform required condition. and Care maintenance using genuine The Tire Rotation and Required Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have up to ‐ ‐ Services are the responsibility of the and Care ...... 11-8 date tools and equipment for fast vehicle owner. It is recommended to and accurate diagnostics. Many have your dealer perform these Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online keep the vehicle in good working Lubricants ...... 11-12 scheduling to assist with service condition, improves fuel economy, Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-14 and reduces vehicle emissions. Your dealer recognizes the Maintenance Records importance of providing Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use . Frequently towing a trailer. Maintenance vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Used for high speed or There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Additional Required Services ‐ Owner Checks and Services service. Normal are for vehicles that: At Each Fuel Stop . Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional . Check the engine oil level. See within recommended limits on Engine Oil on page 10‑6. the Tire and Loading Information Required Services ‐ Severe chart. label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month on page 9‑15. { WARNING . Check the tire inflation . Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can pressures. See Tire Pressure on page 10 49. surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause ‑ limits. serious injury. Perform . Inspect the tires for wear. See . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection on page 10‑54. Recommended Fuel on required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer page 9‑56. and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid on Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to page 10‑21. have a trained technician do the Maintenance Schedule Additional Engine Oil Change Required Services ‐ Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own Service Work on page 10 3. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL The Additional Required Services ‑ ‐ SOON message displays, have the Severe are for vehicles that are: engine oil and filter changed within . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven in hot weather. under the best conditions, the . Mainly driven in hilly or engine oil life system might not mountainous terrain. indicate the need for vehicle service Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine coolant level. See or missing parts or signs of and filter must be changed at least Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. wear. See Exterior Care on once a year and the oil life system . Check windshield washer fluid page 10‑87. must be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid on . Check restraint system technician can perform this work. page 10‑21. components. See Safety System If the engine oil life system is reset . Check on page 3‑25. accidentally, service the vehicle Visually inspect windshield wiper within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for last service. Reset the oil life or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks. Care on page 10‑87. Replace system when the oil is changed. . Visually inspect exhaust system See Engine Oil Life System on worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement and nearby heat shields for page 10‑9. on page 10‑29. loose or damaged parts. . Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. Lubricate body components. See Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure on Exterior Care on page 10‑87. 7,500 mi page 10‑49. . Check starter switch. See Starter Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Switch Check on page 10‑27. the vehicle, and perform the Inspection on page 10‑54. . Check automatic transmission following services. See Tire . Visually check for fluid leaks. shift lock control function. See Rotation on page 10‑54. Automatic Transmission Shift . . Check engine oil level and oil Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Lock Control Function Check on life percentage. If needed, See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑28. page 10‑13. change engine oil and filter, and . Check ignition transmission lock. reset oil life system. See Engine . Inspect brake system. See Ignition Transmission Lock Oil on page 10 6 and Engine Oil ‑ . Visually inspect steering, Check on page 10‑28. Life System on page 10 9. ‑ suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check on page 10‑28. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof on page 2‑22. . Check hybrid low pressure coolant level, if equipped. . Verify spare tire key lock operation and lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing on page 10‑64. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services — Normal (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. Check that the purge valve, if the vehicle has one, works properly. Replace as needed. (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. (3) Do not directly power wash the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System on page 10‑14. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. (6) Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional Schedule Additional Required Services — Severe Services Maintenance and Care (1) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important and hoses for proper hook-up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly routing, and condition. Check that components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly the purge valve, if the vehicle has 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle one, works properly. Replace as performance, additional . Have underbody flushing service needed. performed once a year. maintenance services may be (2) Or every four years, whichever required. It is recommended that comes first. your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer technicians (3) Do not directly power wash the know your vehicle best. Your dealer transfer case output seals. High can also perform a thorough pressure water can overcome the assessment with a multi‐point seals and contaminate the transfer inspection to recommend when your case fluid. Contaminated fluid will vehicle may need attention. The decrease the life of the transfer following list is intended to explain case and should be replaced. the services and conditions to look (4) Or every five years, whichever for that may indicate services are comes first. See Cooling System on required. page 10‑14. (5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. (6) Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Battery Brakes Hoses The battery supplies power to start Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure additional electrical accessories. that there are no cracks or leaks. . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi point inspection, your . To avoid break‐down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing ‐ start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and battery with full cranking power. advise if replacement is needed. . Trained dealer technicians have . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on corrosion‐free. Fluids the road. . Belts Proper fluid levels and approved Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage. cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure Lubricants on page 11‑12 for GM . Trained dealer technicians can that they light when braking. inspect the belts and approved fluids. . With a multi point inspection, recommend replacement when . Engine oil and windshield ‐ necessary. washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Shocks and Struts Tires Vehicle Care Shocks and struts help aid in control Tires need to be properly inflated, To help keep the vehicle looking like for a smoother ride. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining new, vehicle care products are the tires can save money, fuel, and available from your dealer. For . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/ can reduce the risk of tire failure. information on how to clean and protect the vehicle s interior and sway while braking, longer . Signs that the tires need to be ’ stopping distance, or uneven replaced include three or more exterior, see Interior Care on tire wear. visible treadwear indicators; cord page 10‑90 and Exterior Care on or fabric showing through the page 10‑87. . As part of the multi‐point inspection, trained dealer rubber; cracks or cuts in the Wheel Alignment technicians can visually inspect tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Wheel alignment is critical for the shocks and struts for signs ensuring that the tires deliver of leaking, blown seals, . Trained dealer technicians can optimal wear and performance. or damage, and can advise inspect and recommend the right . when service is needed. tires. Your dealer can also Signs that the alignment may provide tire/wheel balancing need to be adjusted include services to ensure smooth pulling, improper vehicle vehicle operation at all speeds. handling, or unusual tire wear. Your dealer sells and services . Your dealer has the required name brand tires. equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Windshield For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed. Wiper Blades Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber. . Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑6. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, in Canada 89021320). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle (1500 Series Vehicles with SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, in Four-Wheel Drive) Canada 89021672). Front Axle (2500 Series Vehicles with SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Four-Wheel Drive) Canada 89021678). Rear Axle SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 10953511). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Maintenance Replacement Parts Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades Front – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 25820122 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is Vehicle Identification the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If your vehicle is a Hybrid, see the Hybrid manual for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑12 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 5.3L V8 17.3 L 18.3 qt 6.0L V8 16.5 L 17.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Regular 98.4 L 26.0 gal Extended 1500 Series 119.2 L 31.5 gal Extended 2500 Series 147.6 L 39.0 gal Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 6L80-E Transmission 5.7 L 6.0 qt 6L90-E Transmission 6.0 L 6.3 qt Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ (Iron 0 1.02mm (0.040 in) Block) (LMG) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™(Aluminum 7 1.02mm (0.040 in) Block) (LC9) 6.0L V8 (Iron Block) (L96) G 1.02 mm (0.040 in) Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Customer Roadside Assistance Program Reporting Safety Defects (Mexico) ...... 13-7 Reporting Safety Defects to Information Roadside Assistance the United States Program (U.S. and Government ...... 13-17 Canada) ...... 13-11 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Scheduling Service the Canadian Customer Satisfaction Appointments (U.S. and Government ...... 13-18 Procedure (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-12 Reporting Safety Defects to Canada) ...... 13-2 Courtesy Transportation General Motors ...... 13-18 Customer Satisfaction Program (U.S. and Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-4 Canada) ...... 13-13 Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Assistance Offices Collision Damage Repair Privacy (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-5 (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Assistance Offices Service Publications Privacy ...... 13-19 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 Customer Assistance for Text OnStar® ...... 13-20 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. Navigation System ...... 13-20 and Canada) ...... 13-6 Radio Frequency Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 GM Mobility Reimbursement Radio Frequency Program (U.S. and Statement ...... 13-20 Canada) ...... 13-7 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

Customer Information STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, member of dealership management, remember that your concern will it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's Customer Satisfaction resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest Procedure (U.S. and further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. Canada) Chevrolet Customer Assistance STEP THREE U.S. Owners: Center at 1-800-222-1020. In — Your satisfaction and goodwill are Both General Motors and your Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making important to your dealer and to Canada Customer Care Centre at Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns sure you are completely satisfied 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, with the sales transaction or the or 1-800-263-7854 (French). operation of the vehicle will be if you continue to remain unsatisfied resolved by your dealer's sales or We encourage you to call the after following the procedure service departments. Sometimes, toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business however, despite the best intentions ® of all concerned, misunderstandings following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program can occur. If your concern has not give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. been resolved to your satisfaction, representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an the following steps should be taken: . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business with a member of dealership from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive management. Normally, concerns title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or can be quickly resolved at that level. the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle If the matter has already been through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal reviewed with the sales, service, . Dealership name and location. or parts manager, contact the owner dispute resolution program prior to . Vehicle delivery date and of your dealership or the general filing a court action, use of the present mileage. manager. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

40 days. If you do not agree with the STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning decision given in your case, you Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor may reject it and proceed with any not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), other venue for relief available addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call to you. procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care You may contact the BBB Auto Line and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Program using the toll-free Limited wants you to be aware of its 1-800-263-7854 (French), telephone number or write them at participation in a no-charge or write to: the following address: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre BBB Auto Line Program has committed to binding arbitration Council of Better Business Bureaus, General Motors of Canada Limited of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Inc. factory-related vehicle service 4200 Wilson Boulevard 1908 Colonel Sam Drive claims. The program provides for , L1H 8P7 Suite 800 the review of the facts involved by Arlington, VA 22203-1838 an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification www.dr.bbb.org/goauto before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). designed so that the entire dispute This program is available in all settlement process, from the time 50 states and the District of you file your complaint to the final Columbia. Eligibility is limited by decision, should be completed in vehicle age, mileage, and other about 70 days. We believe our factors. General Motors reserves impartial program offers advantages the right to change eligibility over courts in most jurisdictions limitations and/or discontinue its because it is informal, quick, and participation in this program. free of charge. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

Customer Satisfaction the good intentions of all parties STEP THREE Procedure (Mexico) involved, sometimes a If your case is not resolved in a misunderstanding may occur. reasonable amount of time by your If you have a problem that has not dealer, please call the General been satisfactorily handled through Motors Customer Assistance the normal means, we suggest the Center (CAC) and provide the following steps: following information: STEP ONE . Name Explain your case to your dealer . Address Did you get the Warranty Extension service agent, service manager, . Phone number Plan? This plan is recommended by dealer sales agent, or sales General Motors to supplement the manager, depending on your case. . Model year warranty included with the new . Brand vehicle purchase. Make sure that they have all necessary information. They are . Vehicle Identification See your dealer for details. interested in your continual Number (VIN) satisfaction. Customer Assistance . Mileage STEP TWO Procedure . Delivery date If you are not satisfied, please Owner satisfaction and goodwill are . Description of the problem very important to your dealer and contact the general manager or your General Motors. dealership owner to ask for their . Dealership name help. If they are not able to resolve Normally, any problem with the . Dealership address your case, ask them to contact the transaction, sale, or usage of the right people at General Motors for See Customer Assistance Offices vehicle must be handled by your support, if needed. (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5 or dealer sales or service departments. Customer Assistance Offices However, we recognize that despite (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Customer Assistance Canada All e-mail inquiries to the Customer Assistance Center (CAC) should be General Motors of Canada Limited Offices (U.S. and Canada) sent to: [email protected]. Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Chevrolet encourages customers to CA1-163-005 call the toll-free number for Mexico 1908 Colonel Sam Drive assistance. However, if a customer Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 From Mexico City wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, www.gm.ca the letter should be addressed to: 5329-0811 1-800-263-3777 (English) From Other Mexico Locations United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French) 01-800-466-0811 Chevrolet Motor Division 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Chevrolet Customer Assistance Telephone devices (TTYs)) United States and Canada Center Roadside Assistance: P.O. Box 33170 1-800-268-6800 1-866-466-8190 , MI 48232-5170 Overseas Costa Rica www.Chevrolet.com Please contact the local General 00-800-052-1005 1-800-222-1020 Motors Business Unit. 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Guatemala Telephone Devices (TTYs)) 1-800-999-5252 Roadside Assistance: Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872 Offices (Mexico) Panama From U.S. Virgin Islands: To contact the Customer Assistance 00-800-052-0001 1-800-496-9994 Center (CAC), use the phone numbers listed in this section. Dominican Republic Customer assistance is available 1-888-751-5301 Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from 08:00 to 15:00 hours. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

El Salvador Online Owner Center D (Preferred Dealer 800-6273 Information): Select a preferred Online Owner Experience dealer and view dealer location, Honduras (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com maps, phone numbers, and hours. 800-0122-6101 The Chevrolet online owner J (Warranty Tracking experience is a one-stop resource Information): Track the vehicle’s Customer Assistance for that allows interaction with warranty information. Chevrolet and keeps important J Text Telephone (TTY) vehicle-specific information in one (Recall Information): View Users (U.S. and Canada) place. active recalls or search by Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). See To assist customers who are deaf, Membership Benefits Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) hard of hearing, or speech-impaired E (Vehicle Information): on page 12‑1. and who use Text Telephones H (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY Download owner manuals and view (Other Account Information): equipment available at its Customer vehicle-specific how-to videos. View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Assistance Center. Any TTY user in G (Maintenance Information): radio, and OnStar account the U.S. can communicate with View maintenance schedules, information. Chevrolet by dialing: required alerts, OnStar onboard F (Live Chat Support): Chat live 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in vehicle diagnostic information, and with online help representatives. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. schedule service appointments. Visit my.chevrolet.com to register I (Service History): View your vehicle. printable dealer-recorded service records and self-recorded service records. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

Chevrolet Owner Centre GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also has (Canada) chevroletowner.ca a Mobility Program. Call Reimbursement Program 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call Centre: 1-800-263-3830. . Chat live with online help representatives. Roadside Assistance . Use the Vehicle Tools section. Program (Mexico) . Access third party enthusiast As a new owner, your vehicle is sites and networks. automatically enrolled in the . Locate owner resources such as Roadside Assistance program. The This program is available to services are available at no cost lease-end, financing, and qualified applicants for cost warranty information. under the terms and conditions of reimbursement of eligible the program. The Roadside . Retrieve your favorite articles, aftermarket adaptive equipment Assistance program is not part of, quizzes, tips, and multimedia required for the vehicle, such as or included, in the coverage galleries organized into the hand controls or a wheelchair/ provided by the New Vehicle Limited Features and Auto Care scooter lift for the vehicle. Warranty. Sections. For more information on the limited Roadside Assistance provides . Download the owner manual for offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or assistance to the driver and your vehicle, quickly and easily. call the GM Mobility Assistance passengers while driving the vehicle Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Find the within your city of residence or on Telephone (TTY) users, call any passable road in Mexico, the Chevrolet-recommended 1-800-833-9935. maintenance services for your United States, and Canada. vehicle. Services are subject to the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

limitations described in the following This service is limited to the . Emergency Towing: Tow to the pages. Program coverage varies by transfer of the vehicle to the nearest dealer for warranty country. repair facility. service if the vehicle cannot be driven. Roadside Assistance is available . Emergency Fuel Delivery: 24 hours a day, 365 days of Delivery of enough fuel for the If the vehicle is involved in an the year. vehicle to get to the nearest accident during the commission service station. of a crime, administrative This program expires two years violation, or breach of traffic from the date of the invoice for the . Lock-Out Service: Service to regulations, Roadside vehicle, regardless of vehicle unlock the vehicle if you are Assistance will not provide mileage and changes in vehicle locked out. service. When the vehicle is not ownership. . Battery Jump Start: Service to accessible to be towed, all For more information about the jump start a dead battery. maneuvers required to access it renewal of this program at the end will be at the owner's expense. . *Emergency Messages: of its term, contact the Chevrolet Transmission of urgent phone If the vehicle is in another city Customer Assistance Center at messages. outside of your residence, 01-800-466-0800. Roadside Assistance is limited . *Emergency Calls: Call for to moving the vehicle to the Services Provided emergency services. nearest dealer. If you would like . Flat Tire Change: If unable to . *Dealership Location the vehicle moved to a different change a flat tire, Roadside Assistance: Information dealer, you will be asked to Assistance will provide towing regarding addresses and cover the difference in cost at service to the nearest authorized telephone numbers for Chevrolet the time of the move. Chevrolet dealership. It is the dealers. owner's responsibility for the If the vehicle cannot be received repair or replacement of the tire. by the nearest Chevrolet dealer due to scheduling conflicts, the vehicle will be taken to a safe place where it will remain for up Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

to 48 hours until it can be taken for these services, you must pay availability at the chosen to the dealer. If the storage costs the difference at the time of destination. Restrictions apply exceed the amount authorized, service. based on vehicle specifications. the owner is responsible to pay Roadside Assistance will If you are on the road, taxi the difference at the time of coordinate hotel service to the nearest bus service. Contact Roadside accommodations for all vehicle station or airport will be Assistance for more information travelers for up to two nights. provided. on authorized amounts. A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary . *Trip Interruption: This service up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick is provided if you are prevented must be returned to its original Up: Transportation to pick up from further usage of your destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are vehicle while traveling and it is with a carrying capacity greater complete. Once the dealer has not possible for the nearest than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has Chevrolet dealership to repair Complimentary Transportation: If been repaired, Roadside the vehicle the same day, Assistance will provide bus or requiring the vehicle to stay at you prefer to continue your trip to the intended destination or commercial airline one-way the dealership for a night or service (subject to availability) more. If this happens, in addition return to your place of residence, and the trip requires for the person designated by you to the previously listed services to collect your vehicle at the and prior to confirmation by the more than eight hours driving on the road, transportation for the dealership's location if you or the dealership, you are entitled to designated person are not in the choose one of the following driver and passengers by first class bus or coach commercial same town or city as the alternatives, within the limits of dealership. existing Roadside Assistance airline will be provided to a program guidelines. If the costs location chosen by Roadside *These services are not provided for exceed the amount authorized Assistance, depending on U.S. or Canada residents. All services provided in the U.S. and Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

Canada are at the owner's expense . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, Routine vehicle repair costs are not and will be reimbursed by Roadside armed forces or police actions covered by the Roadside Assistance. which prevent timely delivery of Assistance program. For more assistance services. information, see your new vehicle Services Not Included in Roadside . warranty. Assistance Food service, beverages, telephone calls, or other extra Contacting Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance does not costs. Accommodation costs cover or reimburse services for the apply only to Mexico per the Roadside Assistance services are of following: terms and conditions of the no cost to you and available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. . Events caused by fraud or bad Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations faith by the driver. . Any damage to the vehicle that exceed the limits of the . Vehicle immobilization situations without intent, derived from the program, some of which are listed due to a major force or services provided. previously in this section. unforeseen circumstances, such . Cost of towing a trailer when as natural phenomena of an To contact Roadside Assistance by choosing a Chevrolet dealer that phone, use the following numbers: extraordinary nature, is nearest to the temporary earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, storage facility for the disabled Mexico and other cyclonic storms. vehicle. 01-800-466-0800 . Vehicle immobilization situations . Cost of all maneuvers required United States arising from car accidents to access the vehicle when it is caused by the driver of the not available to be towed. 1-866-466-8901 vehicle or third parties. This means any occurrence that . Cost of fuel provided. Canada causes physical injury to the 1-800-268-6800 occupants and/or the vehicle caused by external forces. E-mail [email protected] Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

Chevrolet reserves the right to make . Model, year, color, and license claims are made too often, or the any changes or discontinue the plate number of the vehicle. same type of claim is made many Roadside Assistance program at . Odometer reading, Vehicle times. any time without notification. Identification Number (VIN), and Services Provided delivery date of the vehicle. Roadside Assistance . Emergency Fuel Delivery: . Description of the problem. Program (U.S. and Delivery of enough fuel for the Coverage vehicle to get to the nearest Canada) service station. Services are provided up to 5 years/ For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever . Lock-Out Service: Service to 1-800-243-8872; (Text Telephone comes first. unlock the vehicle if you are (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). locked out. A remote unlock may In the U.S., anyone driving the be available if you have OnStar. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a call 1-800-268-6800. For security reasons, the driver person driving the vehicle without must present identification Service is available 24 hours a day, permission from the owner is not before this service is given. 365 days a year. covered. . Emergency Tow from a Public Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of Road or Highway: Tow to the the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. When calling Roadside Assistance, nearest Chevrolet dealer for Chevrolet and General Motors of warranty service, or if the vehicle have the following information Canada Limited reserve the right to ready: was in a crash and cannot be make any changes or discontinue driven. Assistance is also given . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at when the vehicle is stuck in the home telephone number. any time without notification. sand, mud, or snow. . Telephone number of your Chevrolet and General Motors of location. Canada Limited reserve the right to limit services or payment to an . Location of the vehicle. owner or driver if they decide the Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

. Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to . Alternative Service: If change a flat tire with the spare Canadian-Purchased Vehicles assistance cannot be provided tire. The spare tire, if equipped, right away, the Roadside must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement Assistance advisor may give properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. permission to get local responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be emergency road service. You will replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other receive payment, up to $100, covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through after sending the original receipt this service. to Roadside Assistance. . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Mechanical failures may be registration is required. covered, however any cost for Services Not Included in parts and labor for repairs not Roadside Assistance . Trip Interruption Benefits and covered by the warranty are the Assistance: Must be over owner responsibility. . Impound towing caused by 250 kilometers from where your violation of any laws. trip was started to qualify. Scheduling Service . Legal fines. General Motors of Canada Limited requires Appointments (U.S. and . Mounting, dismounting, pre-authorization, original Canada) or changing of snow tires, detailed receipts, and a copy of chains, or other traction devices. the repair orders. Once When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and . Towing or services for vehicles authorization has been received, the Roadside Assistance advisor request an appointment. By driven on a non-public road or scheduling a service appointment highway. will help to make arrangements and explain how to receive and advising the service consultant payment. of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation destination with minimal interruption into the service department options are available to assist in of your daily schedule. This includes immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when one-way or round-trip shuttle service can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. within reasonable time and distance unless, of course, the problem is Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited your dealership, let them know this, Public Transportation or Fuel Warranty. A separate booklet Reimbursement and ask for instructions. entitled Limited Warranty and “ If the vehicle requires overnight If your dealer requests you to bring Owner Assistance Information” the vehicle for service, you are furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public urged to do so as early in the work provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of your dealer's shuttle service, the day as possible to allow for information. same-day repair. expense must be supported by Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Courtesy Transportation Warranty service can generally be GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, Program (U.S. and for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps arrange transportation through a Canada) to minimize inconvenience by friend or relative, limited To enhance your ownership providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel options. Depending on the experience, we and our participating expenses may be available. Claim circumstances, your dealer can offer dealers are proud to offer Courtesy amounts should reflect actual costs Transportation, a customer support one of the following: and be supported by original program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty information regarding the allowance Shuttle service is the preferred Coverage period in Canada), amounts for reimbursement of fuel means of offering Courtesy extended powertrain, and/or or other transportation costs. hybrid-specific warranties in both Transportation. Dealers may provide the U.S. and Canada. shuttle service to get you to your Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program repairs diminish the vehicle resale Your dealer may arrange to provide Information value, and safety performance can you with a courtesy rental vehicle or be compromised in subsequent All program options, such as shuttle collisions. reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your Collision Parts for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information about Genuine GM Collision parts are new Rental reimbursement will be limited availability. All Courtesy parts made with the same materials and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be and construction methods as the receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer parts with which the vehicle was and complete a rental agreement personnel. and meet state/provincial, local, and originally built. Genuine GM rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the right to Collision parts are the best choice to Requirements vary and may include unilaterally modify, change, ensure that the vehicle's designed minimum age requirements, or discontinue Courtesy appearance, durability, and safety insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Transportation at any time and to are preserved. The use of Genuine You are responsible for fuel usage resolve all questions of claim GM parts can help maintain the GM charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and New Vehicle Limited Warranty. conditions described herein at its responsible for taxes, levies, usage Recycled original equipment parts sole discretion. fees, excessive mileage, or rental may also be used for repair. These usage beyond the completion of the parts are typically removed from repair. Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in It may not be possible to provide a (U.S. and Canada) prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from like vehicle as a courtesy rental. If the vehicle is involved in a undamaged sections of the vehicle. collision and it is damaged, have the A recycled original equipment GM damage repaired by a qualified part may be an acceptable choice to technician using the proper maintain the vehicle's originally equipment and quality replacement designed appearance and safety parts. Poorly performed collision Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

performance; however, the history of able to recommend a collision repair If the vehicle is leased, the leasing these parts is not known. Such parts center that has GM-trained company may require you to have are not covered by the GM New technicians and comparable insurance that ensures repairs with Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment. Genuine GM Original Equipment related failures are not covered by Manufacturer (OEM) parts or that warranty. Insuring the Vehicle Genuine Manufacturer replacement Aftermarket collision parts are also Protect your investment in the GM parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by vehicle with comprehensive and you may be charged at the end of companies other than GM and may collision insurance coverage. There the lease for poor quality repairs. are significant differences in the not have been tested for the vehicle. If a Crash Occurs As a result, these parts may fit quality of coverage afforded by poorly, exhibit premature durability/ various insurance policy terms. If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not Many insurance policies provide emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent reduced protection to the GM leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not vehicle by limiting compensation for matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle damage repairs through the use of Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. specify aftermarket collision parts. officer. When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information Repair Facility recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever Roadside Assistance Program need collision repairs. Your dealer available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching (Mexico) on page 13‑7 or Roadside may have a collision repair center Assistance Program (U.S. and with GM-trained technicians and to another insurance carrier. Canada) on page 13‑11. state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Gather the following information: Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance company is paying for the repairs, . Driver name, address, and Repair Process telephone number. you are not obligated to accept a In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that . Driver license number. damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no . Owner name, address, and repair. If you have a pre-determined telephone number. contractual limits with that company. repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control . Vehicle license plate number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as Specify to the facility that any . Vehicle make, model, and long as the cost stays within required replacement collision parts model year. reasonable limits. be original equipment parts, either . Vehicle Identification new Genuine GM parts or recycled Number (VIN). original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications Ordering Information . Insurance company and policy recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty. number. Service Manuals Insurance pays the bill for the repair, . General description of the Service Manuals have the diagnosis damage to the other vehicle. but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle, that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical, See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc. section. the repair professional, and insist on Service Bulletins If the airbag has inflated, see What Genuine GM parts. Remember, Service Bulletins give additional Will You See after an Airbag if the vehicle is leased, you may be technical service information Inflates? on page 3‑33. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service even if your insurance coverage General Motors cars and trucks. does not pay the full cost. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Each bulletin contains instructions Current and Past Models Reporting Safety to assist in the diagnosis and Technical Service Bulletins and service of the vehicle. Defects Manuals are available for current Owner Information and past model GM vehicles. Reporting Safety Defects Owner publications are written ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States specifically for owners and intended 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday to provide basic operational 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government information about the vehicle. The For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle Owner Manual includes the (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit has a defect which could cause Maintenance Schedule for all Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. a crash or could cause injury or models. Or write to: death, you should immediately In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway Owner Manual, and Warranty Traffic Safety Administration Booklet. Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive (NHTSA) in addition to notifying RETAIL SELL PRICE: Plymouth, MI 48170 General Motors. $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring complaints, it may open an Without Portfolio: Owner obligation. Allow ample time for investigation, and if it finds that Manual only. delivery. a safety defect exists in a group RETAIL SELL PRICE: All listed prices are quoted in U.S. of vehicles, it may order a recall $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and funds. Make checks payable in U.S. and remedy campaign. shipping fees. funds. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian Chevrolet Motor Division toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Government Chevrolet Customer Assistance (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Center http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you P.O. Box 33170 write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety Detroit, MI 48232-5170 defect, notify Transport Canada In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Administrator, NHTSA immediately, and notify General (English) or 1-800-263-7854 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Call (French), or write: Washington, D.C. 20590 Transport Canada at You can also obtain other 1-800-333-0510 or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Transport Canada information about motor CA1-163-005 Road Safety Branch vehicle safety from 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 80 rue Noel http://www.safercar.gov. Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a better understanding of the Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to recorded by your vehicle only if a The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near non-trivial crash situation occurs; no computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air data are recorded by the EDR under about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road normal driving conditions and no how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in personal data (e.g., name, gender, vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s age, and crash location) are monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is recorded. However, other parties, transmission performance, to designed to record data related to such as law enforcement, could monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety combine the EDR data with the type deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, of personally identifying data crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The routinely acquired during a crash antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to investigation. record such data as: control the vehicle. These modules To read data recorded by an EDR, may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your special equipment is required, and technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; access to the vehicle or the EDR is Some modules may also store data . Whether or not the driver and needed. In addition to the vehicle about how the vehicle is operated, manufacturer, other parties, such as such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; law enforcement, that have the average speed. These modules may special equipment, can read the . retain personal preferences, such as How far (if at all) the driver was information if they have access to radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ the vehicle or the EDR. temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, GM will not access this data or . How fast the vehicle was share it with others except: with the traveling. consent of the vehicle owner or, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

if the vehicle is leased, with the OnStar Terms and Conditions and personal information or link with any consent of the lessee; in response Privacy Statement on the OnStar other GM system containing to an official request by police or website. personal information. similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through Navigation System Radio Frequency the discovery process; or, as Statement required by law. Data that GM If the vehicle is equipped with a collects or receives may also be navigation system, use of the This vehicle has systems that used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of operate on a radio frequency that be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone comply with Part 15 of the Federal research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information. Communications Commission (FCC) shown and the data is not tied to a See the navigation manual for rules and with Industry Canada specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. deletion instructions. Operation is subject to the following OnStar® Radio Frequency two conditions: If the vehicle is equipped with 1. The device may not cause ® Identification (RFID) OnStar and has an active harmful interference. subscription, additional data may be RFID technology is used in some collected through the OnStar vehicles for functions such as tire 2. The device must accept any system. This includes information pressure monitoring and ignition interference received, including interference that may cause about the vehicle’s operation; about system security, as well as in collisions involving the vehicle; the connection with conveniences such undesired operation of the use of the vehicle and its features; as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) device. and, in certain situations, the transmitters for remote door locking/ Changes or modifications to any of location and approximate GPS unlocking and starting, and these systems by other than an speed of the vehicle. Refer to the in-vehicle transmitters for garage authorized service facility could void door openers. RFID technology in authorization to use this equipment. GM vehicles does not use or record Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar OnStar Overview Press = to: . Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call. OnStar Overview OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. OnStar Services . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Emergency ...... 14-2 Navigation voice commands. Security ...... 14-2 Requires the available Directions Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a and Connections service plan. Connections ...... 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor PressQ to connect to a live for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Advisor to: OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . OnStar Additional Services. Verify account information or Information ...... 14-5 update contact information. The OnStar system status light is . next to the OnStar buttons. If the Get driving directions. Requires status light is: the available Directions and Connections service plan. . Solid Green: System is ready. . Receive On-Demand . Flashing Green: On a call. Diagnostics for a check of the . Red: Indicates a problem. vehicle’s key operating systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Press the OnStar Emergency button OnStar Services equipped with automatic door locks, > to get a priority connection to an and can help police locate the Emergency Advisor available vehicle if it is stolen. 24/7 to: Emergency . Get help for an emergency. With Automatic Crash Response, Navigation the built-in system can automatically . OnStar navigation requires the Be a Good Samaritan or connect to help in most crashes, Directions and Connections respond to an AMBER Alert. even if help cannot be requested. service plan. . Get crisis assistance and Press > to connect to an evacuation routes. Press Q to receive directions or Emergency Advisor. GPS have them sent to the vehicle technology is used to identify the navigation screen, if equipped. vehicle location and can provide Destinations can also be forwarded critical information to emergency to the vehicle from MapQuest.com. personnel. The Advisor is also The OnStar mapping database is trained to offer critical assistance in continuously updated. Visit emergency situations before first www..com for coverage maps. responders arrive. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Security 1. Press Q to connect to a live OnStar provides services like Stolen Advisor. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition Block, and Roadside Assistance, 2. Request directions. if the vehicle is equipped with these 3. Directions are downloaded to the services. OnStar can unlock the vehicle. vehicle doors remotely, if it is 4. Follow the voice-guided commands. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds Destination Download: Press Q, During a Planned Route with the last direction given, then then request the Advisor to responds with “OnStar ready,” download directions to the Cancel Route then a tone. navigation system in the vehicle. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, press the “Go” “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Say commands. button on the navigation screen to Cancel route. System begin driving directions. “ ” Get My Destination responds: “Do you want to Destinations can also be cancel directions?” 1. Press =. System responds: downloaded on the go. For 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. information about eNav, Destination Download, and coverage maps visit “OK, request completed, thank 2. Say “Get my destination.” you, goodbye.” System responds with address www.onstar.com. Route Preview and the distance to the destination, then responds with Connections 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice calls to be made and received from 2. Say “Route preview.” System commands. the vehicle. The vehicle can also be responds with the next three controlled from a cell phone through maneuvers. Other Navigation Services the OnStar RemoteLink . Available from OnStar See www.onstar.com for 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice coverage maps. commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Hands-Free Calling Repeat MapQuest.com to their Turn-by-Turn Navigation or screen-based 1. Press =. System responds: 1. Press =. System responds: navigation system. When ready, the “OnStar ready.” “OnStar ready,” then a tone. directions will be downloaded to the vehicle. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call Place a Call Using a Stored “Please say the name or number Number to call.” Press=. System responds: “Call ended.” 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Say the entire number without “OnStar ready.” pausing, including a “1” and the Store a Name Tag for Speed area code. System responds: Dialing 2. Say “Call .” System “OK calling.” responds: “OK, calling 1. Press =. System responds: .” Calling 911 Emergency “OnStar ready.” Verify Minutes and Expiration 1. Press=. The system responds 2. Say “Store.” System responds: “OnStar Ready,” followed by “Please say the number you Press = and say “Minutes” then a tone. would like to store.” “Verify” to check how many minutes remain and their expiration date. 2. Say “Call.” The system responds 3. Say the entire number without “Please say the name or number pausing. System responds: OnStar Mobile App to call.” “Please say the name tag.” Download the OnStar RemoteLink 3. Say “911” without pausing. The 4. Pick a name tag. System mobile app to your iPhone, Android, system responds “911.” responds: “About to store . Does that sound OK?” 4. Say “Call.” The system responds vehicle fuel level, oil life, or tire “OK, dialing 911.” 5. Say “Yes” or say “No” to try pressure; to start the vehicle (if again. System responds: “OK, equipped) or unlock it; or to connect Retrieve My Number storing .” to an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar = RemoteLink information and 1. Press . System responds: compatibility, see www.onstar.com. “OnStar ready.” 2. Say “My number.” System responds: “Your OnStar Hands-Free Calling number is.” Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling perform a vehicle check every are available on most vehicles. Not month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service all OnStar services are available transmission, antilock brakes, and Press Q to request account transfer everywhere or on all vehicles. For major vehicle systems. It also more information, a full description checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor can assist in canceling or removing of OnStar services, system vehicle is equipped with the Tire limitations, and OnStar terms and account information. If OnStar Pressure Monitoring System. If a conditions, see www.onstar.com diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle ownership has changed, OnStar (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada); between e-mails, press Q, and an may send a voice message to the contact OnStar at 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or TTY Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account information. 1-877-248-2080; or press Q to speak with an Advisor. OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent services require a vehicle electrical Owners system, wireless service, and GPS Q satellite technologies to be available Press and follow the prompts to and operating for features to speak to an Advisor as soon as function properly. These systems possible after acquiring the vehicle. may not operate if the battery is The Advisor will update vehicle discharged or disconnected. records and will explain the OnStar service offers and options available. OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where How OnStar Service Works OnStar has an agreement with a Automatic Crash Response, wireless service provider for service Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, in that area, and the wireless Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle service provider has coverage, Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

network capacity, reception, and Services for People with OnStar.com technology compatible with OnStar Disabilities The website provides access to service. Service involving location account information, manages the information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help OnStar subscription, and allows work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities viewing of videos of each service. available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Get subscription plan pricing and compatible with the OnStar Press Q for help with: sign up for OnStar Vehicle hardware. OnStar service may not Diagnostics. Click on the My work if the OnStar equipment is not . Locating a gas station with an “ Account tab on the home page. properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. ” properly maintained. If equipment or . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., OnStar Personal Identification software is added, connected, that meets accessibility needs. Number (PIN) or modified, OnStar service may not work. Other problems beyond the . Providing directions to the A PIN is needed to access some of control of OnStar may prevent closest hospital or pharmacy in the OnStar services, like Remote service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Assistance. You will be prompted to tunnels, weather, electrical system TTY Users design and architecture of the change the PIN the first time when vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a OnStar has the ability to speaking with an Advisor. To crash, or wireless phone network communicate to the deaf, change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar congestion or jamming. hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired and provide the Advisor with the customers while in the vehicle. The current number. See Radio Frequency Statement on available dealer-installed TTY page 13‑20 for information system can provide in-vehicle regarding Part 15 of the Federal access to all of the OnStar services, Communications Commission (FCC) except Virtual Advisor and OnStar rules and Industry Canada Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

Warranty Global Positioning Cellular and GPS Antennas OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) Avoid placing items over or near the warranted as part of the New . Obstruction of the GPS can antenna to prevent blocking cellular Vehicle Limited Warranty. The occur in a large city with tall and GPS signal reception. Cellular manufacturer of the vehicle buildings; in parking garages; reception is required for OnStar to furnishes detailed warranty around airports; in tunnels, send remote signals to the vehicle. information. underpasses, or parking garages; or in an area with very Unable to Connect to OnStar Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are Message The vehicle can be programmed to not available, the OnStar system If there is limited cellular coverage respond in French or Spanish. should still operate to call or the has reached Press Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could maximum capacity, this message Advisors can speak French or have difficulty identifying the may come on. Press Q to try the Spanish. exact location. call again or try again after driving a . few miles into another cellular area. Potential Issues In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency Vehicle and Power Issues after five days. OnStar cannot responders. OnStar services require a vehicle perform Remote Door Unlock or . A temporary loss of GPS can electrical system, wireless service, Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the cause loss of the ability to send and GPS satellite technologies to be vehicle has been off continuously a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. available and operating for features for five days. After five days, OnStar The Advisor may give a verbal to function properly. These systems can contact Roadside Assistance route or may ask for a call back may not operate if the battery is and a locksmith to help gain access after the vehicle is driven into an discharged or disconnected. to the vehicle. open area. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment on page 9‑78. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont'd) Assistance Program, What Will You See after an Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-11 Accessories and Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-33 Audio Players ...... 7-16 Modifications ...... 10-3 When Should an Airbag CD ...... 7-16 Accessory Power ...... 9-24 ® Inflate? ...... 3-30 CD/DVD ...... 7-21 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 9-27 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-28 Audio System Add-On Electrical Airbags Radio Reception ...... 7-14 Equipment ...... 9-78 Adding Equipment to the Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-46 Adding a Snow Plow or Vehicle ...... 3-38 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Similar Equipment ...... 9-78 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Automatic Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-18 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Door Locks ...... 2-8 Adjustable Throttle and Vehicles ...... 3-38 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Brake Pedal ...... 9-20 System Check ...... 3-26 Level Control ...... 9-45 Adjustments Alarm Transmission ...... 9-28 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-4 Vehicle Security ...... 2-12 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-10 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 Automatic Transmission Air Vents ...... 8-12 Antenna Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Airbag System Rear Side Window ...... 7-15 Shift Lock Control Check ...... 3-40 Satellite Radio ...... 7-16 Function Check ...... 10-28 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake Auxiliary Restrain? ...... 3-32 System (ABS) ...... 9-40 Devices ...... 7-31 Passenger Sensing Warning Light ...... 5-22 Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 System ...... 3-34 Appearance Care Axle, Front ...... 10-25 What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-87 Axle, Rear ...... 10-26 Inflate? ...... 3-32 Interior ...... 10-90 Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Braking ...... 9-3 Carbon Monoxide Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-19 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-27 Battery ...... 10-24 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-32 Liftgate ...... 2-9 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Winter Driving ...... 9-12 Load Management ...... 6-8 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Cargo Power Protection ...... 6-9 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-30 Cover ...... 4-2 Voltage and Charging Headlamps ...... 10-30 Cautions, Danger, and Messages ...... 5-35 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-32 Warnings ...... iv Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29 Taillamps, Turn Signal, CD Player ...... 7-16 Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Stoplamps, and CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Brake Back-up Lamps ...... 10-31 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Pedal and Adjustable Buying New Tires ...... 10-56 Center Seat ...... 3-3 Throttle ...... 9-20 Chains, Tire ...... 10-61 System Warning Light ...... 5-21 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Brakes ...... 10-22 C Check Antilock ...... 9-40 Calibration ...... 5-5 Engine Light ...... 5-19 Assist ...... 9-41 California Ignition Fluid ...... 10-23 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-56 Transmission Lock ...... 10-28 Parking ...... 9-41 Perchlorate Materials Child Restraints System Messages ...... 5-35 Requirements ...... 10-3 Warning ...... 10-2 Infants and Young Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-52 Children ...... 3-43 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Lower Anchors and Capacities and Tethers for Children ...... 3-48 Specifications ...... 12-2 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Child Restraints (cont'd) Cooling System ...... 10-14 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Older Children ...... 3-41 Engine Messages ...... 5-36 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Securing ...... 3-55, 3-56, 3-58 Courtesy Transportation Devices Systems ...... 3-45 Program ...... 13-13 Auxiliary ...... 7-31 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-33 Cover Diagnostics Cleaning Cargo ...... 4-2 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Exterior Care ...... 10-87 Cruise Control ...... 9-46 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Interior Care ...... 10-90 Light ...... 5-26 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Door Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Ajar Messages ...... 5-36 Dual Automatic ...... 8-3 Offices ...... 13-5 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Heating ...... 8-1 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks ...... 2-6 Rear ...... 8-9, 8-10 Users ...... 13-6 Power Locks ...... 2-7 Clock ...... 5-7 Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Service Publications Driver Information Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14 Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Center (DIC) ...... 5-26 Compass ...... 5-5 Customer Satisfaction Driving Connections Procedure ...... 13-2, 13-4 Characteristics and OnStar® ...... 14-3 Towing Tips ...... 9-61 Continuous Damping D Defensive ...... 9-3 Control (CDC) ...... 9-45 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 Drunk ...... 9-3 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Danger, Warnings, and For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-27 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-15 Cautions ...... iv Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-19 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Engine ...... 10-15 Daytime Running If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-14 Engine Temperature Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Gauge ...... 5-14 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd) Emergency Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Off-Road ...... 9-5 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-69 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-4 Engine Event Data Recorders ...... 13-19 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-15 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-13 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Wet Roads ...... 9-10 Check and Service Engine Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-25 Winter ...... 9-12 Soon Light ...... 5-19 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Dual Automatic Climate Compartment Overview ...... 10-5 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Control System ...... 8-3 Coolant ...... 10-15 DVD Coolant Temperature F Rear Seat Entertainment Gauge ...... 5-14 Fan System ...... 7-36 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Engine ...... 10-20 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-21 Cooling System Messages . . .5-36 Features Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Memory ...... 1-9 E Exhaust ...... 9-27 Filter, E85 Fuel ...... 9-58 Fan ...... 10-20 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-13 Electrical Equipment, Heater ...... 9-23 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Add-On ...... 9-78 Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Electrical System Oil Messages ...... 5-37 Flat Tire ...... 10-62 Engine Compartment Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-13 Changing ...... 10-64 Fuse Block ...... 10-33 Overheated Protection Floor Mats ...... 10-93 Fuses and Circuit Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Breakers ...... 10-33 Overheating ...... 10-18 Instrument Panel Fuse Power Messages ...... 5-38 Block ...... 10-37 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Overload ...... 10-32 Running While Parked ...... 9-28 Starting ...... 9-22 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fluid Fuel (cont'd) Gauges Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-56 Engine Coolant Brakes ...... 10-23 Gauge ...... 5-12 Temperature ...... 5-14 Four-Wheel Drive Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-13 Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 Management, Active ...... 9-27 Fuel ...... 5-12 Power Steering ...... 10-20 Recommended ...... 9-56 Odometer ...... 5-12 Washer ...... 10-21 Requirements, California . . . . .9-56 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Fog Lamps System Messages ...... 5-38 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-76 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-17 Fuses Voltmeter ...... 5-15 Four-Wheel Engine Compartment Warning Lights and Drive ...... 10-25, 9-33, 9-38 Fuse Block ...... 10-33 Indicators ...... 5-10 Front Axle ...... 10-25 Fuses and Circuit General Information Front Fog Lamp Breakers ...... 10-33 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Light ...... 5-25 Instrument Panel Fuse Towing ...... 9-61 Front Seats Block ...... 10-37 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Glass Replacement ...... 10-30 Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-8 G Glove Box ...... 4-1 Fuel ...... 9-55 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-52 GM Mobility Reimbursement Additives ...... 9-57 Programming ...... 5-52 Program ...... 13-7 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-58 Gasoline Economy Driving ...... 1-27 Specifications ...... 9-56 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 9-60 Filling the Tank ...... 9-59 Foreign Countries ...... 9-57 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

H Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-41 K Hood ...... 10-4 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-30 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-38 Horn ...... 5-4 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Keyless Entry How to Wear Safety Belts Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-2 Properly ...... 3-18 Headlamps Keys ...... 2-1 Aiming ...... 10-30 Automatic ...... 6-3 I L Ignition Positions ...... 9-20 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-42 Ignition Transmission Lock Daytime Running Lamps Check ...... 10-28 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Auxiliary Roof Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Mounted Lamp ...... 6-6 Infants and Young Children, High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Restraints ...... 3-43 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Dome ...... 6-7 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Heated Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Rear Seats ...... 3-9 Exterior Lamps Off Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . 1-2 Heated and Ventilated Front Reminder ...... 6-2 Introduction ...... iii Seats ...... 3-8 License Plate ...... 10-32 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-18 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-19 Heater J Messages ...... 5-38 Engine ...... 9-23 Jump Starting ...... 10-77 Reading ...... 6-8 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-25 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-11 LATCH System Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-11 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 3-55 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

LATCH, Lower Anchors and Lights (cont'd) M Tethers for Children ...... 3-48 Tire Pressure ...... 5-23 Maintenance Level Control Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-22 Records ...... 11-15 Automatic ...... 9-45 Traction Control System Maintenance Schedule Liftgate (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-23 Recommended Fluids Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-9 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-45 and Lubricants ...... 11-12 Lighting Locks Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 Entry ...... 6-8 Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19 Exit ...... 6-8 Delayed Locking ...... 2-7 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-16 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Door ...... 2-6 Manual Mode ...... 9-31 Lights Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Memory Features ...... 1-9 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Power Door ...... 2-7 Memory Seats ...... 3-6 Antilock Brake System Safety ...... 2-8 Messages (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Airbag System ...... 5-41 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-24 Battery Voltage and Charging System ...... 5-18 Lower Anchors and Tethers Charging ...... 5-35 Cruise Control ...... 5-26 for Children (LATCH Brake System ...... 5-35 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-24 System) ...... 3-48 Door Ajar ...... 5-36 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-36 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-25 Engine Oil ...... 5-37 High-Beam On ...... 5-25 Engine Power ...... 5-38 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Fuel System ...... 5-38 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-24 Key and Lock ...... 5-38 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-16 Lamp ...... 5-38 Security ...... 5-25 Object Detection System . . . . .5-39 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-23 Ride Control System ...... 5-40 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

Messages (cont'd) N Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-41 Security ...... 5-41 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Navigation ® Tire ...... 5-41 ® OnStar OnStar ...... 14-2 Transmission ...... 5-42 System, In Brief ...... 1-28 Vehicle Data Recording Vehicle ...... 5-34 OnStar® Additional and Privacy ...... 13-20 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-43 Information ...... 14-5 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-19 Washer Fluid ...... 5-44 OnStar® Connections ...... 14-3 Mirrors OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-18 O OnStar® Emergency ...... 14-2 Automatic Dimming Object Detection System OnStar® Navigation ...... 14-2 Rearview ...... 2-19 Messages ...... 5-39 OnStar® Overview ...... 14-1 Convex ...... 2-15 Object Detection, Side Blind OnStar® Security ...... 14-2 Folding ...... 2-17 Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 9-49 Operation, Infotainment Heated ...... 2-18 Odometer ...... 5-12 System ...... 7-6 Manual ...... 2-16 Trip ...... 5-12 Ordering Manual Rearview ...... 2-19 Off-Road ...... 9-5 Service Publications ...... 13-16 Park Tilt ...... 2-18 Driving ...... 9-5 Outlets Power ...... 2-16 Recovery ...... 9-4 Power ...... 5-8 Trailer Tow ...... 2-16 Oil Overheated Engine Monitor System, Tire Engine ...... 10-6 Protection Pressure ...... 10-50 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-9 Operating Mode ...... 10-19 Engine Oil Pressure Overheating, Engine ...... 10-18 Gauge ...... 5-13 Overview, Infotainment Messages ...... 5-37 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

P Power (cont'd) Reading Lamps ...... 6-8 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Rear Axle ...... 10-26 Park Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Locking ...... 9-45 Shifting Into ...... 9-24 Windows ...... 2-20 Rear Climate Control Shifting Out of ...... 9-26 Power Assist Steps ...... 2-12 System ...... 8-9, 8-10 Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-18 Pregnancy, Using Safety Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Parking Belts ...... 3-24 System ...... 7-46 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-48 Privacy Rear Seat Entertainment Brake ...... 9-41 Radio Frequency System ...... 7-36 Brake and P (Park) Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-46 Mechanism Check ...... 10-28 Program Rear Seats Over Things That Burn ...... 9-27 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Heated ...... 3-9 Passenger Airbag Status Proposition 65 Warning, Rear Side Window Antenna . . . 7-15 Indicator ...... 5-17 California ...... 10-2 Rear Storage ...... 4-2 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-34 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-52 Perchlorate Materials Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 R Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-19 Personalization Radio Frequency Automatic Dimming ...... 2-19 Vehicle ...... 5-44 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Phone Statement ...... 13-20 Recommended Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Radios Fuel ...... 9-56 Power AM-FM Radio ...... 7-10 Recommended Fluids and Door Locks ...... 2-7 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Lubricants ...... 11-12 Mirrors ...... 2-16 Reception ...... 7-14 Records Outlets ...... 5-8 Satellite ...... 7-11 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Protection, Battery ...... 6-9 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-24 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

Recreational Vehicle Ride Control Systems Safety Belts (cont'd) Towing ...... 10-82 Messages ...... 5-40 Lap Belt ...... 3-24 Reimbursement Program, Roads Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-19 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Driving, Wet ...... 9-10 Reminders ...... 5-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Roadside Assistance Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-26 System ...... 2-2 Program ...... 13-7, 13-11 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-24 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Roof Safety Defects Reporting Replacement Sunroof ...... 2-22 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Glass ...... 10-30 Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 General Motors ...... 13-18 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-32 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-54 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Replacement Parts Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Airbags ...... 3-40 Running the Vehicle While Safety System Check ...... 3-25 Maintenance ...... 11-14 Parked ...... 9-28 Satellite Radio ...... 7-11 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-40 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Replacing LATCH System S Seats Parts after a Crash ...... 3-55 Safety Belts ...... 3-16 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Replacing Safety Belt Care ...... 3-25 Center Seat ...... 3-3 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-26 Extender ...... 3-25 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-8 Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Properly ...... 3-18 Heated, Rear ...... 3-9 General Motors ...... 13-18 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Memory ...... 3-6 Restraints Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Where to Put ...... 3-47 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Retained Accessory Second Row ...... 3-9 Power (RAP) ...... 9-24 Third Row Seat ...... 3-13 Second Row Seats ...... 3-9 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-74 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-38 Steps Securing Child Shift Lock Control Function Power Assist ...... 2-12 Restraints ...... 3-55, 3-56, 3-58 Check, Automatic Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Security Transmission ...... 10-28 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Light ...... 5-25 Shifting Storage Messages ...... 5-41 Into Park ...... 9-24 Rear ...... 4-2 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Out of Park ...... 9-26 Storage Areas Vehicle ...... 2-12 Side Blind Zone Alert ...... 9-49 Armrest ...... 4-1 Vehicle Alarm ...... 2-12 Signals, Turn and Cargo Cover ...... 4-2 Service Lane-Change ...... 6-5 Center Console ...... 4-2 Accessories and Snow Plow ...... 9-78 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Modifications ...... 10-3 Specifications and Roof Rack System ...... 4-3 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-3 Capacities ...... 12-2 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-14 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-19 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Sun Visors ...... 2-21 Maintenance Records ...... 11-15 StabiliTrak Sunroof ...... 2-22 Maintenance, General OFF Light ...... 5-23 Symbols ...... iv Information ...... 11-1 System ...... 9-42 System Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-41 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Publications Ordering Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Roof Rack ...... 4-3 Information ...... 13-16 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-27 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-12 Starting the Engine ...... 9-22 Steering ...... 9-4 Fluid, Power ...... 10-20 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

T Tires (cont'd) Trailer Terminology and Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-77 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Definitions ...... 10-46 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-16 Taillamps Uniform Tire Quality Towing ...... 9-64 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Grading ...... 10-59 Transfer Case ...... 9-33, 9-38 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Wheel Alignment and Tire Transmission Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-14 Balance ...... 10-60 Automatic ...... 9-28 Immobilizer ...... 2-14 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-60 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-10 Third-Row Seats ...... 3-13 When It Is Time for New Messages ...... 5-42 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-20 Tires ...... 10-56 Transportation Program, Time ...... 5-7 Winter ...... 10-42 Courtesy ...... 13-13 Tires Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-32 Trip Odometer ...... 5-12 Buying New Tires ...... 10-56 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-22 Turn and Lane-Change Chains ...... 10-61 Towing Signals ...... 6-5 Changing ...... 10-64 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-61 Turn Signal Designations ...... 10-45 Equipment ...... 9-69 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Different Size ...... 10-58 General Information ...... 9-61 Full-Size Spare ...... 10-76 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-82 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-62 U Trailer ...... 9-64 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-51 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-48 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-77 Inspection ...... 10-54 Uniform Tire Quality Vehicle ...... 10-82 Messages ...... 5-41 Grading ...... 10-59 Traction Pressure Light ...... 5-23 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-52 Control System (TCS)/ Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-50 Operation ...... 5-56 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 5-23 Rotation ...... 10-54 Programming ...... 5-52 Secondary Latch System . . . 10-74 Using This Manual ...... iii Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-42 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (13,1)

INDEX i-13

V W Windows ...... 2-20 Power ...... 2-20 Vehicle Warning Windshield Alarm System ...... 2-12 Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Canadian Owners ...... iii Warning Lights, Gauges, Winter Control ...... 9-3 and Indicators ...... 5-10 Driving ...... 9-12 Identification Warnings ...... iv Winter Tires ...... 10-42 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29 Load Limits ...... 9-15 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Wipers Messages ...... 5-34 Washer Fluid ...... 10-21 Rear Washer ...... 5-5 Personalization ...... 5-44 Messages ...... 5-44 Reminder Messages ...... 5-43 Wheels Remote Start ...... 2-5 Alignment and Tire Security ...... 2-12 Balance ...... 10-60 Towing ...... 10-82 Different Size ...... 10-58 Vehicle Care Replacement ...... 10-60 Tire Pressure ...... 10-49 When It Is Time for New Ventilation, Air ...... 8-12 Tires ...... 10-56 Visors ...... 2-21 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-47 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-15 Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual - 2013 - crc2 - 8/14/12 Black plate (14,1)

i-14 INDEX

2 NOTES